Mastering New Testament Greek Workbook

 

 

 

Ted Hildebrandt

 

 

Baker Academic



Contents

       Note to Instructors   4

1.  The Alphabet   5

2.   Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar   10

3.   Present Active Verbs   15

4.   Second Declension Nouns   23

5.   First Declension Nouns   30

Review of Chapters 3–5   36

6.   Prepositions   41

7.   Adjectives   49

Review of Chapters 3-7  57

8.   Personal Pronouns   59

9.   Present Middle/Passive Verbs   69

Review of Chapters 3-9   77 

10.  Future Verbs   82

11.   Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal  Pronouns   90

12.   Imperfect Verbs   98

13.   Third Declension Nouns   106

Review of Chapters 3-13   115

14.   Second Aorist Verbs   120

15.   First Aorist Verbs   129

16.   Aorist and Future Passive Verbs   138

17.   Contract Verbs   146

18.   Perfect Verbs   155

19.   Present Participles   164

20.   Aorist Participles   173

21.  Perfect Participles   182

22.   Infinitives   191

23.   Subjunctive Verbs   199

24.   Imperative Verbs   209

25.   The -mi Verbs   218

26.   Numbers and Interrogatives   227

27.   Comparatives, Conjunctions, and Clause Types   237

28.   Case Revisited   247   -- 1 John worksheets    258


Note to Instructors

This workbook has been designed to accompany the Mastering New Testament Greek interactive program, the printable textbook, and the vocabulary builder frequency list. One of my motivations for creating it was to keep the cost of first-year Greek materials to a minimum by leveraging the electronic medium. The program provides an interactive learning environment, the textbook provides hardcopy that coordinates with the interactive program, and this workbook gives specific assignments to reinforce what students are learning. The vocabulary builder frequency list contains all the words down to nine times, ready for vocabulary builder exercises.

There are about seven pages of exercises for each lesson. In general, each workbook lesson begins with a parsing or declension section, followed by two translation sections (one of short portions, the other of longer ones) with usually fifteen exercises in each. The translation portions are taken directly from the Greek New Testament. Each lesson also usually includes a vocabulary review and a word puzzle to reinforce the new vocabulary for that lesson. There is also a “Think Greek” section, with five phrases enabling students to practice writing Greek for themselves. Instructors may wish to assign selected translations for homework and then use the others for paired classroom exercises.

The translation exercises often draw from the writings of John. This makes for a natural transition into the interactive Easy Readers John 1–5 and 1 John that are included on the CD-ROM.

My thanks to Laura Bullock who helped in the preparation of this workbook.  An answer key is available for those schools that have adopted this as their main text for first year Greek.

 

In Christ’s Xa<rij,
Ted Hildebrandt


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 1: The Alphabet

1.   Write out each letter five times + a capital letter at the end (26 pts)—write out the sound that each letter makes (e.g., “v as in vet”):

a as in father

 

b as in Bible

 

g as in gone

 

d as in dog

 

e as in met

 

z as in daze

 

e as in obey

 

th as in think

 

i as in sit

 

k as in kitchen

 

l as in law

 

m as in mother

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

n as in new

 

x as in axe

 

o as in not

 

p as in peach

 

r as in rod

 

s as in set

 

t as in talk

 

u as in universe

 

ph as in phone

 

ch as in chemical

 

ps as in lips

 

o as in tone

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


2.   Write out the alphabet in order 3 times, saying the name of each letter

          (9 pts)

 

            1.

    

 

 

 

 


  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

3.  Give the name in English for each of the following (e.g., a = “alpha”)

          (10 pts)

 

ζ _________      η _________

 

θ _________      ξ _________

 

ρ _________      σ _________

 

φ _________      χ _________

 

ψ _________      ω _________

 

4.  Identify which vowels are always short (put a square around them) and which are always long (put a circle around them). The others can be either short or long. (7 pts)

 

α   ε   η   ι   ο   υ    ω

 

5.   Diphthongs: What are diphthongs? (16 pts)

          What sound does each of the following make? (a = “a” as in father)

αι                                ει

οι               αυ  

ου               υι  

ευ                               ηυ  

 

6.  Write out the three iota subscripted letters: (6 pts)

          How does the iota subscript change the pronunciation?

 

_____ _____ ______

 

7.  Transcribe the following Uncial text into lower case letters:

 

ΗΝ ΤΟ  ΦΩΣ ΤΟ ΑΛΗΘΙΝΟΝ Ο  ΦΩΤΙΖΕΙ ΠΑΝΤΑ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΝ, ΕΡΧΟΜΕΝΟΝ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΝ ΚΟΣΜΟΝ (Jn. 1:9)

 

 

 

 

 

8.  Write out and pronounce these 10 vocabulary words: (What does each mean?) (20 pts [+ 6 pts free extra credit to make 100])

 

1. ____________ angel, messenger

2. ____________ truly, verily

3. ____________ man, human

4. ____________ I

5. ____________ God

6. ____________ and, also, even

7. ____________ heart

8. ____________ I say

9. ____________ prophet

10. ____________ Christ, Messiah

 

9.  Just for fun match up the following: Do you recognize the following

          Greek words that have English derivatives. See how many Greek

          words you already know! 23 freebies:

 

_____

1. ἀγωνία

(agony)

A. therapy

_____

2. ἀμήν

(amen)

B. philosophy

_____

3. ἀπολογία

(apology)

C. agony

_____

4. ἀπόστολος

(apostle)

D. Sabbath

_____

5. δαίμων

(demon)

E. icon

_____

6. διάκονος

(deacon)

F. martyr

_____

7. εἰκών

(icon)

G. amen

_____

8. ἐπιστολή<

(epistle)

H. hosanna

_____

9. θεραπεία

(therapy)

I. schism

_____

10. θρόνος

(throne)

J. apostle

_____

11. κόσμος

(cosmos, world)

K. rabbi

_____

12. λεπρός

(leper)

L. deacon

_____

13. μάρτυς

(martyr)

M hubris, pride

_____

14. παραβολή

(parable)

N. demon

_____

15. πρεσβύτης

(presbyter, elder)

O. hypocrite

_____

16. ῥαββι

(rabbi)

P. fantasy—Disney

_____

17. σάββατον

(Sabbath)

Q. epistle

_____

18. σχίσμα

(schism)

R. presbyter, elder

_____

19. ὕβρις

(hubris, pride)

S. throne

_____

20. ὑποκριτής

(hypocrite)

T. parable

_____

21. φαντασία

(fantasy—Disney)

U. apology

_____

22. φιλοσοφία

(philosophy)

V. leper

_____

 

23. ὡσαννά

 

(hosanna)

W. cosmos, world

 


Name __________________________________

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

1. Greek Wisdom:  Sound out and “translate” the following proverbs (20)

 

    1.  μηκ νοτ  ἰορ σηλ τοῦ βιγ φορ θε βαλλαστ

 

 

    2.  α γοοδ ἁρτ κονκερς ιλλ φορτυν

 

 

    3.  α μαν μει λουζ μορ ιν αν ουρ  θαν ἱ  καν γετ ιν ειτ

 

 

    4.  αλλ γοοδ θινγζ  μυστ κομ του αν ενδ

 

 

    5.  αλλ θινγζ  ρεκυιρ σκιλλ βυτ αν αππετιτ

 

 

    6.  θε σεκονδ μαυς γετς θε χιζ

 

 

    7.  α κομμον σεινγ σελδομ λιζ

 

 

    8.  θε πεν ιζ μιτιερ θαν θε σορδ

 

 

    9.  λερνινγ ιζ θε αι οφ θε μινδ

 

 

  10.  τρυ πρειζ ρουτς ανδ σπρεδς

 

 


2. Indicate where you would divide the syllables using a “/”; identify the rule

          (1–4) below the line; identify the accents and breathings (s = smooth,

          r = rough) above the line (a = acute, g = grave, c = circumflex). Circle

          4 words you recognize. (20) 1= 1/3

 

               c                      g           s        c           g         a                        g   etc.

Κρα  / τοῦν  /  τος    δὲ      αὐ   / τοῦ     τὸν    Πέ   /  τρον   καὶ   

        1          4                            1                                        1

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mat. 6:1

Προσ 

έ<

χε

τε

 

[δὲ ]

 

τὴν

 

δι

και

ο

σύ

νην

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

μῶν

 

μὴ

 

ποι

εῖν

 

ἔμ  

προσ

θεν

 

τῶν

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ἀν

θρώ

πων

 

πρὸς

 

τὸ

 

θε

α

θῆ?

ναι

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

αὐ

τοῖς·

 

εἰ

 

δὲ>

 

μή

 

γε,

 

μι

σθὸν

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

οὐκ

 

χε

τε

 

πα

ρὰ

 

τῷ

 

πα

τρi>

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

μῶν

 

τῷ

 

ἐν

 

τοῖς

 

οὐ

ρα

νοῖς.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mat. 6:2

ταν

 

οὖν

 

ποι

ῇς

 

λε

η

μο

σύ

νην,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

μὴ

 

σαλ

πί

σῃς

 

ἔμ

προσ

θέν

 

σου,

 

ὥσ

περ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

οἱ

 

πο

κρι

ταὶ

 

ποι

οῦ

σιν

 

ἐν

 

ταῖς

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

συν

α

γω

γαῖς

 

καὶ

 

ἐν

 

ταῖς

 

ῥύ

μαις,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

πως

 

δο

ξα

σθῶ

σιν

 

πὸ

 

τῶν

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ἀν

θρώ

πων·

 

μὴν

 

λέ

γω

 

μῖν,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ἀπ

έ

χου

σιν

 

τὸν

 

μι

σθὸν

 

αὐ

τῶν.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Name the syllable with the accent (antepenult, penult, ultima ) (20).

 

_____________

1. ἔχω (I have)

_____________

2. ἄγγελος (angel)

_____________

3. καρδία (heart)

_____________

4. ἄνθρωπος (man, human)

_____________

5. θεός (God)

_____________

6. λέγω (I say)

_____________

7. ἀδελφός (brother)

_____________

8. ἐγώ (I)

_____________

9. κύριος (Lord, sir)

_____________

10. Χριστός (Christ)

 


4. Identify the parts of speech for each of the following words: (10)

[V=Verb, N=Noun, A=Adjective, P=Pronoun, and   Prep=Preposition]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greek

is

great

fun.

This

good

book

I

purchased

at

Amazon.

 

 

5. Identify the case or role of book/tree in the sentence (Nominative,

          accusative, genitive, dative, vocative) (20)

 

_________

1. The book was put in the drawer.

_________

2. He put the book in the drawer.

_________

3. The page of the book was torn.

_________

4. He went to the book for answers.

_________

5. O Book! Why are you so expensive?

_________

6. He climbed the tree.

_________

7. He looked to the tree for shade.

_________

8. The branch of the tree was breaking.

_________

9. O tree, why is a heart carved in you.

_________

10. The tree swayed in the breeze.

 


6. Current Vocabulary Crossword Puzzle (10)

 

                                                                                        7

                                                                                      ___

                                                                                   8  ___   ___  ___

                                                                                        ___                        

                                                                                        ___

                                                                            9 ___  ___  ___  ___ ___

                                                 5

                                 10 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___ ___  ___

                       3               4                     6

            ___          ___  ___         ___

 

                      ___         ___   ___          ___

                2

1 ___   ___   ___   ___  ___  ___   ___  ___ ___

 

   ___  ___         ____                  ___

 

   ___  ___         ___

 

   ___   ___        ___
 

   ____     

 

 

Across

Down

1. Pharisee

2. I hear

8. I have

3. Lord, sir

9. word

4. world

10. brother

5. glory

 

6. son

 

7. Peter


Chapter 3:  PAI Parsing Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

PAI = Present  Active  Indicative

                                          [Tense,   Voice,    Mood]

 

Parse using this format:

λύω 1st Sg  PAI (Present Active Indicative)

from λύω meaning "I loose"

 

    1.  ἀκούομεν                                1st Pl.  PAI  from ἀκούω

meaning "we hear"

 

     2.  λαμβάνουσι                             3rd PlPAI  from λαμβάνω

meaning "they take"

 

     3.  ἔχεις                                    2nd Sg.  PAI  from ἔχω 

meaning "you have"

 

     4.  βλέπετε                                 2nd Pl.  PAI  from βλέπω

meaning "you see"

 

     5.  πιστεύει                                 3rd SgPAI  from πιστεύω 

     meaning "s/he/it believes"

 

     6.  λέγω                                    1st Sg.  PAI  from λέγω 

meaning "I say"

 

     7.  ἔχετε                                    2nd Pl.  PAI  from ἔχω 

meaning "you have"

 

     8.  ἀκούει                                  3rd Sg.  PAI  from ἀκούω 

       meaning "s/he/it hears"

 

     9.  πιστεύετε                                2nd  Pl.  PAI  from πιστεύω

       meaning "you believe"

 

    10.  λαμβάνεις                              2nd SgPAI  from λαμβάνω

        meaning "you receive"


    11.  λέγομεν                                1st Pl. PAI  from λέγω

meaning "we say"

 

    12.  βλέπουσιν                              3rd Pl.  PAI  from βλέπω 

meaning "they see"

 

    13.  λύει                                    3rd Sg.  PAI  from λύω 

      meaning "s/he/it looses"

 

    14.  λέγετε                                  2nd Pl.  PAI  from λέγω

meaning "you say"

 

    15.  λαμβάνω                                1st Sg.  PAI  from λαμβάνω 

meaning "I take"

 

    16.  ἔχομεν                                 1st Pl.  PAI  from ἔχω 

meaning "we have"

 

    17.  βλέπεις                                 2nd Sg.  PAI  from βλέπω 

meaning "you see"

 

    18.  πιστεύεις                                2nd Sg.  PAI  from πιστεύω 

         meaning "you believe"

 

    19.  ἀκούομεν                               1st Pl.  PAI  from ἀκούω 

          meaning "we hear"

 

    20.  λύουσιν                               3rd Pl.  PAI  from λύω 

meaning "they loose"


Name __________________________________

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

Getting Verbal Presently (5% automatic)

1.  Translate the following: (10)

 

1. λέγετε

___________________________________

2. λέγομεν

___________________________________

3. λύει

___________________________________

4. λύεις

___________________________________

5. ἔχουσιν

___________________________________

6. ἔχω

___________________________________

7. βλέπει

___________________________________

8. βλέπομεν

___________________________________

9. λαμβάνετε

___________________________________

10. λαμβάνουσι

___________________________________

 

 

2.  Write out the following in Greek using the Present Paradigm: (10)

 

1. You (sg) know

_______________________

2. They know

_______________________

3. We know

_______________________

4. She knows

_______________________

5. You (pl) know

_______________________


 

6. I know

_______________________

7. He believes

_______________________

8. You (pl) believe

_______________________

9. They hear

_______________________

10. He hears

_______________________

 

 

3.  Parsing: (40; 4 each)

 

1. ἀκούεις

2 Sg.

PAI

from ἀκούω

you hear

2. πιστεύω

 

 

 

 

3. ἀκούομεν

 

 

 

 

4. πιστεύετε

 

 

 

 

5. ἀκούουσι

 

 

 

 

6. πιστεύεις

 

 

 

 

7. πιστεύει

 

 

 

 

8. ἀκούω

 

 

 

 

9. πιστεύομεν

 

 

 

 

10. πιστεύουσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

11. ἀκούετε

 

 

 

 

12. πιστεύω

 

 

 

 

13. ἀκούει

 

 

 

 

 

14. πιστεύετε

 

 

 

 

15. ἀκούουσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

 

4.  Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (10)

 

1. προφήτης

_____________________

2. κόσμος

_____________________

3. δόξα

_____________________

4. ἄνθρωπος

_____________________

5. υἱός

_____________________

6. brother

_____________________

7. sir

_____________________

8. angel

_____________________

9. and

_____________________

10. word

_____________________

 

 

5.  15 Short Verbal Readings:  Translate the following (15)

 

    1.  καθὼς (as) ἀκούω (Jn. 5:30)

 

 

 

    2.  δὲ (but) λέγετε ὅτι (that) Βλέπομεν (Jn. 9:41)

 


    3.  λέγομεν ἡμεῖς (we) ὅτι (that) Σαμαρίτης εἶ σύ (you are) (Jn. 8:48)

 

 

 

    4.  τὰ  ῥήματα (words) τοῦ θεοῦ (of God) ἀκούει (Jn. 8:47)

 

 

 

    5.  ἕνα (one) πατέρα (father) ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν (God) (Jn. 8:41)

 

 

 

    6.  πιστεύω, κύριε (Lord) (Jn. 9:38)

 

 

 

    7.  βλέπει τὸν Ἰησοῦν (Jesus: object of the sentence) (Jn. 1:29)

 

 

 

    8.  τί (what) λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ (concerning yourself); (Jn. 1:22)

 

 

 

    9.  οὐκ (not) ἔχω ἄνδρα (husband) (Jn. 4:17)

 

 

 

  10.  τὴν φωνὴν (voice) αὐτοῦ (his) ἀκούεις (Jn. 3:8)

 

 

 

  11.  πιστεύετε εἰς (in) τὸν θεόν (Jn. 14:1)

 

 

 

  12.  καὶ οὐ (not) πιστεύετε (Jn. 6:36)

 


  13.   ἔχει ζωὴν (life) αἰώνιον (eternal) (Jn. 3:36)

 

 

 

  14.  λέγει κύριος θεός (subject of sentence) (Rev. 1:8)

 

 

 

  15.  δὲ (but) θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας (hearts; object of sentence)
(Lk. 16:15)

 

 

 


6. Current Vocabulary Crossword Puzzle (10)

 

                                                      4

                                                     ___

 

                 3 ___  ___  ___   ___  ___  ___

                                                     ___

              2                                     ___

            ___             10  ___   ___   ___  ___  ___  ___ ___

                      9                                        5

        1  ___  ___   ___  ___  ___  ___   ___  ___ ___

 

            ___  ___                            ___   ___

 

                     ___                                    ___

 

                     ___                                     ___

 

6  ___ ___   ___   ___  ___                8 ___  ___  ___ ___

 

                     ___                                     ___

 

                     ___                  7 ___  ___  ___

 

 

Across

Down

1. apostle

2. for, then

3. Jesus

4. heaven

6. I see

5. I take, receive

7. I loose, destroy

9. I believe

8. but, yet

 

10. I know

 


Chapter 4:  Second Declension Noun Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

1.  Decline these nouns using the following form:

 

λόγου    Gen.  Sg.  Masc.         

    from λόγος  "of a word”       

   1.  ἀγγέλῳ                              Dat.  Sg.  Masc.  from  ἄγγελος  "to an angel”

 

   2.  ἀνθρώπου                         Gen.  Sg.  Masc.  from  ἄνθρωπος  "of man”

 

   3.  ἀδελφοί                             Nom.  Pl.  Masc.  from  ἀδελφός  "brothers”

 

   4.  κόσμον                             Acc.  Sg.  Masc.  from  κόσμος  "world”

 

   5.  ἀποστόλους                       Acc.  Pl.  Masc.  from  ἀπόστολος  "apostles”

 

   6.  δούλων                             Gen.  Pl.  Masc.  from  δοῦλος  "of slaves”

 

   7.  νόμοις                               Dat.  Pl.  Masc.  from  νόμος  "to/for laws”

 

   8.  οἴκου                                Gen.  Sg.  Masc.  from  οἶκος "of a house”

 

   9.  λαόν                                 Acc.  Sg.  Masc.  from  λαός  "people”

 

  10.  Χριστοῦ                           Gen.  Sg.  Masc.  from  Χριστός  "of Christ”

 

 

2.  Translate the following: 

 

   1.  τᾦ  κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις                        To the world and to angels and to

         καὶ  ἀνθρώποις  (1 Cor 4:9)                           men

 

 

   2.  ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ  (Gen. 21:17)             An angel of God

 

   3.  κύριον, τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ               Lord, the God of heaven

            (Gen. 24:3)

 

   4.  υἱοῖς καὶ ἀδελφοῖς                                To sons and brothers

            (1 Mac. 2:17)

 

   5.  ἀδελφῶν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ                    Of brothers of the sons of Israel

            (Ex. 2:11)

 

   6.  δὲ οἰ ἀδελφοὶ  Ἰωσήφ                           But the brothers of Joseph

            (Gen. 42:6)

 

   7.  τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ                      The world of the heaven

          (Deut. 4:19)

 

   8.  εἰς (to) τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ οἱ                    To the heaven and the angels of God

        ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ   

          (Gen. 28:12)

 

   9.  ἐστιν (is)  θεὸς  ἐν  (in)                         God is in the heaven

τῷ  οὐρανῷ  (Deut. 3:24)

 

  10.  ἀνήνεγκεν (he brought) δὲ                    But Moses brought the words of the

Μωϋσῆς (Moses) τοὺς                        people to God

λόγους τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς (to)

τὸν θεόν  (Ex. 19:8)


Name __________________________________

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

Be able to decline the case, number, gender of the nouns.

 

1. Decline: (25)

 

1. ἀγγέλων

Gen.

Pl.

Masc.

ἄγγελος

“of angels”

2. λόγου

 

 

 

 

 

3. νόμοις

 

 

 

 

 

4. λαόν

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἱερά

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἄγγελοι

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἀνθρώπους

 

 

 

 

 

8. λόγον

 

 

 

 

 

9. κυρίου

 

 

 

 

 

10. λόγῳ

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἱερῷ

 

 

 

 

 

12. υἱός

 

 

 

 

 

13. δοῦλοι

 

 

 

 

 

14. κόσμων

 

 

 

 

 

15. οὐρανούς

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translation Shorts: (20)

 

1. τοῦ λόγου

 

2. τοῖς ἀγγέλοις

 

3. θεὸς ἦν (was) λόγος

 

4. τῷ κυρίῳ

 

5. οἱ ἄγγελοι

 

6. Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν (is) χριστός

 

7. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ

 

8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ λαοῦ

 

9. ὁ δὲ κύριος τοῦ δούλου

 

10. ὡς οἱ οἶκοι

 

 

 

3. Write out in Greek: (skip the words in parentheses) (5)

 

1. to a son

  

2. of the men

  

3. to the brothers

  

4. (met) the apostles

  

5. angels (heard)

  

 


4. Translation Longs: (20)

 

    1.  ἐν (in) τῇ χειρὶ  (hand [what case? guess]) τοῦ ἀγγέλου (Rev. 10:8)

 

 

    2.  ἡτοιμασμένον (being prepared) τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις  (dative = “to” or “for”) αὐτοῦ (his) (Mat. 25:41)

 

 

    3.  ἀποστελεῖ (he will send) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ (his) (Mat. 13:41)

 

 

    4.  υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι (is to come) ἐν (in) τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς (father) αὐτοῦ μετὰ (with) τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ (Mat. 16:27)

 

 

 

    5.  οἱ ἑπτὰ (7) ἀστέρες (stars) ἀγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν (are) (Rev. 1:20)

 

 

    6.  Ἰάκωβος (James) καὶ Ἰωάννης  οἱ υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου (sound it out) (Mk. 10:35)

 

 

    7.  οὐχ (not) μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται (is called) Μαριὰμ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας; (Mat. 13:55)

 

 

 

    8.  σύνδουλός (fellow servant) σου (your)  εἰμι (I am) καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου τῶν προφητῶν καῖ τῶν τηρούντων (ones keeping) τοὺς λόγους τοῦ βιβλίου (book) (Rev. 22:9)

 


    9.   κύριον τὸν θεόν σου (your) προσκυνήσεις (you shall worship) (Mat. 4:10)

 

 

  10.  γὰρ ἠγάπησεν (he loved) θεὸς τὸν κόσμον (Jn. 3:16)

 

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (20)

 

1. βλέπω

________________________

2. ἀκούω

________________________

3. δόξα

________________________

4. οὐρανός

________________________

5. καρδία

________________________

6. brother

________________________

7. I know

________________________

8. I have

________________________

9. I believe

________________________

10. I say

________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Crossword Puzzle: (10)

 

                                                 2

                                 10  ___   ___ 

                           6  ___  ___   ___  ___ ___ __

                                                                9

                            7 ___   ___   ___   ___ ___

                                  8   ___   ___   ___ ___  __

                                               ___          __

               3                              ___          ___

1  ___  ___  ___  ___   ___    ___          ___

             ___

4  ___  ___ ___  ___

            ___

       5   ___  ___ 

 

 

Across

Down

1. I love

2. I find

4. people

3. I write

5. as, about, how

9. law

6. servant

 

7. temple

 

8. house

 

10. but, and

 

 


Ch. 5:   First Declension Nouns Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

1.  Decline these nouns using the following form:

λόγου    Gen.  Sg.  Masc.         

    from λόγος  "of a word”       

 

   1.  καρδίᾳ                                        Dat.  Sg.  Fem.  from  καρδία  "to/for a heart”

 

   2.  δόξῃ                                           Dat.  Sg.  Fem.  from  δόξα  "to/for glory”

 

   3.  προφήτας                                    Acc.  Pl.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "prophets”

 

   4.  ἀληθείᾳ                                       Dat.  Sg.  Fem.  from  ἀλήθεια  "to/for truth”

 

   5.  καρδιῶν                                      Gen.  Pl.  Fem.  from  καρδία  "of hearts”

 

   6.  προφῆται                                     Nom.  Pl.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "prophets”

 

   7.  ἀληθείας                                     Acc.  Pl.  Fem.  from  ἀλήθεια  "truths” or
                                                                                      Gen. Sg. Fem. from
ἀλήθεια  "of truth”

   8.  καρδίαι                                       Nom.  Pl.  Fem.  from  καρδία  "hearts”

 

   9.  προφήτην                                    Acc.  Sg.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "prophet”

 

  10.  δόξας                                         Acc.  Pl  Fem.  from  δόξα  "glories”

 

  11.  προφητῶν                                   Gen.  Pl.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "of prophets”

 

  12.  καρδίαις                                     Dat.  Pl.  Fem.  from  καρδία  "to/for hearts”

 

  13.  προφήτου                                    Gen.  Sg.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "of a prophet”

 

  14.  καρδίας                                      Acc.  Pl.  Fem.  from  καρδία  "hearts”

                                                                                    or Gen. Sg. Fem.

 

  15.  προφήτῃ                                     Dat.  Sg.  Masc.  from  προφήτης  "to/for a prophet”

 

  16.  δόξης                                         Gen.  Sg.  Fem.  from  δόξα  "of glory”

 

  17.  ἀλήθειαν                                    Acc.  Sg.  Fem.  from  ἀλήθεια  "truth”


Translations:

 

   1.  καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ                                            The heart of the people

          (Josh. 7:5)

 

   2.  προφήτης τοῦ κυρίου                                     A prophet of the Lord

          (1 Kgs 18:22)

 

   3.  τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ Ἰεροβοαμ υἱοῦ Ναβατ                   For the sin of Jeroboam, son of

          (2 Kgs. 3:3)                                                           Nabat

 

   4.  γραφὴ θεοῦ                                                       A writing of God

          (Ex. 32:16)

 

   5.  ἁμαρτία οἴκου Ἰουδα                                   The sin of the house of Judah

          (Mic. 1:5) 

 

   6.  βασιλεία εἰς  (to) οἶκον Δαυιδ                      The kingdom to the house of David

          (1 Kgs. 12:26)

 

   7. Ἠσαϊας υἱὸς Ἀμως, προφήτης                      Isaiah the son of Amos, the prophet

          (Isa. 38:1) 

 

   8.  ἐσται (will be) τῷ κυρίῳ                                 The kingdom will be the Lord's

          ἡ βασιλεία  Obad. 1:21

 

    9.  καρδία τοῦ κυρίου                                      The heart of the Lord

          (1 Sam. 17:32)

 

  10.  ἐν [in]  γραφῇ οἴκου Ἰσραηλ                          In a writing of the house of  Israel

          (Ezk. 13:9)
Name __________________________________

Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns

Be able to parse the case, number, gender of the nouns.

 

1. Decline: (30)

 

1. καρδίᾳ

Dat.

Sg.

Fem.

καρδία

“to a heart”

2. ἀλήθειαν

 

 

 

 

 

3. ἐκκλησίαις

 

 

 

 

 

4. ἀγάπης

 

 

 

 

 

5. βασιλείας

 

 

 

 

 

6. καρδιῶν

 

 

 

 

 

7. καρδίας

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἐκκλησίαι

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἐκκλησίαν

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἀγάπαις

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἀγάπην

 

 

 

 

 

12. βασιλείᾳ

 

 

 

 

 

13. ἀληθείας

 

 

 

 

 

14. καρδίαι

 

 

 

 

 

15. ἐκκλησιῶν

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following: (20)

 

1. ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ

 

2. τῆς ὥρας

 

3. ἡ βασιλεία σου (your)

 

4. τῶν γραφῶν

 

5. τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν (our)

 

6. τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν

 

7. οἱ δὲ μαθηταί

 

8. καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ

 

9. γὰρ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν

 

10. τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ

 

 

3. Translate the following: (20)

 

    1.  οἱ ἑπτα (seven) ἀστέρες (stars) ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν (are) (Rev. 1:20)

 

 

 

    2.  εἰς (into) τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ (his)
(Col. 1:13)

 

 

 

    3.  οὐκ (not) ἔστιν (it is) ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς (father) ἐν (in) αὐτῷ  (him) (1 Jn. 2:15)

 


    4.  πάντες (all) γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην (Mat. 21:26)

 

 

    5.  καὶ Ἰησοῦς μετὰ  (with) τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ (his) (Mk. 3:7)

 

 

    6.  τὰ μυστήρια (the mysteries) τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν (Mat. 13:11)

 

 

    7.  τὸ πνεῦμα (Spirit) λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις (Rev. 2:7)

 

 

    8.  ἔτι (still) ἐστὲ (you are) ἐν (in) ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν (your)
(1 Cor. 15:17)

 

 

    9.  ἀνθρώπων αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1 Tim. 5:24)

 

 

  10.   λέγει γὰρ γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ  (Pharaoh) ὅτι (that) (Rom. 9:17)

 

 

4. Write out in Greek (skip the words in parentheses): (10)

 

1. of sins

 

2. to hearts

 

3. (enter) the kingdom

 

4. to the church

 

5. the truth (is)

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review: (10)

 

1. ἀγαπάω

_________________________

2. ἐγώ

_________________________

3. κόσμος

_________________________

4. ἔχω

_________________________

5. ἀλλά

_________________________

6. I receive

_________________________

7. I believe

_________________________

8. servant

_________________________

9. house

_________________________

10. I find

_________________________

 

6. Current Vocabulary Story: (10) Fill in the Greek vocabulary items from

          this chapter to complete the story. Use only the vocab from this

          chapter.

 

Once upon a time in a _________ far away, there were a king and a queen who fell in _________. The queen set out on a journey to
 _________ support so the king and she could purchase an ancient copy
of the _________ . The _________ was late and their many

faithful _________ encouraged them to pursue the ideal of

the _________ for the benefit of the great cathedrals and _________

that they were about to build. The evil jester, however, incited the people to _________ against the king and queen and to oppose their

_________ by not paying their taxes. The king decided to cut

taxes, and they all lived happily ever after.


Name ____________________________________

Review of Chapters 3–5

1. Parse (verbs) or decline (nouns) the following forms: (15)

       καρδίᾳ                      Dat.  Sg.  Fem.  from  kardi<a  "to/for a heart”

       ἔχεις               2nd Sg.  PAI  from e@xw  meaning "you have"

 

1. ἱεροῖς

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἀποστόλων

 

 

 

 

 

3. λαμβάνετε

 

 

 

 

 

4. οὐρανοῖς

 

 

 

 

 

5. μαθητοῦ

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἐγείρει

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἁραρτίας

 

 

 

 

 

8. εὑρίσκομεν

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἀδελφούς

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἀλήθειαν

 

 

 

 

 

11. πιστεύεις

 

 

 

 

 

12. ἐκκλησίᾳ

 

 

 

 

 

13. νόμῳ

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἀγάπαις

 

 

 

 

 

15. γράφουσιν

 

 

 

 

 



2. Shorts: translate the following (20)

 

    1.  καὶ . . . ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου (Gen. 16:8)

 

 

    2.  διὰ (because of) τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen. 8:21)

 

 

    3.  ἀκούει ὁ δοῦλός (1 Sam. 3:9)

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἀκούουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραηλ (1 Sam. 7:7)

 

 

    5.  ὁ κύριος γινώσκει (Gen. 33:13)

 

 

    6.  ἐπὶ  (upon) τὴν βασιλείαν ἁμαρίαν μεγάλην (great) (Gen. 20:9)

 

 

    7.  ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις τοῦ λαοῦ σου (your) Ἰσραήλ  (1 Kgs. 8:34)

 

 

    8.  ὁ νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας (Lev. 6:25)

 

 

    9.  τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου (Deut. 27:3)

 

 

  10.  νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ (Josh. 24:26)

 

 

  11.  τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ δούλου  (2 Sam. 7:19)

 

 

  12.  ὁ κύριος βλέπει (2 Kgs. 2:19)

 


  13.  τὸν οἶκον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ (Exod. 23:19)

 

 

  14.  δούλων τῷ οἴκῳ Φαραω (1 Sam. 2:27)

 

 

  15. Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυη (Nun) δοῦλος κυρίου (Judg. 2:8)

 

 

3. Longs: translate the following

 

    1.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) αὐτῇ (to her) ἄγγελος κυρίου ἰδοὺ (behold) σὺ (you) ἐν (in) γαστρὶ (womb) ἔχεις (Gen. 16:11)

 

 

    2.  καὶ ἔλαβεν (he took) κῦριος θεὸς τὸν ἄνρωπον (Gen. 2:15)

 

 

    3.  ἐγὼ ἀκούω ἐκ (from) στόματος (mouth) παντὸς (every) τοῦ λαοῦ κυρίου (1 Sam. 2:23)

 

 

    4.  καὶ λόγον οὺκ (not) ἔχουσιν πρὸς (with) ἄνθρωπον (Judg. 18:7)

 

 

    5.  γινώσκεις τὴν καρδίαν υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων (2 Chr. 6:30)

 

 

    6.  κὐριε ἡμάρτηκεν (he sinned) λαὸς οὗτος (this) ἁμαρτίαν μεγάλην (great) (Ex. 32:31)

 

 

    7.  οὗτος (this is) δὲ νόμος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κύρίε μου (my) κύριε (2 Sam. 7:19)

 


    8.  ἔχουσιν ὀφυαλμοὺς (eyes) τοῦ βλέπειν (to see) καὶ οὐ (not) βλἐπουσιν καὶ ὦτα (ears) ἔχουσιν τοῦ ἀκούειν (to hear) καὶ οὐκ (not) ἀκούουσιν (Ezek. 12:2)

 

 

 

    9.  εἰς (into) οἶκον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μου (Gen. 24:27)

 

 

  10.  περιελεῖν (to take away) τὴν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ (from) τοῦ οἴκου Σαούλ (2 Sam. 3:10)

 

 

4. Write in Greek:

 

    1.  To the angel of the Lord

 

 

    2.  But they have the word of the brothers

 

 

    3.  The prophets of God know the heart of Christ

 

 

    4.  The world looks to the Lord of the apostles

 

 

    5.  Brother, you say the hour of the churches

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review:

 

1. human

_________________________________

2. I say

_________________________________

3. δόξα

_________________________________

4. world

_________________________________

5. sir

_________________________________

6. λαμβάνω

_________________________________

7. heaven

_________________________________

8. εὑρίσκω

_________________________________

9. ἐγείρω

_________________________________

10. work

_________________________________


Ch. 6:  Prepositions Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

   1.  ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ  (Gen. 8:2 )                          From the heaven

 

   2.  ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ                                  From his brother

           [his or “of him”] (Gen. 13:11)

 

   3.  καὶ ἀνέβη (he went up) θεὸς                         And God went up from Abram

          ἀπὸ  Ἀβρααμ (Gen. 17:22)

 

   4.  εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φαραω (Gen. 12:15 )                    Into the house of Pharaoh

 

   5.  ἦλθον [they came] δὲ οἱ δύο                           But the two angels came to Sodom

          ἄγγελοι εἰς Σοδομα  (Gen. 19:1)

 

   6.  εἰς τὸν οἶκον καὶ τὴν                                      Into the house and the door of the

          θύραν [door] τοῦ οἴκου (Gen. 19:10)            house

 

   7.  εἰς ὦτα [ears] τῶν υἱῶν Χετ                            In the ears of the sons of Chet

            (Gen. 23:16)                                                      

           

   8.  καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς [hand]  ἀνθρώπου                     And from a hand of a brother of a

ἀδελφοῦ      (Gen. 9:5)                                 man    

 

   9.  ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου (your)                  Out of the house of your father

          εἰς τὴν γῆν [land] (Gen. 12:1)                        into the land

 

   10.  διὰ τὰ ἔργα τ[ςν ἀνθρώπων                          Because of the works of men

 (Gen. 8:21)

 

   11.  διὰ Ἀβρααμ τὸν πατέρα                               On account of your father Abram

          σου   (Gen. 26:24)         

 

   12.  καὶ ηὐλόγησεν  [he blessed]                          And the Lord blessed the house

          κύριος τὸν οἶκον τοῦ                                    of the Egyptian on account of

          Αἰγθπτίου [Egyptian]  διὰ                            Joseph

Ἰωσηφ  (Gen. 39:5)


Name _________________________________

Chapter 6: Prepositions

Prepping for Prepositions

1. Casing Prepositions: translate the following. Noting the prepositions, give

          the case(s) they use (10)

 

1. ἀπό

 

2. διά

 

 

 

3. ἐκ

 

4. μετά

 

 

 

5. πρός

 

6. εἰς

 

7. περί

 

 

 

8. ἐν

 

9. κατά

 

 

 

10. σύν

 

11. ἐπί

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short phrases: Underline the object of the     preposition in your translation: (10)

 

    1.  ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά  (Bethsaida) (Jn. 1:44)

 

 

    2.  ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ (Jn. 1:10)

 

 

    3.  διὰ τῆς Σαμαρείας (Jn. 4:4)

 

 

    4.  τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον (sand) (Mat. 7:26)

 

 

    5.  διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν (their) (Jn. 17:20)

 

 

    6.  ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (Jn. 1:51)

 

 

    7.  ἐρχόμενον (coming) εἰς τὸν κόσμον (Jn. 1:9)

 

 

    8.  ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν (they were born) (Jn. 1:13)

 

 

    9.  θεὸς μεταὐτοῦ  (him) (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

  10.  καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον (Jn. 18:31)

 


3. Translate the following (15)

 

    1.  λέγει μήτηρ (mother) τοῦ  Ἰησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν (him) (Jn. 2:3)

 

 

 

    2.  ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν (he was), καὶ κόσμος διαὐτοῦ (him) ἐγένετο (was made) (Jn. 1:10)

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ ὅτι (that) ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν (he came) καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγει (he was going) (Jn. 13:3)

 

 

 

    4.  ἦν (there was) δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος (Jn. 3:1)

 

 

    5.  οὗτος (this one) ἦν (was) ἐν ἀρχῇ (beginning) πρὸς τὸν θεόν  

          (Jn. 1:2; πρός may sometimes mean “with”)

 

 

    6.  ἡμεῖς (we) νόμον ἔχομεν καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον (Jn. 19:7)

 

 

    7.  ἀλλὰ ἔχω (supply “something”) κατὰ σοῦ (you) ὅτι (because) τὴν ἀγάπην σου (your) (Rev. 2:4)

 


 

    8.  ὅτι (because) νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη (was given), χάρις (grace) καὶ ἀλήθεια διὰ  Ἰησου Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο (came)

          (Jn. 1:17)

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ λέγουσίν μοι (to me)·  Δεῖ (it is necessary for) σε (you) πάλιν (again) προφητεύσαι (to prophesy) ἐπὶ λαοῖς (Rev. 10:11)

 

 

 

  10.  καταβαίνει (it came down) ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
(Rev. 16:21)

 

 

  11.  μετὰ ταῦτα (these things) εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν (him)   Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (Jn. 5:14)

 

 

  12.  μετὰ τοῦτο (this) λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς·  Ἄγωμεν (let us go) εἰς τὴν  Ἰουδαίαν πάλιν (again) (Jn. 11:7)

 

 

  13.  οὐδεὶς (no one) . . . ἐλάλει (spoke) περὶ αὐτοῦ  (him) διὰ τὸν φόβον (phobia?) τῶν  Ἰουδαίων (Jn. 7:13)

 

 

  14.  νῦν (now) δὲ πρόφασιν (excuse) οὺκ (not) ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὺτῶν (their) (Jn. 15:22)

 

 

  15.  Ἰησοῦν  υἱὸν τοῦ  Ἰωςὴφ τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ (Jn. 1:45)

 


4. Think Greek: (10)

 

1. from hearts

 

2. according to the prophets

 

3. on account of sin

 

4. after the apostles

 

5. out of the world

 

 


5. Placing the Prepositions: put the following prepositions in the space

          where they belong: περί, διά, ἀπό, κατά, μετά, εἰς, πρός, ἐκ, ἐν,
         
ἐπί (10)

 

 


6. Vocabulary Review (10)

 

1. ἀμήν

_________________

2. υἱός

_________________

3. γάρ

_________________

4. εὑρίσκω

_________________

5. μαθητής

_________________

6. and

_________________

7. I hear

_________________

8. I believe

_________________

9. temple

_________________

10. sin

_________________


Ch 7:  Agitating the Adjectives + ei]mi<  Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

1.   ὅτι (that)  Ἀγαθός ἐστιν  (Jn 7:12)                          That "he is a good man" (subst.)

2.  δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ  (Mat 25:21)                                 Good servant

 

3.  δὲ  Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (he said) αὐτῷ·                         And Jesus said to him, 

(to him)   Τί (why)  με λέγεις                             "Why do you call me good?"

ἀγαθόν;   (Mk 10:18)                                            

 

4.  ὅτι (that) εἰσὶν δίκαιοι  (Lk. 18:9)                            That they are righteous

 

5.  [καὶἀνὴρ (man)  ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος                    And a good and righteous man

                (Lk. 23:50)

 

6.  δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως (faith)                              But the righteous (subst.)

     ζήσεται (he will live)   (Rom. 1:17)                          by faith will live

 

7.  ὅτι  Οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς (one)                     That "there is no none

                (Rom. 3:10)                                                                                righteous, not even one" 

 

8.  ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν  (1 Jn. 2:29)                                 That he is righteous

 

9.  Δίκαιος εἶ   (Rev. 16:5)                                               You are righteous

 

10.  ἄνδρα (man)  δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον                                    A righteous and holy man

(Mk. 6:20)

                          


11.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν  (to you) ὅτι                        Truly, truly I say to you, that the
ἔρχεται (it comes) ὥρα  καὶ νῦν                            hour comes and now is when

(now) ἐστιν ὅτε (when) οἱ νεκροὶ                       the dead will hear the voice

ἀκούσουσιν (future) τῆς φωηῆς                            of the Son of God

τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ  (Jn. 5:25)

 

12.  εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν (city) (Mat. 4:5)                     Into the holy city

 

13.  καὶ τὴν πόλιν (city) τὴν ἁγίαν                               And the holy city Jerusalem

              Ἰερουσαλήν    (Rev. 21:2)                                                       

 

14.  ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά (child) σου                           Against your holy child, Jesus

          Ἰησοῦν  (Acts 4:27)      

 

15.  εἰς ναὸν (temple)  ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ                        Into the holy temple in the Lord

          (Eph. 2:21) 

 

16.  τὸ πνεῦμα (spirit) τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ                           The holy spirit of God

          θεοῦ  (Eph. 4:30)    

 

17.  διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ (his)                               Through his prophets in the

ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις  (Rom. 1:2)                                       holy scriptures

 

18.  ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει (mountain)                                    On the holy mountain

(2 Pet. 1:18)

 

19.  κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος (spirit)  τοῦ                          Against the Holy Spirit

                ἁγίου   (Mat. 12:32)             

 

20.  εἰς τὸ  ὄνομα (name) τοῦ πατρός καὶ                    In the name of the Father and

τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου                                         of the Son and of the Holy Spirit

πνεύματος  (Mat. 28:19)   


21.  Εἰ (if) υἱὸς εἶ τού θεοῦ  (Mat. 4:3)                        If you are the son of God

  (note the two ei's) 

22.  γάρ ἐστιν Ἰωάηηνη προφήτην                              For John was (historical present)

(Lk. 20:6)                                                                                    a prophet

 

23.  δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε (Mat. 23:8)                        But you are brothers

 

24.  μαθηταί μού (my)  ἐστε (Jn. 8:31)                        You are my disciples

 

25.  θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ  (Mat. 14:33)                                      You are the son of God

 

26.  ἀλλὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ                              But they are as the angels in heaven

εἰσιν  (Mat. 22:30)  

 

27.  ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν  (Jn. 17:11)                               They are in the world

 

28.  ἔστιν δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις                               But there is in Jerusalem

(Jn. 5:2)  

 

29.  ὅτι (because) υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν                     Because he is the Son of Man

(Jn. 5:27)  

 

30.  δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί                         But we are disciples of Moses

(Jn. 9:28)                           

 

31.  ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν                                                  That we are of the truth

          (1 Jn. 3:19)


Name __________________________________

Chapter 7: Adjectives

Agitating Adjectives

1. Do Declensions: (30)

 

ἀγαθός

Nom.

Sg.

Masc.

from ἀγαθός

“good”

1.  ἀγαθῇ

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἀγαθόν

 

 

 

 

 

3. δικαίων

 

 

 

 

 

4. ἀγαθοῖς

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἀγαθή

 

 

 

 

 

6. δικαίαις

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἀγαθοί

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἀγαθάς

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἀγαθήν

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἀγαθοῦ

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (20)

 

    1.  ἀγαθός ἐστιν (Jn. 7:12)

 

 

    2.  τὴν πόλιν (city) τὴν ἁγίαν (Rev. 11:2)

 

 

    3.  λάβετε (receive) πνεῦμα (Spirit) ἅγιον (Jn. 20:22)

 

 

    4.  Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον (1 Jn. 2:1)

 

 

    5.  ἠγέρθη (he was raised) ἐκ νεκρῶν (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

    6.  εἰς τὴν γῆν (land) τὴν ἀγαθήν (Lk. 8:8)

 

 

    7.  ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ (for) ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς (Eph 2:10)

 

 

    8.  εἰς πᾶν (every) ἔργον ἀγαθόν (2 Cor. 9:8)

 

 

    9.  φαίνεσθε (you appear) τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι (Mat. 23:28)

 

 

  10.  ὅτι (because) εἰσὶν δίκαιοι (Lk. 18:9)

 

 

  11.  τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον (Acts 3:14)

 

 

  12.  τοῦτο (this) γάρ ἐστιν δίκαιον (Eph 6:1)

 

 

     


   13.  καὶ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος (this) δίκαιος (Lk. 2:25)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἀνὴρ (man) ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος (Lk. 23:50)

 

 

  15.  οὺκ ἔστιν δίκαιος (Rom. 3:10)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (20)

 

    1.  ὥστε (so that) . . . νόμος ἅγιος καὶ ἐντολὴ (commandment) ἁγία καὶ δικία καὶ ἀγαθή (Rom. 7:12)

 

 

 

 

    2.  ἔφη (he said) αὐτῷ (to him) κύριος αὐτοῦ (his)· Εὖ (Well done), δοῦλε ἀγαθέ  (Mat. 25:21)

 

 

    3.  ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν (to you) ὅτι (that) πολλοὶ (many) προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι (Mat. 13:17)

 

 

 

    4.  δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Τι (why) με (me) λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς (no one) ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ (except) εἷς (one) θεός (Mk. 10:18)

 

 

 

    5.  ἀγαθὸς ἅνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαθροῦ (treasure) τῆς καρδίας προφέρει (brings out) τὸ ἀγαθόν (Lk. 6:45)

 

 

    6.  ὅτι (because) ἀδελφός σου (your) . . . νεκρὸσ ἦν (was) καὶ ἔζησεν (he has come to life) (Lk. 15:32)

 


    7.  ὅτι (because) τὰ ἔργα αὺτοῦ (his) πονηρὰ (evil) ἦν (were) τὰ δὲ τοῦ  ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (those) δίκαια (1 Jn. 3:12)

 

 

    8.  τὸ μυστήριον (mystery) τοῦτο (this) μέγα ἐστίν· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν (Eph 5:32)

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ σημεῖον (sign) μέγα ὤφθη (was seen) ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ

          (Rev. 12:1)

 

 

  10.  καὶ ἱερέα (priest) μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ (Heb. 10:21)

 

 

 

  11.  καὶ κράξας (after crying out) φωηῇ μεγάλῃ λέγει· . . . Ἰησοῦ υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ (Mk. 5:7)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

1. I am good                  

 

 

2. the man is righteous  

 

 

3. the Lord is dead         

 

 

4. of the holy heavens   

 

 

5. to the first voice         

 

5. Vocabulary Review: translate the following (10)

 

1. ἐπί (dat.)

________________________

2. δόξα

________________________

3. βλέπω

________________________

4. ἱερόν

________________________

5. δία (gen.)

________________________

6. into

________________________

7. from

________________________

8. law

________________________

9. heaven

________________________

10. I have

________________________

 

 

6. Current Vocabulary Story: fill in the vocabulary words from

 chapter 7 (10)

 

Once upon a time there was a ___________ princess. She lived in a ___________ palace beside a ___________ temple. One day she traveled to another country and said with a loud ___________  I  ___________ ___________  by race. I am ___________ the ___________ to cross this river. A ___________ priest told me this was the land of the ___________ but I would rather learn Greek in the land of the living.


Name _____________________________

Review of Chapters 3–7

1. Parse (verbs) or decline (nouns) the following forms: (15)

       καρδίᾳ                      Noun Dat.  Sg.  F.  from  καρδία  "to/for a heart”

       ἔχεις               Verb  2nd Sg.  PAI  from ἔχω  meaning "you have"

 

1.  προφήτῃ    

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.  ἀγαθά

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.  εἰσίν

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.  ἁγίᾳ

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.  γράφομεν

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.  κόσμους

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.  ἁμαρτίαις

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.  δοῦλου

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.   εἶ 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἁγίαν

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.  δικαίους

 

 

 

 

 

 

14. νόμοι

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.  ἀλήθειαν

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.  Short Translations 1-5

 

1.  καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται (they will rise) πρῶτον

          (1 Thess. 4:16)

 

 

2.  πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκρούς  (Jn. 5:21)

 

 

 

3.  υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγεθῇ   (he was raised) (Mat. 17:9)

 

 

4.  τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ (his) καὶ προφήταις (Eph. 3:5)

 

 

5.  λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· (Acts 21:11)

 

 

 

3.  Long Translations 1-10

 

1.  δίκαιος εἶ κύριε καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου (your) δίκαια (Tobit 3:2)

 

 

2. ἀγὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι (Mat 13:17)

 

 

3.  ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε (you shall be) ὅτι ἅγιός εἰμι ἐγὼ κύριος θεὸς 

          (Lev. 11:44)

 

 

4.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) θεὸς πρὸς Καιν ποῦ  (where) ἐστιν Αβελ
         
ἀδελφός σου (Gen. 4:9)

 

 

5.  καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς (truly) ἀδελφή μού (my) ἐστιν ἐκ πατρός ἀλλοὐκ  

          ἐκ μητρός ἐγενήθη (she was born) (Gen. 20:12)

 

 

 

6. εἶπεν (he said) δὲ Ισραηλ μέγα μοί  (for me) ἐστιν εἰ  (if) Ιωσηφ  

          υἱός μου ζῇ (he lives)(Gen. 45:28)

 

 

 


Ch. 8:  Getting Personal Pronouns Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Pronoun Exercise

 

   1.  αὐτοῦ                           3rd Sg. Gen. Masc./Neut. from αὐτός meaning "of him" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   2.  αὐτῇ                              3rd Sg. Dat. Fem. from αὐτή meaning "to her" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   3.  σου                                2nd Sg. Gen. from σύ meaning "of you/your" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   4.  ἡμῶν                            1st Pl. Gen. from ἐγώ meaning "of us/our" (Mat. 1:23)

 

   5.  μου                                1st Sg. Gen. from ἐγώ meaning "of me/my" (Mat. 2:6)

 

   6.  αὐτῷ                             3rd Sg. Dat. Masc./Neut. from αὐτός meaning "to him" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   7.  ὑμῖν                               2nd Pl. Dat. from σύ meaning "to you" (Mat. 3:7)

 

   8.  αὐτούς                        3rd Pl. Acc. Masc. from αὐτός meaning "them" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   9.  ὑμᾶς                             2nd Pl. Acc.  from σύ meaning "you" (Mat. 3:11)

 

  10.  αὐτῶν                          3rd Pl. Gen. Masc./Fem./Neut. from αὐτός meaning "of  them/their”

                                                                                (Mat. 1:21)

 

Translations

 

   1.  Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι (water)                             I baptize with water

(Jn. 1:26)                                                                             

 

    2.   ὑμεῖς μοι μαρτθρεῖτε  (you testify) ὅτι             You testify concerning me             εἴπον (I said)  [ ὅτιΟὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ                     that I said that "I am not the

Χριστός  (Jn. 3:28)                                                Christ"

                                                                                     

   3.  ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν                            But I do not receive witness from

            μαρτθρίαν  (witness) λαμβάνω                       men,  but these things I said in

            ἀλλὰ ταῦτα  (these things) λέγω                         order that you may be saved

            ἵνα (in order that)  ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε   

(may be saved).  (Jn. 5:34)

                         

 
 4. 
τὰ ῥήματα (words)    (which)  ἐγὼ                       The words that I have

            λελάληκα  (I have spoken) ὑμῖν                        spoken to you

(Jn. 6:63)

 

   5.  καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς (one)  διάβολός ἐστιν               And one of you is a devil
               
(Jn. 6:70)

 

   6. οὐ βύναται (it is able) κόσμος μισεῖν            The world is not able to hate you,

(to hate) ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ δὲ μισεῖ  (it hates),             but it hates me, because I testify

            ὅτι ἐγὼ παρτυρῶ  (I testify) περὶ                       concerning it that its works are

            αὐτοῦ ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά                      evil

(evil) ἐστιν  (Jn. 7:7)

 

   7.  καὶ ἔλεγεν (he was saying)  αὐτοῖς·                   And he was saying to them,  “You

             Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω (below)  ἐστέ,                are from below,  I am from above;

            ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἅνω  (above)  εἰμί·                          you are of this world, I am

            ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου  (this)  τοῦ                                 not of this world”

            κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ 

του κόσμου τούτου.  (Jn. 8:23)                              

 

    8.  ἐγὼ καὶ πατὴρ ἕν  (one) ἐσμεν                        I and the father, we are one

(Jn. 10:30)

 

   9.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν  (Jn. 5:25)                          Truly, truly, I say to you

 

  10.  ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε  (do)  τὰ ἔργα τοῦ                          “You do the works of

            Πατρὸς ὑμῶν. εἶπαν  (they said)                       your father.” Then they said to him,

            [ οὖναὐτῷ, Ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας                    “We were not born of evil; 

            (evil) οὐ γεγεννήμεθα (we have been               we have one father, God.”  Jesus

            born)·  ἕνα (one) πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν             said to them,  “If God were

θεόν.  42  εἶπεν (he said) αὐτοῖς                         your father you would love me,

  Ἰησοῦς, Εἰ (if)  θεὸς πατὴρ                       for I came from God”

ὑμῶν ἦν ἠγαπᾶτε (you would love)     

ἂν  ἐμὲ, ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 

ἐξῆλθον  (I came) (Jn. 8:41-42)

 

 

 


  11.  αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει  (he will save) τὸν                   For he will save his people

            λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν                          from their sins

          αὐτῶν  (Mat. 1:21) 

 

  12.  καὶ αὐτὸς εἶπεν  (he said) πρὸς                           And he said to them

          αὐτούς  (Lk. 24:25) 

                                                                       

 

  13.  αὐτὸς γὰρ πατῆρ φιλεῖ  (he loves)                  For the father himself loves you, 

            ὑμᾶς, ὁτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε                         because you have loved me

          (you have loved) (Jn. 16:27)

                                                           

  14.  Μετὰ τούτο  (this) κατέβη (he went                 After this he went down into

            down) εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς καὶ                    Capernaum,  he and his mother

            μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ                            and his brothers and his disciples

          [αὐτοῦ]  καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 

(Jn. 2:12)

           

 

           


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

Propagating Personal Pronouns

1. Declining Declensions: (40)

 

αὐτό

Nom./Acc.

Sg.

N

αύτό

it

σύ

Nom.

Sg.

2nd

σύ

you

1. αὐτῷ

 

 

 

 

 

2. αὐτῶν

 

 

 

 

 

3. αὐτήν

 

 

 

 

 

4. αὐτούς

 

 

 

 

 

5. αὐτοί

 

 

 

 

 

6. αὐτοῖς

 

 

 

 

 

7. αὐτάς

 

 

 

 

 

8. αὐτοῦ

 

 

 

 

 

9. αὐτά

 

 

 

 

 

10. αὐτῆς

 

 

 

 

 

11. αὐτόν

 

 

 

 

 

12. ἡμεῖς

 

 

 

 

 

13. μοι

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἡμῖν

 

 

 

 

 

15. σου

 

 

 

 

 


 

16. ὑμᾶς

 

 

 

 

 

17. σε

 

 

 

 

 

18. ἡμῶν

 

 

 

 

 

19. με

 

 

 

 

 

20. σοι

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following shorts lines:

 

    1.  Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (said) πρὸς αὐτόν (Mat. 3:15)

 

 

    2.  καὶ ἔθαψαν (they buried) αὐτόν (Mat. 14:12)

 

 

    3.  τῆς μητρὸς (mother) αὐτοῦ (Mat. 1:18)

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἰδοὺ  (behold) Ἰησοῦς ὑπήντησεν (he met) αὐταῖς (Mat. 28:9)

 

 

    5.  καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ (Mat. 1:2)

 

 

    6.  τὰς βασιλείας (kingdoms) τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν (Mat. 4:8)

 

 

    7.  καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς (Mat. 21:13)

 

 

    8.  καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 2:4)

 


    9.  ἐδόθη (it was given) αὐταῖς (Rev. 9:3)

 

 

  10.  αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει (he will save) τὸν λαὸν (people) αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν (Mat. 1:21)

 

 

  11.  τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ (Mat. 2:6)

 

 

  12.  οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ Χριστός (Jn. 3:28)

 

 

  13.  λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς· Πίστευέ (believe) μοι (Jn. 4:21)

 

 

  14.  ἐγὼ μὲν (indeed) ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι (water) (Mat. 3:11)

 

 

  15.  εἶπεν (he said) οὖν αὐτοῖς Ἰησοῦς·  Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν (Jn. 6:53)

 

 


3. Translate the following longer lines:

 

1.      ἐγὼ ἐβάπτισα (baptized) ὑμᾶς ὕδατι (with water), αὐτὸς δὲ
βαπτίσει (he will baptize) ὑμᾶς ἐν πνεύματι (Spirit) ἁγίῳ

          (Mk. 1:8)

 

 

    2.  αὐτὸς Δαυὶδ εἶπεν (he said) ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (Spirit) τῷ ἁγίῳ· Εἶπεν κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, . . . αὐτὸς Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον, καὶ πόθεν (how) αὐτo ἐστιν υἱός; (Mk. 12:36–37)

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ αὺτὸς ἐδίδασκεν (he taught) ἐν ταῖς σθναγωγαῖς (synagogues) αὐτῶν (Lk. 4:15)

 

 

    4.  αὐτὸς δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν (he trusted) αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς διὰ
τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν (he knew) πάντας (all) (Jn. 2:24)

 

 

    5.  Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὺκ ἐβάπτιζεν (he baptized) ἀλλοἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (Jn. 4:2)

 

 

    6.  αὐτὸς γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ  (he loves) ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ
πεφιλήκατε (you have loved) (Jn. 16:27)

 

 

    7.  καὶ ἐφαέρωσεν (he manifested) τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν (they believed) εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. (Jn. 2:11)

 

 

    8.  λέγει (he said) αὐτῷ εἷς (one [Nom.]) ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, Ἀνδέας ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου (Jn. 6:8)

 


    9.  εἶδεν (saw) ὄχλος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ (there) οὐδὲ (nor) οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (Jn. 6:24)

 

 

  10.  λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαηνήλ· Πόθεν (from where) με γινώσκεις;  

          (Jn. 1:48)

 

 

  11.  μὴ (no) νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει (judge) τὸν ἄνθρωπον (Jn. 7:51)

 

 

  12.  ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης (you were born) . . . καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις (teach) ἡμᾶς; (Jn. 9:34)

 

 

  13.  καὶ οἱ μαθηταί σου θεωρήσουσιν (they will see) σοῦ τὰ ἔργα (Jn. 7:3)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις ἐστὶν τόπος (place)

          (Jn. 4:20)

 

 

  15.  ἀπεκρίθη (he answered) αὐτοῖς Ἰησοῦς· Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα (twelve) ἐξελεξάμην (I have chosen); καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς (one) διάβολός ἐστιν (Jn. 6:70)

 

 


4. Think Greek: (use the nominative pronouns whenever you can) (10)

 

    1.  I myself see you (pl.).

 

 

    2.  she herself writes the truth

 

 

    3.  you (pl.) yourselves receive our law

 

 

    4.  he himself is your (pl.) brother

 

 

    5.  the crowd is in your (pl.) church

 

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (10)

 

1. ἀπόστολος

___________________________

2. γράφω

___________________________

3. βασιλεία

___________________________

4. ἔργον

___________________________

5. κατά (gen.)

___________________________

6. good

___________________________

7. voice

___________________________

8. kingdom

___________________________

9. but, and

___________________________

10. dead

___________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search: circle your vocab words from

             chapter 8

 

 


ι         τ        ο        η        σ        ο        υ        π

 


β        ζ        α        χ        μ        χ        υ        γ

 


ν        η        υ        ω       λ        ε        λ        ν

 


 γ       ξ        τ        τ        θ        ο        ρ        ο

 


υ        π        ο        υ        α        ε        σ        α

 


ο        δ        ς        υ        π        ω       ι         ν

 


π        α        ρ        α        ν        ο        π        ρ

 


σ        η        μ        ε        ι         ς        τ        η

 

 

 

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

he

crowd

land

from (οὐ ἀπό)

we

that, so that, because

day

you

so, therefore

by


Ch. 9:  Couch-potato Present Passives Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:   PPI = Present Passive Indicative; 

PDI = Pres. Deponent Indicative

 

   1.  βάλλεται                      3rd SgPPI  from βάλλω  meaning "he/she/it is cast" (Mat. 3:10)

 

   2.  ἐγείρονται                  3rd Pl.  PPI  from ἐγείρω  meaning "they are raised" (Mat. 11:5)

 

   3.  ἔρχῃ                              2nd Sg.  PDI  from ἔρχομαι  meaning "you come" (Mat. 3:14)

 

   4.  γίνεται                          3rd Sg.  PDI  from γίνομαι  meaning "he/she/it becomes" (Mat. 13:32)

 

   5.  ἐξέρχονται                  3rd Pl.  PDI  from ἐξέρχομαι meaning "they come out" (Mat. 15:19)

 

   6.  ἐγείρομαι                    1st Sg.  PPI  from ἐγείρω  meaning "I am raised" (Mat. 27:63)

 

   7.  εἰσέρχεσθε                  2nd Pl.  PDI  from εἰσέρχομαι  meaning "you enter" (Mat. 23:13)

 

   8.  ἀποκρίνῃ                     2nd Sg.  PDI  from ἀποκρίνομαι  meaning "you answer" (Mat. 26:62)

 

   9.  γινώσκεται                3rd Sg.  PPI  from γινώσκω meaning "he/she/it is known"
                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 12:33)

 

Present Passive Translations:

 

   1. ὅτι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας προφήτης                            Because a prophet is not

            οὐκ ἐγείρεται   (Jn. 7:52)                                     raised from Galilee

 

   2.  καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (Mat. 3:10)                          And it is thrown into a fire

                                                                                                             

   3.  καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται καὶ πτωχοὶ                         And the dead are raised

            (poor) εὐαγγελίζονται (Mat. 11:5)                    and the poor have the gospel

                                                                                                proclaimed

 

   4.  ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ (fruit)  τὸ                                For from the fruit, the tree

            δένδρον (tree)  γινώσκεται (Mat. 12:33)         is known

 

   5.  οὐχ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται                                    Is not his mother called

            Μαριὰμ;  (Mat. 13:55)                                         Mariam? (yes)

                                                                       

           

   6.    Μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι                             After 3 days, I will be

            (Mat. 27:63) [futuristic present]                              raised                                                                           

 

   7.  βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται                    The kingdom of God is

            (Lk. 16:16)                                                              being announced

 

   8.  ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ζωὴ                            Because his life is being

            αὐτού   (Acts 8:33)                                                taken from the earth

                                                                                   

   9.  τὀ γὰρ ὅνομα  (name) τοῦ θεοῦ δι’                    The name of God, on

            ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς                                  account of you, is

ἔθνεσιν (nations)   (Rom. 2:24)                          being blasphemed among

                                                                                    the nations

 

  10. τί (why)  ἔτι (still, yet)  κἀγὼ ὡς                         Why am I still being

            ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι;  (Rom. 3:7)                    judged as a sinner?

                                                                                   

  11.  ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία (1 Cor. 5:1)               It is heard [there is] evil

                                                                                                                                among you

                                                                                                           

  12.  καὶ εἰ  (if) ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται                                   And if by you the world 

          κόσμος (1 Cor. 6:2)                                           is being judged

                                                             

  13.  ἀλλὰ ἀδελφός μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ                              But a brother is being       κρίνεται  (1 Cor. 6:6)                                                judged against a brother

                                                                       

  14.  εὑρισκόμεθα δὲ καὶ ψεθδομάρτθρες               But we also be found

            τοῦ θεοῦ   (1 Cor. 15:15)                                    false witnesses of God

 

  15.  εἰ ὅλως  (at all)  νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται,            If the dead are not

            τί (why)  καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ                          being raised at all,  why

            αὐτῶν;  (1 Cor. 15:29)                                         also are they baptized

                                                                                                concerning them?

 

  16.  εἰ  (if)  δὲ πνεύματι (Spirit) ἄγεσθε,                  But if you are being lead

            οὐκ ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον (Gal. 5:18)                         by the Spirit,  you are

                                                                                                not under law


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

The Pleasures of the Passive

1. Parsing Party: (30)

λέγω               1 Sg. PAI           from λέγω       I say

other options: PDI (deponent) or PPI (Present Passive Indicative)

                      PM/PI (middle/passive)

1. γίνεσθε

 

 

 

 

2. γίνομαι

 

 

 

 

3. γίνεται

 

 

 

 

4. βάλλεται

 

 

 

 

5. ἐρχόμεθα

 

 

 

 

6. πορεύεται

 

 

 

 

7. γινώσκεται

 

 

 

 

8. ἔρχεσθε

 

 

 

 

9. πορεύονται

 

 

 

 

10. ἔρχεται

 

 

 

 

11. ἀποκρίνῃ

 

 

 

 

12. ἔρχῃ

 

 

 

 

13. εἰσερχόμεθα

 

 

 

 

14. εἰσέρχεσθε

 

 

 

 

15. ἐξέρχομαι

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ὥρᾳ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται (Mat. 24:44)

 

 

    2.  εἰς πῦρ (fire) βάλλεται (Mat. 3:10)

 

 

    3.  ἔρχομαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς (Jn. 14:18)

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον (Mk. 3:20)

 

 

    5.  οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ (high priest);  (Jn. 18:22)

 

 

    6.  οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ (Lk. 17:20)

 

 

    7.  καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με; (Mat. 3:14)

 

 

    8.  κἀγὼ πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι (Jn. 17:11)

 

 

    9.  δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς (Jn. 12:23)

 

 

  10.  νῦν (now) δὲ πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι (Jn. 17:13)

 

 

  11.  ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε (Mat. 23:13)

 

 

  12.  ἐρχιερεὺς (high priest) εἰσέρχεται εἰσ τὰ ἅγια (Heb. 9:25)

 

 

     


  13.   ἐκ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχεται (Mat. 15:18)

 

 

  14.  ἔμπροσθεν (before) αὐτῶν πορεύεται (Jn. 10:4)

 

 

  15.  ἐγὼ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα (father) πορεύομαι (Jn. 14:12)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην (righteousness)

          (Rom. 10:10)

 

 

    2.  προσέχετε (you beware) ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες (who) ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς (Mat. 7:15)

 

 

    3.  οἴδατε (you know) ὅτι μετὰ δύο (two) ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα (passover) γίνεται, καὶ υἱ[ος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (Mat. 26:2)

 

 

    4.  οὕτως, λέγω ὑμῖν, γίνεται χαρὰ (joy) ἐνώπιον (before) τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ (Lk. 15:10)

 

 

    5.  ἰδοὺ (behold) βασιλεύς (king) σου ἔρχεταί σοι (Mat. 21:5)

 

 

    6.  ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε (you know) ποίᾳ (what) ἡμέρᾳ κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται (Mat. 24:42)

 

 

    7.  ἐρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν δούλων (Mat. 25:19)

 

 

     


    8.   τότε (then) ἔρχεται μεταὐτῶν Ἰησοῦς  (Mat. 26:36)

 

 

    9.  καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας (sleeping), καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ (Mat. 26:40)

 

 

 

  10.  τότε (then) ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ λέγει αὺτοῖς

          (Mat. 26:45)

 

 

  11.  καὶ ἐρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Διὰ τί (why) οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν (fast), οἱ δὲ σοὶ μαθηταὶ οὐ νηστεύοθσιν;  (Mk. 2:18)

 

 

 

  12.  λέγετε ὅτι ὄμβρος (rain) ἔρχεται, καὶ γίνεται οὕτως (Lk. 12:54)

 

 

  13.  εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται (Lk. 18:24)

 

 

  14.  ἔρχεται γυνὴ (woman) ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας ἀντλῆσαι (to draw) ὕδωρ (water). Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 4:7)

 

 

 

  15.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν (now) ἐστιν ὅτε
(when)
οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν (will hear) τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ (Jn. 5:25)

 

 


4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  my voice is cast

 

 

    2.  they come to your house

 

 

    3.  he enters into the kingdom of God

 

 

    4.  the disciples become servants

 

 

    5.  the crowd goes to the temple

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (20)

1. παρά (acc.)

__________________________

2. γῆ

__________________________

3.  ἅγιος

__________________________

4. ἐγείρω

__________________________

5. λαός

__________________________

6. truth

__________________________

7. church

__________________________

8. out of

__________________________

9. day

__________________________

10. righteous

__________________________


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search: circle your vocab words from

   chapter 9 (10)

 


ε        ε        δ        θ        γ        ι         ν        ο        μ        α        ι

 


α        ω       ι         ι         ν        ο        τ        α        ψ       α        α

 


 π       ρ        λ        σ        ι         ν        ο        ρ        μ        ι         μ

 


ο        ε        β        ε        ε        γ        ν        ο        ζ        ε        ο

 


 σ       β        θ        κ        θ        ρ        ν        τ        μ        ρ        υ

 


τ        σ        α        ρ        π        ι         χ        λ        θ        χ        ε

 


ε        ζ        ε        λ        ρ        γ        ο        ο        ω       ο        ρ

 


λ        δ        ψ       κ        λ        ε        λ        υ        μ        μ        ο

 


λ        σ        ο        υ        τ        ω       ς        ξ        α        α        π

 


ω       π        ι         φ       λ        υ        α        λ        ν        ι         ι

 


α        π        ε        ξ        ε        ρ        χ        ο        μ        α        ι

 

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

I answer

I go out, leave

I send

I come, go

I throw

I wish

I become

thus, so

I come in, enter

I go


Name ___________________________________

Review of Chapters 3–9

1. Parse (verbs) or decline (nouns) the following forms: (15)

       καρδίᾳ                      Dat.  Sg.  Fem.  from  καρδία  “to/for a heart”

       ἔχεις               2nd Sg.  PAI  from ἔχω  meaning “you have”

       σου                                 2nd Sg. Gen. from σύ meaning “of you/your”

1. δόξαν

 

 

 

 

 

2. νεκροῖς

 

 

 

 

 

3. ἐστέ

 

 

 

 

 

4. ἔρχῃ

 

 

 

 

 

5. λόγε

 

 

 

 

 

6. αὐτά

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἡμέρας

 

 

 

 

 

8. γῆν

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἐρείρεται

 

 

 

 

 

10. δόξης

 

 

 

 

 

11. δίκαια

 

 

 

 

 

12. πορευόμεθα

 

 

 

 

 

13. ὑμᾶς

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἡμεῖς

 

 

 

 

 

15. ἁγίου

 

 

 

 

 



2. Shorts: translate the following (20)

 

    1.  ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀδελφοὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν (Gen. 13:8)

 

 

    2.  ὅτι προφήτης ἐστὶν (Gen. 20:7)

 

 

    3.  ἐγὼ πορεύομαι ἐπαὐτήν  (e.g. my way/journey) (Gen 24:42)

 

 

    4.  εἶπεν (he said) δἒ αὐτῷ Ιακωβ σὺ γινώσκεις (Gen. 30:29)

 

 

    5.  εἶπεν (he said) δὲ αὐτῷ κύριός μου γινώσκει ὅτι (Gen. 33:13)

 

 

    6.  καὶ οἱ ἅνθρωποι οἱ εκ τοῦ τόπου (place [topography]) λέγουσιν (Gen. 38:22)

 

 

    7.  ἔχει πνεῦμα (spirit) θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ  (Gen. 41:38)

 

 

    8.  αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἤδεισαν (they knew)  ὅτι ἀκούει Ιωσηφ 

          (Gen. 42:23)

 

 

    9.  δώδεκα (12) ἀδελφοί ἐσμεν υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν (Gen. 42:32)

 

 

  10.  εἰ (if) μὲν (indeed) οὖν ἀποστέλλεις τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν (Gen. 43:4)

 

 

  11.  ὑμεῖς γινώσκετε ὅτι  (Gen. 44:27)

 


 

  12.  λέγει υἱ[ος σου Ιωσηφ ἐποίησέν (he made) με θεὸς κύριον πάσης (all) γῆς Αἰγύπτου (Egypt) (Gen. 45:9)

 

 

  13.   ἰδοὺ  (behold) οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ (eyes) ὑμῶν βλέπουσιν καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ Βενιαμιν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου (Gen. 45:12)

 

 

  14.  εἶπεν  (he said) δὲ Ισραηλ μέγα μοί ἐστιν εἰ (if)  ἔτι (yet)  Ιωσηφ υἱός μου ζῃ (he lives) (Gen. 45:28)

 

         

  15.  τί (what?) τὸ ἔργον ὑμῶν ἐστιν; (Gen. 46:33)

 

 

 

3. Longs: translate the following

 

    1.  εἰ (if) ἐκβάλλεις με σήμερον (today) ἀπὸ προσώπου (face) τῦς γῆς καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου (Gen. 4:14)

 

 

    2.  εἰπὸν (You say)  οὖν ὅτι ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ εἰμι (Gen. 12:13)

 

 

    3.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) αὐτῷ ἐγώ θεός σου (Gen. 17:1)

 

 

    4.  πατὴρ (father) ἡμῶν πρεσβύτερος (old)  καὶ οὐδείς (no one) ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς  (Gen. 19:31)

 

 

    5.  αὐτός μοι εἶπεν ἀδελφή μού ἐστιν καὶ αὐτή μοι εἶπεν ἀδελφός μού ἐστιν (Gen. 20:5)

 

 

 

    6.  βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ εἶ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν  (Gen. 23:6)

 

 

     

     7.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) γεγήρακα (I have grown old) καὶ οὐ γινώσκω τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς τελευτῆς (death) μου (Gen. 27:2)

 

 

    8.  εἶπεν (he said) δὲ αὐτοῖς γινώσκετε Λαβαν τὸν υἱὸν Ναχωρ οἱ δὲ εἶπαν γινώσκομεν (Gen. 29:5)

 

 

 

    9.  εἰ (if) κύριός μου οὐ γινώσκει διἐμὲ οὐδὲν (nothing) ἐν τῷ πἴκῳ αὐτοῦ (Gen. 39:8)

 

 

  10.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) ἕκαστος (each) πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ναί (yes) ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ γάρ ἐσμεν περὶ τοῦ ἀδεφλοῦ ἡμῶν  (Gen. 42:21)

 

 

 

4. Think Greek:

 

    1.  A Jewish crowd sent my people

 

 

    2.  We ourselves were taken by his servant

 

 

    3.  Our sins were written in your kingdom

 

 

    4.  His voice speaks the law of our God

 

 

    5.  His disciples entered our good land

 


5. Vocabulary Review:

1. house

_________________________________

2. righteous

_________________________________

3. θέλω

_________________________________

4. work

_________________________________

5. I see

_________________________________

6. ἔχω

_________________________________

7. heaven

_________________________________

8. ὑπό (gen.)

_________________________________

9. διά  (acc.)

_________________________________

10. so, then

_________________________________

 

 

 


Ch. 10 --Future Shock Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:

   1.  ἐσεσθε                         2 Pl. FMI from εἰμί  meaning “you will be” (Gen. 3:5)

 

   2.  λήμψονται                  3 Pl. FDI from λαμβάνω  meaning “they will receive” (Gen. 14:24)

 

   3.  γενήσεται                    3 Sg. FDI from γίνομαι meaning “he/she/it will become” (Gen. 17:17)

 

   4.  ἕξει                               3 Sg. FAI from ἔχω  meaning “he/she/it will have” (Gen. 18:10)

 

   5.  εἰσελεύσεται            3 Sg. FDI from εἰσέρχομαι meaning “he/she/it will enter”(Gen. 19:31)

 

   6.  γνώσομαι                    1 Sg. FDI from γινώσκω  meaning “I will know” (Gen. 24:14)

 

   7.  πορεύσῃ                      2 Sg. FDI from πορεύομαι  meaning “you will go” (Gen. 24:38)

 

   8.  εὑρήσουσιν                3 Pl. FAI from εὑρίσκω  meaning “they will find” (Prov. 8:17)

 

   9.  ἐρῶ                               1 Sg. FAI from λέγω  meaning “I will say” (Prov. 8:6)

 

  10.  εὐρήσεις                   2 Sg. FAI from εὑρίσκω  meaning “you will find” (Prov. 14:6)

 

Translations: 

 

   1.  ὅτε οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσοθσιν τῆς                             When the dead will hear

φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ                                     the voice of the son of God

(Jn. 5:25) 

 

   2. εἰ (if) τὰ ἐπίγεια (earthly things) εἶπον               If I said earthly things to you

ὑμῖν καὶ οὐ πιστεύετε πῶς (how)                  and you are not believing, how

ἐὰν (if)  εἴπω (I may say) ὑμῖν τὰ                      will you believe if I say to you

ἐπουράνια (heavenly) πιστεύσετε;                heavenly things

(Jn. 3:12)

 

   3. πῶς (how) τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥημασιν (words)                How will you believe 

πιστεύσετε;   (Jn. 5:47)                                        my words?

 

   4.  ἀλλἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς  (Jn. 8:12)                 But he will have the light

                                                                                                                                of life


   5.  ζητήσετέ  (you will seek) με καὶ οὐχ                  You will seek me and will not

εὑρησετέ   [ με ] (Jn. 7:34)                                  find me

 

   6.  Εἶπεν οὖν  [αὐτοῖς Ἰησοῦς . . . τότε             Therefore Jesus said to them then

(then)  γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι                            you shall know that I am

            (Jn. 8:28)

 

   7.  καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν (Jn. 8:32)                And you will know the truth

 

   8.  καὶ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσοθσιν, καὶ                  And they will hear my voice

Γενήσονται μία (one)  ποίμνη (flock)               and they shall be one flock

          (Jn. 10:16)

 

   9.  καὶ ὅπου (where)  εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ (there)              And where I am, there also

καὶ διάκονος ἐμὸς ἔσται                             my servant will be

(Jn. 12:26)

 

  10.  ἐκεῖνος (that one)  κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ                That will judge him in

ἐσχάτῃ (last) ἡμέρᾳ  (Jn. 12:48)                        the last day

 

  11.  ὁτι παρὑμῖν μένει καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν                                   Because he remains with

ἔσται (Jn. 14:17)                                                    you and will be in you

 

  12.  ἐν ἐκείνῃ (that) τῇ ἡμέρᾳ γνώσεσθε                In that day you will know that

ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί μου                        I am in my father and you in

καὶ ὑμ[εις ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν                     me and I in you

(Jn. 14:20)  

 

  13.  καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ                            And you will remain in the Son and

πατρὶ μενεῖτε  (1 Jn. 2:24)                                   in the Father

 

  14.  [Καὶἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα ὅτι ἐκ                    And by this we will know that we

τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν  (1 Jn. 3:19)                     are of the truth

 

  15.  καὶ γράψω ἐπαὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα                           And I will write on him

(name) τοῦ θεοῦ μου  (Rev. 3:12)                     the name of my God

 

  16.  καὶ αὐτοὶ λαοὶ αὐτοῦ ἔσονται, καὶ                    And they will be his people,

αὐτὸς θεὸς μεταὐτῶν ἔσται                           and God himself will be with

(Rev 21:3)                                                                      be with them

 


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 10: Future Verbs

Liquid Future

1. Parsing Party: (15)—middles translated active for this exercise

 

ἀποστελῶ

1 Sg.

FAI

from ἀποστέλλω

I will send

1. ἀποστελεῖς

 

 

 

 

2. κρινούμεθα

 

 

 

 

3. κρινεῖ

 

 

 

 

4. ἀποστελεῖσθε

 

 

 

 

5. κρινοῦμαι

 

 

 

 

6. ἀποστελοῦσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

7. κρινῶ

 

 

 

 

8. μενεῖτε

 

 

 

 

9. ἀποστελῇ

 

 

 

 

10. κρινεῖται

 

 

 

 

11. ἀποστελεῖτε

 

 

 

 

12. ἀποστελοῦμεν

 

 

 

 

13. κρινεῖσθε

 

 

 

 

14. ἀποστελοῦνται

 

 

 

 

15. κρινεῖτε

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  καὶ ἐν τρισὶν (three) ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν (Jn. 2:19)

 

 

    2.  καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ (father) μενεῖτε (1 Jn. 2:24)

 

 

    3.  καὶ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ (Mat. 24:31)

 

 

    4.  τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι (Jn. 8:28)

 

 

    5.  ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι (Lk. 5:35)

 

 

    6.  μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου (Jn. 15:10)

 

 

    7.  κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ (last) ἡμέρᾳ (Jn. 12:48)

 

 

    8.  μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι (Mat. 17:17)

 

 

    9.  καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς (Mat. 13:42)

 

 

  10.  καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν (treasure) ἐν οὐρανοῖς (Mat. 19:21)

 

 

  11.  ἐξ οὺρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν (Mat. 21:25)

 

 

  12.  ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν (Jn. 7:35)

 

 

 

  13.  ἀλλἕξει τὸ φῶς (light) τῆς ζωῆς (Jn. 8:12)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἐσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ (Sarah) υἱός (Rom. 9:9)

 

 

  15.  ὅτι παρὑμῖν μένει καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται (Jn. 14:17)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  λόγος. . . . ἐλάλησα (I spoke) . . . κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσάτῃ (last) ἡμέρᾳ (Jn. 12:48)

 

 

    2.  καὶ γράψω ἐπαὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα (name) τοῦ θεοῦ μου καὶ τὸ ὅνομα τῆς πόλεως (city) τού θεοῦ μου (Rev. 3:12)

 

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ εἶπεν (he said) Ζαχαρίας πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον· Κατὰ τί (how) γνώσομαι τοῦτο (this); (Lk. 1:18)

 

 

    4.  καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Οὐκ οἴδατε (you know) τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην (this), καὶ πῶς (how) πάσας (all) τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε; (Mk. 4:13)

 

 

 

 

    5.  ἐν ἐκείνῃ (that) τῇ ἡμέρᾳ γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί (father) μου καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν (Jn. 14:20)

 

 

 

     


    6.   κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τῆν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν (Mat. 7:21)

 

 

 

    7.  αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν
 (Mat. 1:21)

 

 

 

    8.  ἀποστελεῖ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ  

          (Mat. 13:41)

 

 

    9.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ὅτε (when) οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσοθσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ (Jn. 5:25)

 

 

 

  10.  ἐν τούτῳ (this) γνώσονται πάντες (all: Nom.) ὅτι ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ἐστε (Jn. 13:35)

 

 

  11.  πάντες (all) πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐλεύσονται οἱ  Ῥωμαῖοι (Romans) (Jn. 11:48)

 

 

  12.  οὕτως ἔσται υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδία τῆς γῆς τρεῖς (three) ἡμέρας (Mat. 12:40)

 

 

  13.  οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται ἐν ὑμῖν (Mat. 20:26)

 

 

  14.  τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι (Jn. 8:28)

 


  15.   καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἐλευθερώσει (it will free) ὑμᾶς (Jn. 8:32)

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

1. they will believe

___________________________

2. you (pl.) will have

___________________________

3. we will write

___________________________

4. you (sg.) will remain

___________________________

5. he will come/go

___________________________

 

5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (10)

 

1. πρῶτος

________________________

2. ὑπό  (Acc.)

________________________

3. γραφή

________________________

4. ἀποκρίνομαι

________________________

5. ἐξέρχομαι

________________________

6. I become

________________________

7. so, thus

________________________

8. that, because

________________________

9. with

________________________

10. hour

________________________


6.  Vocabulary Crossword Puzzle (10)

                                                            5   

                                                            ___

 

                                                            ___

                             2                      4

                            ___                  ___  ___

                                                                       10

                            ___                  ___  ___   ___

                                                              9

                             ___                  ___   ___  ___  ___  ___ 

                                               3

        1  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___     ___

 

6  ___  ___  ___  ___           ___  ___ 

                                                                  8

                                              ___           ___

 

                                   7  ___  ___  ___  ___ 

 

                                                                ___ 

 

 

Across

Down

1. death

2. I judge

6. I save

3. then

7. I remain

4. only, alone

9. and not, nor

5. Paul

 

8. life

 

10. now


Ch. 11:  This and That Pronoun Sale Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

A Relative Demonstrative Pronoun Exercise:

 

   1.  ταύτας                              Acc. Pl.  Fem. from οὗτος meaning "these" (Mat. 13:53)

 

   2.  τούτους                            Acc. Pl. Masc. from οὗτος meaning "these" (Mat. 7:24)

 

   3.  ἐκῖνα                                 Nom./Acc. Pl. Neut. from ἐκεῖνος meaning "those"

(Acts 20:2)

 

   4.  αἷς                                    Dat. Pl. Fem. from ὅς meaning "to whom" (Mat. 11:20)

 

   5.  ταῦτα                                Nom./Acc. Pl. Neut. from οὗτος meaning "these" (Mat. 1:20)

 

   6.  ἐκείνας                             Acc. Pl. Fem. from ἐκεῖνος meaning "those" (Heb. 8:10)

 

   7.                                       Dat. Sg. Masc./Neut. from ὅς meaning "to whom/to which"

(Mat. 3:17)

   8.  ἐκείνῃ                               Dat. Sg. Fem. from οὗτος meaning "to that" (Mat. 13:1)

 

   9.  τούτων                             Gen. Pl. Fem./Masc./Neut. from οὗτος meaning "of these"
                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 5:19)

 

  10.  οὗ                                    Gen. Sg. Masc./Neut. from ὅς meaning "of whom/of which "

(Mat. 1:25)

 

Translations: 

 

   1.  ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν  (he said) (Jn. 1:33)                 That one said to me

                                                                       

   2. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως (city) ἐκείνης πολλοὶ            But from that city many of the

            ἐπίστευσαν (they believed) εἰς αὐτὸν               Samaritans believed in him

τῶν Σαμαριτῶν διὰ τὸν λόγον                        because of the word

(Jn. 4:39)

                                                                         

   3.  Ἦν (it was)  δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκείνῃ                  But it was the sabbath on that day

τῇ ἡμέρᾳ  (Jn. 5:9)

 

   4.  ἐκεῖνον λήμψεσθε   (Jn. 5:43)                               You will receive that one

 

   5.  Ποῦ (where) ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος; (Jn. 7:11)                 Where is that one?

 

 

   6.  εἶπον (they said)·  Σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ                         They said  "You are that

ἐκείνου, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως                     one's disciple,  but we are

ἐσμὲν μαθηταί  (Jn. 9:28)                                    Moses' disciples”

 

   7.  ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ,                     You are of this world,

ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου                             I am not of this world

τούτου  (Jn. 8:23)

 

   8.  ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου                            Because he sees the light

βλέπει (Jn. 11:9)                                                     of this world

 

   9.  λύσατε  (destroy) τὸν ναὸν (temple)                   Destroy this temple and

τοῦτον καὶ ἐν τρισὶν (three)                               in three days I will raise it

ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν (Jn. 2:19)

 

  10.  ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν (we know)  ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ              We know that God has spoken λελάληκεν  (he has spoken)  θεός,                to Moses but this man we do not

τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν                            know from where he is

(from where) ἐστίν (Jn. 9:29)

 

  11.  τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε  (Jn. 5:38)                  You do not believe in this one  

 

  12.  ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν  (Jn. 16:30)                     By this we believe

 

  13.  ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἶδατε  (you know)                         Whom you do not know

(Jn. 7:28)

 

  14.  ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι θεὸς                                        Whom you say that, "He is

ἡμῶν ἐστιν (Jn. 8:54)                                            our God"

 

  15.  τοὺς πτωχοῦς (poor)  γὰρ πάντοτε                 For the poor you have with you

(always) ἔχετε μεθἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ                      always,  but you do not always

δὲ οὺ πάντοτε ἔχετε  (Jn. 12:8)                         have me

 

  16.  ὅτι τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ                              Because the love of God you do

ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς  (Jn. 5:42)                                 not have in yourselves


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 11: Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal Pronouns

Pointing the Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns

1. Demonstrative Declensions: (15)

 

ἐκεῖνος

Nom.

Sg.

M

from ἐκεῖνος

that

1. τούτῳ

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἐκείνου

 

 

 

 

 

3. οὗτοι

 

 

 

 

 

4. ταύτας

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἐκεῖνα

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἐκείνων

 

 

 

 

 

8. ταῦτα

 

 

 

 

 

9. οὗ

 

 

 

 

 

10. αὕτη

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

 

 

 

 

12. αἵ

 

 

 

 

 

13. ἐκείναις

 

 

 

 

 

14. τούτων

 

 

 

 

 

15. οἷς

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate these short lines: (15)

 

    1.  τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (Jn. 1:39)

 

 

2.      διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους (Jn. 10:19)

 

 

    3.  ἐκτῆς ὥρας ταύτης (Jn. 12:27)

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἀπἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας (Jn. 19:27)

 

 

    5.  εἰς ἐκεῖνον (Jn. 13:27)

 

 

    6.  ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (Jn. 14:20)

 

 

    7.  καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις;  (Jn. 3:10)

 

 

    8.  ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ (Jn. 12:25)

 

 

    9.  καὶ ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει (Mat. 10:38)

 

 

  10.  οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ (in behalf of) οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον (I spoke) (Jn. 1:30)

 

 

  11.  περὶ οὗ λέγει (Jn. 13:24)

 

 

     


  12.   καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν   Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

  13.  ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν (Jn. 8:54)

 

 

  14.  οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵ (Rev. 14:4)

 

 

  15.  καὶ ἄλλα (other) πρόβατα (sheep) ἐχω οὐκ ἔστιν (Jn. 10:16)

 

 

3. Translate these long lines: (15)

 

    1.  οὗτος ἦν (was) ἐν ἀρχῇ (beginning) πρὸς τὸν θεόν (Jn. 1:2)

 

 

 

    2.  καὶ λέγει μοι· Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι ἀληθινοὶ (true) τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν (Rev. 19:9)

 

 

 

3.      καὶ εἴπεν (he said)   Ἰησοῦς·  Εἰς κρίμα (judgment) ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον (I came) (Jn. 9:39)

 

 

 

    4.  τοῦτον οὖν ἰδὼν (after seeing) Πέτρος λέγει τῷ  Ἰησοῦ· Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί (what?); (Jn. 21:21)

 

 

 

 

    5.  εἰ (if) δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν (writings) οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς (how) τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν (words) πιστεύσετε; (Jn. 5:47)

 


    6.  ἀπἐκείνης οὖν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐβοθλεύσαντο (they plotted)

          (Jn. 11:53)

 

 

    7.  ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί (father) μου καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμπιν. (Jn. 14:20)

 

 

 

    8.  τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα (that) πιστεύητε (you might believe) εἰσ ὃν ἀπέστειλεν (he sent) ἐκεῖνος (Jn. 6:29)

 

 

 

    9.  ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν·  γινώσκων (one knowing) τὸν θεὸν ἀκούει ἡμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν (1 Jn. 4:6)

 

 

 

  10.  ἀλλ’  εἰσὶν ἐξ ὑμῶν τινες (some) οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν (Jn. 6:64)

 

 

  11.  ὡς γὰρ ἦσαν (they were) ἐν ταῖς ἡέραις [ἐκείναις] (Mat. 24:38)

 

 

  12.  πολλοὶ (many) ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν ἐκίνῃ τῇ ἡμ΄ρα·  Κύριε, κύριε
(Mat. 7:22)

 

 

  13.  ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν (he said) Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις

          (Mat. 26:55)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἐλοιδόρησαν (they reviled) αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπον· Σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί (Jn. 9:28)

 


  15.  ὁτι τοῦτο ἐλεγεν (he was saying), καὶ ἐπίστευσαν (they believed) τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν (he said)   Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (do not do the words in brackets)

 

1. (He knew) that voice        

 

 

2. again Peter leaves   

 

 

3. He knows who (was)

 

 

4. (He bowed) to this crowd  

 

 

5. They are those

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (10)

 

1. ζωή

__________________________

2. ἀποστέλλω

__________________________

3. μένω

__________________________

4. ἡμεῖς

__________________________

5. δίκαιος

__________________________

6. I wish

__________________________

7. I throw

__________________________

8. I judge

__________________________

9. he

__________________________

10. to

__________________________

 

6. Current Vocabulary Story (10)

 

Once upon a time a Greek mother was looking for some sales at the This and _____________ store. She had been there many times and came back _____________ to see if her son _____________ could find a pair of
shoes for walking on water. _____________ she entered the store ________ time the clerk, who was _____________ would not wait on her and he _____________ to go into the other room _____________
Peter, ____________  was _____________ an hour late, came in. He wanted Reeboks instead.


Ch. 12:  Perfecting the Imperfect Verbs Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:  IAI = Imperfect Active Indicative

 

   1.  ἐγίνωσκεν                    3 Sg. IAI from γινώσκω meaning "he/she/it was knowing"

(Mat. 1:25)

 

   2.  εἶχεν                           3 Sg. IAI from ἔχω meaning "he/she/it was having" (Mat. 3:4)

 

   3.  ἦσαν                           3 Pl. IAI from εἰμί meaning "they were" (Mat. 4:18)

 

   4.  ἔλεγον                           3 Pl./1 Sg. IAI from λέγω meaning "they were speaking"

“I was speaking” (Mat. 9:10)

 

   5.  ἦς                                 2 Sg. IAI from εἰμί meaning "you were" (Mat. 25:23)

 

   6.  ἐπορεύετο                    3 Sg. IDI from πορεύομαι meaning "he/she/it was going"

(Mat. 24:1)

 

   7.  ἤρχετο                3 Sg. IDI from ἔρχομαι meaning "he/she/it was coming"

(Mk. 2:13)

 

   8.  ἤκουεν                         3 Sg. IAI from ἀκούω meaning "he/she/it was hearing" (Mk. 6:20)

 

   9.  ἐσῴζοντο                     3 Pl. IM/PI from σῴζω meaning "they were being saved"

(Mk. 6:56)

 

  10.  ηὕρισκον                     3 Pl./1 Sg. IAI from εὑρίσκω meaning "they were finding"

“I was finding” (Mk. 14:55)

Translations: 

 

1.     καὶ ἦν μήτηρ τοῦ  Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ (there)                    And the mother of Jesus

(Jn. 2:1)                                                                was there

 

 

   2.  ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ (temple)                  But that one was speaking

τού σώματος (body) αὐτοῦ  (Jn. 2:21)                    concerning the temple of

                                                                                                            his body

   

   3.  αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί (what) ἦν                             For he was knowing what

ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ (Jn. 2:25)                                      was in the man

 

 

   4.  καίτοιγε (although)  Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ                    Although Jesus himself

ἐβάπτιζεν ἀλλοἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ                          was not baptizing but his

(Jn. 4:2)                                                                                disciples

 

   5.  ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους                     Then the disciples were

(one another) (Jn. 4:33)                                         saying to one another

 

   6.  καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν  (Jn. 4:30)                           And they were coming to

                                                                                                            him

 

   7.  ὅτι οὐ μόνον (only)  ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον,                   Because not only was he

ἀλλὰ καὶ παέρα ἴδιον (his own)                               breaking the Sabbath,  but

ἔλεγεν τὸν θεὸν ἴσον (equal)  ἑαυτὸν                     also he was calling God

ποιῶν (making) τῷ θεῷ   (Jn. 5:18)                         his own father making

                                                            himself equal with God

                                                           

   8.  Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα περιπάτει (walked)                        And after these things

Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαία·  οὐ γὰρ                              Jesus walked in Galilee;    

ἤθελεν ἐν τῇ  Ἰουδαία  περιπατεῖν                         for he was not willing to

(to walk)  (Jn. 7:1)                                                            walk in Judea

 

   9.  ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν   (Jn. 8:8)                                  He was writing in the

                                                ground

 

  10.  εἶπεν αὐτοῖς   Ἰησοῦς·  εὶ τυφλοὶ (blind)                 Jesus said to them, "If you

ἦτε, οὐκ ἃν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν·                                  were blind,  you would

νῦν δὲ λέγετε ὅτι βλέπομεν,                                 not have sin, but now you

ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει (Jn. 9:41)                               say that 'we see,'  your

sin remains"

 

  11.  καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἔλεγον·                        And they were coming to

Χαῖρε (greetings)  βασιλεὺς τῶν                         him and saying,    

Ἰουδαίων  (Jn. 19:3)                                                         "Greetings the king of the

                                                                        Jews"

 

  12.  καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον                              And because of the

            (Rev. 6:9)                                                                             testimony which they

                                                                                                            were having


Name __________________________________

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

Translating Imperfectly

1. Parsing Party: (15)

 

ἔλυον

1 Sg./

3 Pl.

IAI

from λύω

I was/they were loosing

1. ἔβλεπεν

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἤκουον

 

 

 

 

 

3. ἐβλεπόμην

 

 

 

 

 

4. ἠκούου

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἠκούομεν

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἐβλεπόμεθα

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἠκούεσθε

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἠκουόμην

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἐβλέπετε

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἤκουες

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἐβλέπετο

 

 

 

 

 

12. ἠκουόμεθα

 

 

 

 

 

13. ἔβλεπες

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἠκούετε

 

 

 

 

 

15. ἐβλέποντο

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  καὶ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν (Mat. 1:25)

 

 

    2.  ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν λόγος (Jn. 1:1)

 

 

    3.  ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν (Jn. 1:4)

 

 

    4.  ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγεν (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

    5.  ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους (Jn. 4:33)

 

 

    6.  εἰ  (if) γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε Μωϋσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί (Jn. 5:46)

 

 

    7.  οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν (Jn. 7:5)

 

 

    8.  ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν (Jn. 1:15)

 

 

    9.  οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ (Mat. 9:11)

 

 

  10.  οἱ ὄχλοι . . . ἐλεγον·  Μήτι (not) οὗτός ἐστιν υἱὸς Δαυίδ;
(Mat. 12:23)

 

 

  11.  οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν (much) (Mat. 13:5)

 

 

     


  12.   ὅτι ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον (Mat. 14:5)

 

 

  13.  δὲ οὐκ ἥθελεν (Mat. 18:30)

 

 

  14.    Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο (Mat. 24:1)

 

 

  15.  καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους (Mk. 4:41)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ (temple) τοῦ σώματος (body) αὐτοῦ  (Jn. 2:21)

 

 

2.   Ἰησοῦς δὲ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς (Jn. 2:24)

 

 

    3.  ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀπορούμενοι (being uncertain)
περὶ τίνος (whom) λέγει (Jn. 13:22)

 

 

 

    4.  ὅτε ἤμην μεταὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν (I kept) αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί (name) σου δέδωκάς (you have given) μοι (Jn. 17:12)

 

 

 

    5.  οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀνρῇ  (beginning) πρὸς τὸν θεόν (Jn. 1:2)

 

 

    6.  ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς (light) τῶν ἀνθρώπων

          (Jn. 1:4)

 


    7.  οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ἔλεγον·  Οὖτός ἐστιν προφήτης  Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας (Mat. 21:11)

 

 

 

    8.  ἦσαν δὲ παρἡμῖν ἑπτὰ (seven) ἀδελφοί (Mat. 22:25)

 

 

    9.  καἰ λέγετε· Εἰ  (if) ἤμεθα (we were) ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων
(fathers)
ἡμῶν (Mat. 23:30)

         
 

 

  10.  ἀγαπητοί (beloved), οὐκ ἐντολὴν (command) καινὴν (new) γράφω ὑμῖν ἀλλἐντολὴν παλαιὰν (old) ἣν εἴχετε ἀπἀρχῆς (beginning) (1 Jn. 2:7)

 

 

 

4. Think Greek

 

1. he was saying to me                         

 

2. you were dead

 

3. we were knowing the scripture         

 

4. John was coming                             

 

5. I was seeing him                              

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (10)

 

1. ὅταν

_________________________

2. τότε

_________________________

3. εἰσέρχομαι

_________________________

4. εἰμί

_________________________

5. ὑπέρ (acc.)

_________________________

6. that

_________________________

7. this

_________________________

8. only

_________________________

9. I go

_________________________

10. and not

_________________________

 


6.  Vocabulary Word Search

 

                                      3                                                       

                                    ___                                                   

                                                                        4               6

                                    ___                        5   _____  ___  ___ 

                       2

1  ___  ___  ___  ___   ___  ___  ___  ___  ___            ___    

                                                                                                         9     10

                     ___                                            ___        8 ___  ___  ___   ___

 

                     ___                                             ___                         ___   ___

 

                     ___                          7 ___  ___  ___                         ___    ___

 

                                                                         ___

 

                                                                         ___

 

 

 

Across

Down

1. I die

2. whole, entire

5. behold

3. indeed

7. with

4. John

8. there

6. when

 

9. until

 

10. in order that


Ch. 13:  Third Declension Nouns Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Declining Third Declensions

 

   1.  πνεύμασι                           Dat. Pl. Neut. from πνεῦμα meaning "to spirits" (Mk. 1:27)

 

   2.  σαρκί                               Dat. Sg. Fem. from σάρξ meaning "to flesh" (Rom. 2:28)

 

   3.  δυνάμεις                           Nom./Acc. Pl. Fem. from δύναμις meaning "powers"

                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 7:22)

 

   4.  πνεύματα                          Nom./Acc. Pl. Neut. from πνεῦμα  meaning "spirits"

                                                                                                                                                                (Mk. 3:11)

 

   5.  σαρκῶν                            Gen. Pl. Fem. from σάρξ meaning "of fleshes"

                                                                                                                                                                (Rev. 19:21)

 

   6.  βασιλεῖ                             Dat. Sg. Masc. from βασιλεύς meaning "for a king"

                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 18:23)

 

   7.  πνεύματος                        Gen. Sg. Neut. from πνεῦμα  meaning "of a spirit" (Mat. 1:18)

 

   8.  δυνάμεσι                           Dat. Pl. Fem. from δύναμις meaning "to powers" (Acts 2:22)

 

   9.  βασιλεῖς                           Nom./Acc. Pl. Masc. from βασιλεύς meaning "kings"

                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 17:25)

 

  10.  σάρκας                            Acc. Pl. Fem. from σάρξ meaning "fleshes" (Jam. 5:3)

 

 

Translations:

 

   1.  καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν                  And the two will be for one flesh,

          (one)·  ὥστε οὐκέτι (no longer)                     so that they are no longer two but

εἰσὶν δύο ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ                              one flesh

(Mk. 10:8)

 


   2.  καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σάρξ τὸ                                And all flesh will see the salvation

σωτήριον (salvation) τοῦ θεοῦ                      of God

          (Lk. 3:6)                                                     

 

   3.  τὸ γεγεννημένον (one having been born)         The one having been born of the

ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ                 flesh is flesh,  and the one having

γεγεννημένον εκ τοῦ πνεύματος                    been born of the Spirit is spirit

          πνεῦμά ἐστιν  (Jn. 3:6)

 

   4.  ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε,                       You judge according to

ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα (no one)                      the flesh,  I judge no one

          (Jn. 8:15)

 

   5.  καὶ χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπαὐτό   (Lk. 2:40)             And the grace of God was upon

him  (Neuter:  child)

 

   6.  μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ ὁτι (Lk. 17:9)             He would not have favor on the

servant because

 

 

   7.  ὅτι νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη (it                 Because the law was given through

          was given), χάρις καὶ ἀλήθεια                 Moses,  grace and truth came

          διὰ  Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο                       through Jesus Christ

          (it became/came) (Jn. 1:17)

 

 

   8.  κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν  (Mat. 9:29)                  According to your faith

 

                                                                                                                                                     

   9.  καὶ ἰδὼν (after seeing)  Ἰησοῦς τὴν              And Jesus, after seeing their faith,

Πίστιν αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ                                  said to the paralytic,  “Child”

          Παραλθτικῷ·  Τέκνον (Mk. 2:5)

 

  10.  καὶ ἀπροκριθεὶς (answered)   Ἰησοῦς           And Jesus answered and said to

Λέγει αὐτοῖς·  Ἔχετε πίστιν θεοῦ                 them,  “Have faith in God”

          (Mk. 11:22)

 

           

  11.  εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;                       Will he find faith upon the earth?

          (Lk. 18:8)

 

 

 

  12.  πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ                         For many will come in my name

          ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες (saying)· Ἐγώ              saying,  “I am the Christ”

          εἰμι ὁ Χριστός (Mat. 24:5)

 

 

  13.  βαπτίζοντες  (baptizing) αὐτοὺς εἰς                Baptizing them in the name of the

          τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ                Father and of the Son  and of the

          καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος (Mat. 28:19)          Holy Spirit

 

 

 


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

Third Declension

Be able to parse the case, number, gender of the nouns.

 

1. Decline: (30)

 

σαρκί

Dat.

Sg.

Fem.

σάρξ

“to flesh”

1. χάριτος

 

 

 

 

 

2. πίστεσι

 

 

 

 

 

3. ὀνόματα

 

 

 

 

 

4. πίστεως

 

 

 

 

 

5. χάριτες

 

 

 

 

 

6. παντός

 

 

 

 

 

7. χάριτας

 

 

 

 

 

8. πᾶσαν

 

 

 

 

 

9. πίστεις

 

 

 

 

 

10. ὀνόμασι

 

 

 

 

 

11. πᾶν

 

 

 

 

 

12. χαρίτων

 

 

 

 

 

13. πίστιν

 

 

 

 

 

14. πᾶσαι

 

 

 

 

 

15. ὀνόματι

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  [ἐπὶ] τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (Acts 14:3)

 

 

    2.  χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις (Lk. 2:52)

 

 

    3.  τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν (Acts 15:40)

 

 

    4.  ἐκ πίστεως, ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (Rom. 4:16)

 

 

    5.  ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν (Rom. 6:15)

 

 

    6.  περὶ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν πίστεως (Acts 24:24)

 

 

    7.  κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν (Mat. 9:29)

 

 

    8.  εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; (Lk. 18:8)

 

 

    9.  εἰ  (if) ἐστὲ ὲν τῇ πίστει (2 Cor. 13:5)

 

 

  10.  τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ  Ἰησοῦν (Mat. 1:21)

 

 

  11.  ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι  Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου (Acts 4:10)

 

 

  12.  καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ (Acts 3:16)

 

 

     


  13.   καὶ πᾶσα  Ἱεροσόλυμα μεταὐτοῦ (Mat. 2:3)

 

 

  14.  ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν (Mat. 27:45)

 

 

  15.  ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ (Jn. 16:13)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀλλἀ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου  Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν (Acts 15:11)

 

 

    2.  εἰ (if) δὲ χάριτι, οὐκέτι (no longer) ἐξ ἔργων, ἐπεὶ (since) χάρις οὐκέτι γίνεται χάρις (Rom. 11:6)

 

 

 

 

    3.  εὐχαριστῶ (I give thanks) τῷ θεῷ μου πάντοτε (always) περὶ ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ (1 Cor. 1:4)

 

 

 

 

    4.  ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὺ κυριεύσει· (it shall rule) οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν (Rom. 6:14)

 

 

 

    5.  δικαιοσύνη (righteousness) γὰρ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται (is revealed) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, καθὼς γέγραπται (it has been written)·    δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (he will live) (Rom. 1:17)

 

 

     


    6.   καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς  (he answered)   Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς·  Ἔχετε πίστιν θεοῦ (Mk. 11:22)

 

 

    7.  καὶ ἰδὼν (after seeing)   Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ (paralytic)·  Τέκνον (child), ἀφίενταί (they are forgiven) σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (Mk. 2:5)

 

 

 

 

    8.  ἦν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὺτῷ, ἄρχων  (ruler) τῶν Ἰουδαίων (Jn. 3:1)

 

 

 

 

    9.  ἀπεκρίθη (he answered) αὐτοῖς    Ἰησοῦς·  Εἶπον (I told/said) ὑμῖν καὶ οὐ πιστεύετε· τὰ ἔργα ἐγὼ ποιῶ  (I do) ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου (Jn. 10:25)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.  παρακαλῶ (I appeal to/beseech) δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν  Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ (1 Cor. 1:10)

 

 

 

 

  11.  διὰ τοῦτο (therefore) λέγω ὑμῖν, πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται (it shall be forgiven) τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (Mat. 12:31)

 

 

 

  12.  καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον (salvation) τοῦ θεοῦ (Lk. 3:6)

 

 

     


   13.  ὃς μὲν [γὰρ] κρίνει ἡμέραν παρἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν (Rom. 14:5)

 

 

  14.  λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο (was clothed) ὡς ἓν (one) τούτων (Mat. 6:29)

 

 

 

  15.  κοινωνίαν (fellowship) ἔχομεν μετἀλλήλων καὶ τὸ αἷμα (blood) Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει (it cleanses) ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας (1 Jn. 1:7)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (the words in brackets need not be transcribed) (10)

 

1. The father of the king (will)  

 

 

2. In the faith I will believe      

 

 

3. From grace to grace    

 

 

4. He was seeing me       

 

 

5. He will judge you (pl.)

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (20)

 

1. ἀποθνῄσκω

________________________

2. καθώς

________________________

3. ἕως

________________________

4. ἔρχομαι

________________________

5. ὄχλος

________________________

6. I save

________________________

7. death

________________________

8. I go away, leave

________________________

9. with

________________________

10. there

________________________

 

6. Current Vocabulary Matching (try English crossword in ch. 14)

   ἔλεος

 

____

1. father

A.

Δύναμις

____

2. flesh, body

B.

πᾶς

____

3. power, miracle

C.

πνεῦμα

____

4. grace, kindness

D.

ὄνομα

____

5. name, reputation

E.

χάρις

____

6. man, husband

F.

βασιλεύς

____

7. all, every

G.

ανήρ

____

8. faith, belief

H.

πατήρ

____

9. king

I.

σάρξ

____

10. spirit, wind

J.

πίστις


Name ______________________________

Review of Chapters 3–13 

1. Parse (verbs) or decline (nouns) the following forms: (15)

       καρδίᾳ                     Noun Dat.  Sg.  F.  from  καρδία  "to/for a heart”

       ἔχεις               Verb  2nd Sg.  PAI  from ἔχω  meaning "you have"

       με                            Pron.  1  Acc. Sg  from  ἐγώ  "me”

       αὐτός                       Pron.  3  Nom. Sg  M.  from  αὐτός  "he”

 

1.   αὕτη  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.   ἦν   

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.   ἀποκρίνεται   

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.   ἐκεῖνο   

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.   ἔμενεν    

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.   ἡμῶν    

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.   ἐξελεύσῃ    

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.   ἧς  

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.   ἐροῦσιν 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.   πνεύμασι

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.   βαλεῖτε 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.   εἰσήρχετο  

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.   τοῦτο    

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.   ἀπεκρίνοτο   

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.   δύναμει

 

 

 

 

 

 


2.  Short Translations 1-10 (20)

 

1.  καὶ οὐχ ηὑρίσετο ὅτι μετέθηκεν (he took up) αὐτὸν θεός

          (Gen. 5:24)

 

 

2.  σὺ δὲ ἀπελεύςῃ [ρὸς τοῦς πατέρας σου μετ’εἰρήνης

          (Gen. 15:15)

 

 

3.  καὶ ἔλγεγον πρὸς αὐτόν ποῦ (where) εἰσιν οἱ ἀνδρες;  (Gen. 19:5)

 

 

4.  ἔσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (Gen. 4:12)

 

 

5.  τῇ δὲ Ρεβεκκα ἀδελφὸς ἦν ὄνομα Λαβαν (Gen. 24:29)

 

 

6.  Ισαακ δὲ ἐπορεύετο διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου  (Gen. 24:4)

 

 

7.  καὶ ἔσεσθε ὡς θεοὶ γινώσκοντες (knowing) καλὸν (good) καὶ 

          πονηρόν  (Gen. 3:5)

 

 

8.  ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν γῆν μου οὗ ἐγεόμην πορεύσῃ (Gen. 24:4)

 

 

9.  πάντες οὗτοι ἦσαν υἱοὶ Χεττουρας (Gen. 25:4)

 

 

10.  ἦν παραὐτῇ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ  (Gen. 27:15)

 

 


3.  Long Translations 1-10 (30)

 

1.  οἱ δὲ γιγαντες (giants) ἦσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐν τοῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις

          και μετἐκεῖνο ὡς ἂν εἰσεπορεύοντο οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὰς

          θυγατέρας (daughters) τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen. 6:4)

 

 

 

2.  καὶ Μελχισεδεκ βασιλεὺς Σαλημ ἐξήνεγκεν (brought out) ἄρτους

          (bread) καὶ οἶνον ἦν δὲ ἱερευς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου (most high)

          (Gen. 14:18)

 

 

 

3.  καὶ Αβρααμ ἦν πρεσβύτερος (old/elderly) προβεβηκὼς (advanced

          or “on in”) hἡμερῶν καὶ κύριος εὐλόγησεν τὸ Αβρααμ κατὰ πάντα
          (Gen. 24:1)

 

 

 

4.  καὶ εἶδεν (saw) Ιακωβ τὸ πρόσωπον (face) τοῦ Λαβαν καὶ ἰδοὺ  

          οὐκ ἦν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἐχθὲς (yesterday) καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν

          (Gen. 31:2)

 

 

 

5.  ἐστιν Βαιθηλ αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶς λαός ὃς ἦν μεταὐτοῦ

          (Gen. 35:6)

 

 

6.  σὺ δὲ λήμψῃ σεαθτῷ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν βρωμάτων (food)

          (Gen. 12:12)

 

         

7.  ἔσται οὖν ὡς ἂν ἰδωσίν (they may see) σε οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι (Egyptians)

          ἐροῦσιν ὅτι γυνὴ  (wife/woman) αὐτοῦ αὕτη καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσίν

          με  (Gen. 12:12)

 

 


8.  τὸν δὲ ἔθνος (nation) ἐὰν (who ever) δουλεύσωςιν κρινῶ ἐγώ

          μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται (Gen. 15:14)    

 

 

 

9.  καὶ οὐ κληθήσεται (shall be called)  ἔτι (still, yet) τὸ ὄνομά σου

          Αβραμ ἀλλ’ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομα σου Αβρααμ ὅτι πατέρα

          πολλπῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά (I have made/put) σε  (Gen. 17:5)

 

 

 

10.  εἶπεν δὲ πρεσβθτέρα (older) πρὸς τὴν νεωτέραν (younger)

          πατὴρ ἡμῶν πρεσβύτερος καὶ οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὃς

          εἰσελεύσετα πρὸς ἡμᾶς (Gen. 19:31)

 

 

 

 

4.  Write Greek 1-5 (10)

 

1.  the father of the king was my brother

 

 

2. on that day we will remain in the house

 

 

3. But this my son was going to heaven

 

 

4.  he was casting himself into the crowd (do not use the middle verb)

 

 

5.  All these humans will know this truth that 

 

 


5.  Vocab Review  (20)

 

1.   καθώς

 

 

2.   τότε

 

 

3.   δίκαιος

 

 

4.   δία (+ Acc.)

 

 

5.   ἀποθηῄσκνω

 

 

6.   σάρξ

 

 

7.   I raise up

 

 

8.   son

 

 

9.   day

 

 

10.   I save

 

 

 

 

 


Ch. 14:  Second Aorists Descending into the Deep Dark Past Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:

 

   1.  ἤλθομεν                            1st Pl. AAI from ἔρχομαι meaning "we came" (Mat. 2:2)

 

   2.  ἐγενόμην                          1st Sg. ADI from γίνομαι meaning "I became" (Acts 20:18)

 

   3.  ἐξῆλθες                             2nd  Sg. AAI from  ἐξέρχομαι meaning "you went out"
                                                                                                                                                                    (Jn. 16:30)

 

   4.  ἦλθεν                                3rd  Sg. AAI from ἔρχομαι meaning "he/she/it came"

                                                                                                                                                                     (Mat. 9:1)

 

   5.  ἐμείναμεν                         1st Pl. AAI from μένω meaning "we remained" (Acts 21:7)

 

   6.  εὗρον                                3rd Pl. /1st  Sg. AAI εὑρίσκω meaning "they found"
                                                                                                                                           “I found”  (Mat. 22:10)

 

   7.  ἐγένεσθε                           2nd  Pl. ADI from γίνομαι meaning "you became" (Lk. 16:11)

 

   8.  εὗρες                                2nd  Sg. AAI from εὑρίσκω meaning "you found" (Lk. 1:30)

 

   9.  ἐξήλθομεν                        1st Pl. AAI from ἐξέρχομαι meaning "we went out"
                                                                                                                                                                     (Acts 16:13)

 

  10.  ἤλθατε                             2nd  Pl. AAI from ἔρχομαι meaning "you came" (Mat. 25:36)

 

 

Translations

 

   1.  οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν (Jn. 1:7)                This one came for a witness

           

 

   2.  εἶπαν οὖν αὐτῷ  (Jn. 1:22)                              Then they said to him

 

 

   3.  ὡς περιστερὰν (dove) ἐξ οὐρανοῦ                   As a dove out of heaven and it

          καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπαὐτόν  (Jn. 1:32)                   remained on him

                         

 

   4.  εἶδεν Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ                        Jesus saw Nathaniel

          (Jn. 1:47) 

 

   5.  ἀπεκρίθη  Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν                           Jesus answered and said to him,

αὐτῷ·   Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι ὁτι εἶδόν                    "Because I said to you that I saw

σε  (Jn. 1:50)                                                you"

 

   6.  καὶ εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ                                      And he found in the temple

          (Jn. 2:14)

 

   7.  ἀπεκρίθη (answered)  Ἰησοῦς καὶ                   Jesus answered and said to him, 

          εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Σὺ εἶ                                       “You are the teacher of Israel and

          διδάσκαλος τοῦ  Ἰσραὴλ                               these things you do not know?

          καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις;    

          (Jn. 3:10)

 

   8.  οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν θεὸς                      For God did not send the son into

τὸν υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον                               the world in order that

          i!na  (Jn. 3:17)

 

   9.  Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν   Ἰησοῦς                          After these things Jesus and his

          καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς                              disciples went into the land of

          τὴν  Ἰουδαίαν γῆν  (Jn. 3:22)                        Judea

 

  10.  πέντε γὰρ ἄνδρας ἔσχες καὶ                           For five husbands you have had

νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ ἔστιν σου                          and the one whom you now         ἀνήρ  (Jn. 4:18)                                                 have is not your husband

 

  11.  ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πόλεςω                                 They went out of the city

          (Jn. 4:30)

 

  12.  Μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας                                But after two days, he went out

ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν                                from there into Galilee

          Γαλιλαίαν  (Jn. 4:43)

 


Name __________________________________

Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs

Digging into the Past: Second Aorist

1. Parsing Party: (30)

 

ἦλθον

1Sg./3Pl.

AAI

from ἔρχομαι

I/they came

1. ἔβαλε(ν)

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἐλαβες

 

 

 

 

 

3. ἐλάβετε

 

 

 

 

 

4. ἐβαλόμεθα

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἐλάβομεν

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἐβαλόμην

 

 

 

 

 

7. ἐβάλετε

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἔλαβον

 

 

 

 

 

9. ἐβάλεσθε

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἔβαλον

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἔλαβε(ν)

 

 

 

 

 

12. ἐβάλου

 

 

 

 

 

13. ἐλάβετο

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἐβάλοντο

 

 

 

 

 

15. ἐβάλομεν

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς  Ἰουδαίας (Mat. 2:5)

 

 

    2.  καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εὶς γὴν  Ἰσραήλ (Mat. 2:21)

 

 

    3.  δὲ  Ἰησοῦς  εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν (Mat. 3:15)

 

 

    4.  καὶ εἶδεν [τὸ] πνεπυμα [τοῦ] θεοῦ (Mat. 3:16)

 

 

    5.  καὶ ἰδοὺ πᾶσα πόλις (city) ἐξῆλθεν (Mat. 8:34)

 

 

    6.  ὅτι ἄρτους (bread) οὐκ ἐλάβομεν (Mat. 16:7)

 

 

    7.  λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι  Ἠλίας ἤδη (already) ἦλθεν (Mat. 17:12)

 

 

    8.  καὶ πολλοὶ (many) τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον (Rev. 8:11)

 

 

    9.  ὅσοι (whoever) δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν (Jn. 1:12)

 

 

  10.  οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον (Jn. 1:15)

 

 

  11.  ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν (Jn. 1:16)

 

 


  12.  εἶπαν οὖν αὐτῲ· Τίς (who) εἶ; (Jn. 1:22)

 

 

  13.  καθὼς εἶπεν  Ἠσαΐας προφήτης (Jn. 1:23)

 

 

  14.  οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον (Jn. 1:30)

 

 

  15.  καὶ εἶδον, καὶ ἤκουσα (I heard) φωνὴν ἀγγέλων πολλῶν (Rev. 5:11)

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  εἶδον τὸ παιδίον (child) μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς (mother) αὐτοῦ (Mat. 2:11)

 

 

 

    2.  καὶ ἰδού τινες (some) τῶν γραμματέων (scribes) εἶπαν ἐν ἑαυητοῖς·  Οὗτος βλασφημεῖ.  (Mat. 9:3)

 

 

 

 

    3.  ἀλλὰ τί (what?) ἐξήλθατε ίδεῖν (to see); προφήτην; ναὶ (yes) λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον (more than) προφήτου (Mat. 11:9)

 

 

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἐκτείνας (stretching out) τὴν χεῖρα (hand) αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν·  Ἰδοὺ μήτηρ (mother) μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου (Mat. 12:49)

 

 


    5.  τότε ἀφεὶς  (leaving) τοὺς ὄχλους ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Καὶ προςῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοντες (saying)

          (Mat. 13:36)

 

 

 

    6.  ὡς οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρῖται, ἠρώτων (who asked) αὐτὸν μεῖναι (to remain) παραὐτοῖς· καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο (two) ἡμέρας
(Jn. 4:40)

 

 

 

 

    7.  εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον (receive) (Jn. 1:11)

 

 

 

    8.  ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος (fullness) αὐτοῦ ἡμεὶς πάντες ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ (upon) χάριτος (Jn. 1:16)

 

 

 

    9.  ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ κόσμος διαὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω (Jn. 1:10)

 

 

 

 

  10.  λέγει αὐτοῖς·  Ἕρχεσθε (come) καὶ ὀψεσθε. ἦλθαν οὖν καὶ εἶδαν ποῦ  (where) μένει καὶ παραὐτῷ ἔμειναν (they stayed) τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (Jn. 1:39)

 

 

 

 

  11.  καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Ῥαββί, ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ (Jn. 3:26)

 

 


  12.  μετὰ ταῦτα ἤλθεν   Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν  Ἰουδαίαν γῆν (Jn. 3:22)

 

 

  13.  καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ προιτώριον (praetorium) πάλιν καὶ λεγει τῷ  Ἰησοῦ·  Πόθεν (from where) εἶ σύ;  (Jn. 19:9)

 

 

  14.  τινὲς (some) δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς φαρισαίους καὶ εἶπαν αὐτοῖς (Jn. 11:46)

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  the blood came into my body

 

 

 

    2.  Jesus entered the way

 

 

 

    3.  this king became the holy (one)

 

 

 

    4.  I came because of your sins

 

 

 

    5.  he said to him

 

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. δύναμις

__________________________

2. ἀνήρ

__________________________

3. ὅτε

__________________________

4. ἵνα

__________________________

5. πάλιν

__________________________

6. spirit

__________________________

7. flesh

__________________________

8. behold

__________________________

9. then

__________________________

10. now

__________________________

 


6.  Current Vocabulary (10)

                                                                        7

                                                                       ___

                                                            8 ___  _ο/υ_  ___  ___

                                                       3

                                                     ___            ___    

 

                                                      ___            ___ 

 

                                 6 ___  ___   ___   ___   ___ 

 

                                                      ___                                                      

               2

1   ___   ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___

        

              ___                  

       10

  4 ___   ___  ___  ___ 

                                         9

      ___ 5 ___  ___  ___  ___

 

      ___    ___                 ___

 

     ___                           __

 

                                       ___ 

 

Across

Down

1. I teach

2. one’s own

4. I raise, take up

3. I am about to

5. way

7. much, many

6. good

9. body

8. soul, life

10. blood


Ch. 15:  First Aorists Revisting the pastsa Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

 

   1.  ἔγραψα                             1 Sg. AAI from γράφω meaning “I wrote” (Rom. 15:15)

 

   2.  ἐδίδαξας                           2 Sg. AAI from διδάσκω meaning “you taught” (Lk. 13:26)

 

   3.  ἠθελήσαμεν                      1 Pl. AAI from θέλω meaning “we wished” (1 Th. 2:18)

 

   4.  ἔσωσεν                             3 Sg. AAI from σῴζω meaning “he/she/it saved”
                                                                                                                                                                (Mat. 27:42)

 

   5.  ἠθελήσατε                        2 Pl. AAI from θέλω meaning “you wished” (Mat. 23:37)

 

   6.  ἐδίδαξαν                           3 Pl. AAI from διδάσκω meaning “they taught” (Mk. 6:30)

 

   7.  ἐγράψατε                          2 Pl. AAI from γράφω meaning “you wrote” (1 Cor. 7:1)

 

   8.  ἔκρινας                             2 Sg. AAI from κρίνω meaning “you judged” (Lk. 7:43)

 

   9.  ἐδίδαξα                             1 Sg. AAI from διδάσκω meaning “I taught” (Jn. 18:20)

 

  10.  ἔγραψαν                           3 Pl. AAI from γράφω meaning “they wrote” (Acts 18:27)

 

Translations: 

 

   1.  ὅτι Ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ                            That "We ourselves heard  him"

(Mk. 14:58)

 

   2.  Ὡσ οὖν ἔγνω   Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν               When therefore Jesus knew that

οἱ  Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι  (Jn. 4:1)                            the Pharisees heard that

 

   3.   Ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων ταῦτα               The ones being with him of the

οἱ μεταὐτοῦ ὄντες (being) καὶ                     Pharisees heard these things and

εἶπον αὐτῷ·  Μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς                          they said to him,  "We are not

τυφλοί (blind) ἐσμεν;  (Jn. 9:40)                   blind also, are we?" 

 


   4.  οὖν Μάρθα ὡς ἤκουσεν ὅτι                        Therefore when Martha heard that

Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται  (Jn. 11:20)                          Jesus was coming

 

   5.  ἀπεκρίθη οὖν αὐτῷ ὄχλος·  Ἡμεῖς                Then the crowd answered him,

ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ὅτι                       "We heard from the law that Christ

Χριστὸς μένει εἰς τὸν                                remains forever"

αἰῶνα (Jn. 12:34) 

 

 

   6.  ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν                          You heard that I said to you

(Jn. 14:28) 

 

   7.    ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ πατός μου                      The things that I heard from my

(Jn. 15:15)                                                   Father

 

 

   8.  καἲ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, μένετε ἐν               And just as it taught you, 

αὐτῷ   (1 Jn. 2:27)                                        remain in him

 

 

   9.  καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ                            And his disciples believed in him

Μαθηταί  αὐτοῦ   (Jn. 2:11)

 

  10.  καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ                     And they believed the scripture and

λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν   Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 2:22)                the word that Jesus spoke

 

  11. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης πολλοὶ                   But from that city many of the

ἐπίστευσαν εἰσ αὐτὸν τῶν                            Samaritans believed in him because Σαμαριτῶν διὰ τὸν λόγον                                 of the word of the woman

τῆς γυναικὸς   (Jn. 4:39) 

 

  12.  ἐπίστευσεν ἄνθρωπος τῷ                            The man believed the word that

λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ                                   Jesus spoke to him and he was

Ἰησοῦς  καὶ ἐπορεύετο (Jn. 4:50)                  going

 

  13.  καὶ εἶδαν ποῦ μένει καὶ παρ’                         And they saw where he was staying αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν                     and they stayed with him that day

ἐκείνην  (Jn. 1:39)


Name __________________________________

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

First Aorist: Sigma-ing the Past

1. Parsing Party: (30)

 

ἐδίδαξα

1 Sg.

AAI

 διδάσκω

I taught

1. ἤκουσας

 

 

 

 

2. ἐπίστευσα

 

 

 

 

3. ἠκουσάμεθα

 

 

 

 

4. ἀπέστειλα

 

 

 

 

5. ἠκουσάμην

 

 

 

 

6. ἔβλεψεν

 

 

 

 

7. ἤκουσεν

 

 

 

 

8. ἐπιστεύσαντο

 

 

 

 

9. ἤκουσα

 

 

 

 

10. ἤκουσαν

 

 

 

 

11. ἐπιστεύσαμεν

 

 

 

 

12. ἔβλεψα

 

 

 

 

13. ἐπίστευσε

 

 

 

 

14. ἠκούσατε

 

 

 

 

15. ἐπίστευσαν

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1. καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

    2. ὡς οὖν ἔγνω   Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι (Jn. 4:1)

 

 

    3. καὶ ἤκουσαν τὴν φωνὴν κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen. 3:8)

 

 

    4. περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ (= μοῦ) ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν (Jn. 5:46)

 

 

    5. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου δὲ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν (Jn. 7:31)

 

 

    6. ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ ὄχλου (Jn. 7:32)

 

 

    7. ἐντολὴ (command) παλαιά  (old) ἐστιν λόγος ὅν ἠκούσατε
 (1 Jn. 2:7)

 

 

    8. καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὄτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας (Jn. 17:8)

 

 

    9. καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε (Mat. 25:39)

 

 

  10. ὑμεῖς    ἠκούσατε ἀπἀρχῆς (beginning) (1 Jn. 2:24)

 

 

  11.  τῇ ἐπαύριον (next day) ἠθέλησεν ἐξελθεῖν (to depart) εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν (Jn. 1:43)

 

 

  12.  ἀλλὰ  καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με πατὴρ ταῦτα (Jn. 8:28)

 


  13.  εἰσῆθον . . . εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐδίδασκον (Acts 5:21)

 

 

  14.  ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν  Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 12:1)

 

 

  15.  παρἐμοῦ (= μοῦ) ἤκουσας ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ 
 
Ἰησοῦ (2 Tim. 1:13)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη (it was said)·  Ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ (for/in place of) ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα (tooth) ἀντὶ ὀδόντος (Mat. 5:38)

 

 

 

 

    2.  εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ·  Ὃν ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ οἱ προφῆται εὑρήκαμεν (we have found), Ἰησοῦν υἱὸν  Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ (Jn. 1:45)

 

 

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (Jn. 2:11)

 

 

 

    4.  ἑώρακεν (he has seen) καὶ ἤκουσεν τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ (he bears/bore witness), καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν (witness) αὐτοῦ  οὐδεὶς (no one) λαμβάνει (Jn. 3:32)

 

 


    5.  ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως (city) ἐκείηνς πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν τῶν Σαμαριτῶν διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς (woman) μαρτθρούσης (testifying) ὅτι εἶπέν μοι (Jn. 4:39)

 

 

 

    6.  οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι ἦν τυφλὸς (blind)
(Jn. 9:18)

 

 

    7.  διὰ πίστεως  Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν (Gal 2:16)

 

 

 

    8.  καὶ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ (Jn. 10:42)

 

 

    9.  γνωστὸν (known) δὲ ἐγένετο καθὅλης τῆς  Ἰόππης (Joppa) καὶ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον (Acts 9:42)

 

 

 

  10.  ἦλθεν γὰρ  Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης (righteousness), καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστευσατε αὐτῷ (Mat. 21:32)

 

 

 

  11.  ἐπίστευσεν ἄνθρωπος τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῲ
Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐπορεύετο (Jn. 4:50)

 

 

 

  12.  τί (what?) γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ λέγει; Ἐπίστευσεν δὲ  Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἐλογίσθη (it was reckoned) αὐτῷ εἰσ δικαιοσύνην

          (Rom. 4:3)

 

 


  13.  ἤκουσεν Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλον (he was thrown out) αὐτὸν ἔξω (outside) καὶ εὑρὼν (after finding) αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Σὺ πιστεύεις εὶς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;  (Jn. 9:35)

 

 

 

  14.  οὖν Μάρθα ὡς  ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται (Jn. 11:20)

 

 

  15.  ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν·  Ὑπάγω (I am leaving) καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς (Jn. 14:28)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  you (pl) believed in Jesus

 

 

 

    2.  they heard that Peter was holy

 

 

 

    3.  the father spoke to the son

 

 

 

    4.  he takes up his blood

 

 

 

    5.  you yourselves are the light of the world

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. διδάσκω

__________________________

2. χάρις

__________________________

3. οὖν

__________________________

4. ἅγιος

__________________________

5. ὑπέρ (gen.)

__________________________

6. blood

__________________________

7. name

__________________________

8. way

__________________________

9. and not, nor

__________________________

10. you (pl)

__________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search (10)

 

α        σ        ω       φ       ι         ε        τ        σ

 


ι         ο        ο        ε        β        δ        ο        ο

 


σ        ρ        δ        λ        τ        μ        π        τ

 


 υ       ε        κ        π        λ        ι         ο        ρ

 


ο        τ        λ        α        σ        α        σ        α

 


ξ        ε        θ        μ        φ       γ        ζ        η

 


ρ        φ       τ        ε        κ        ν        ο        ν

 


ο        ν        α        ρ        τ        ι         θ        ο

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

other

different

bread

eye

it is necessary

child

yet, still

place

authority

light


Chapter 16:  Going Passive Aorist and Future Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:

 

   1.  εὑρέθη                    3 Sg. API from εὑρίσκω meaning “he/she/it was found” (Mat. 1:18)

 

   2.  ἐβαπτίσθητε           2 Pl. API from βαπτίζω  meaning “you were baptized” (Acts 19:3)

 

   3.  ἐσώθημεν                1 Pl. API from σῴζω meaning “we were saved” (Rom. 8:24)

 

   4.  ἐπιστεύθην              1 Sg. API from πιστεύω meaning “I was trusted” (Tit. 1:3)

 

   5.  ἐδιδάχθησαν            3 Pl. API from διδάσκω meaning “they were taught” (Mat. 28:15)

 

   6.  ἐλύθη                      3 Sg. API from λύω meaning “he/she/it was loosed” (Mk. 7:35)

 

   7.  εὑρέθησαν               3 Pl. API from εὑρίσκω meaning “they were found” (Lk. 17:18)

 

   8.  ἐρρέθη                     3 Sg. API from λέγω meaning “he/she/it was said” (Mat. 5:31)

 

   9.  ἐδιδάχθητε              2 Pl. API from διδάσκω meaning “you were taught” (2 Th. 2:15)

 

  10.  βαπτισθήσετε         2 Pl. FPI from βαπτίζω  meaning “you will be baptized” (Mk. 10:39)

 

 

Translations: 

 

   1.  οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες  (after hearing)          After hearing the king, they left and

τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν                behold the star which they saw in the east

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀστήρ (star), ὃν 

εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ  (east)

(Mat. 2:9)

                                                                                                                                                                     

   2.  Φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη                       "A voice in Ramah was heard"

(Mat. 2:18)

         

   3.  Πάλιν ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη                  Again, you heard that it was said to

τοῖς ἀρχαίοις  (Mat. 5:33)                   the ancients (those of old)

                                                                  

                                                                                                               

 

   4.  καὶ ἐσώθη γυνὴ ἀπὸ                           And the woman was healed from that hour

τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (Mat. 9:22)

                                                                  

   5. Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ  (time)                   At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath

ἐπορεύθη   Ἰησοῦς τοῖς                     through the grain fields.

σάββασιν (sabbath)  διὰ 

τῶν σπορίμων (grain fields)  

(Ma. 12:1) 

                                                                    

 

   6.  δὲ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ                         But he did not answer her a word

λόγον  (Mat. 15:23)                                 

           

 

   7.  καὶ ἠρώτησαν (they asked)                   And they asked him,  "Who then are you? 

αὐτόν·  Τί οὖν σὺ; Ἠλίας                   Are you Elias?"  And he said “I am

εἶ; Καὶ λέγει·  Οὐκ εἰμί. Ὁ                  not.”  "Are you the prophet?"  And he

προφήτης εἶ σύ; καὶ                            answered, "No."

ἀπεκρίθη·  Οὔ  (Jn. 1:21)                   

           

                                                                                                                 

   8.   λέγει αὐτῷ  Ναθαναήλ·                         And Nathaniel said to him, 

πόθεν (how) με γινώσκεις;                  "How do you know me?"  Jesus

ἀπεκρίθη  Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν                 answered and said to him

αὐτῷ   (Jn. 1:48)

 

   9.  καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ                 And they will kill him,  and the

τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθήσεται                third day he will be raised.

(Mat. 17:23)

 

  10.  καὶ πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται                  And many false prophets will be

ἐγερθήσονται (Mat. 24:11)                 raised

 

           

  11.  ὅτι  Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν                 For John baptized with water, 

ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν πνεύματι                but you will be baptized with the

βαπτισθήσεσθε ἁγίῳ οὐ                      Holy Spirit after not these many

μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας                days

(Acts 1:5)                                                   


Name _________________________________

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

Going Passive (Aorist and Future)

1. Parsing Party: (30)

 

ἐλύθην

1 Sg.

API

from λύω

I was loosed

1. ἐκρίθησαν

 

 

 

 

2. εὑρέθημεν

 

 

 

 

3. λυθήσῃ

 

 

 

 

4. ἐγενήθητε

 

 

 

 

5. λυθήσονται

 

 

 

 

6. ἐπιστεύθη

 

 

 

 

7. λύθησόμεθα

 

 

 

 

8. ἀκουσθήσεται

 

 

 

 

9. ἀπεστάλη

 

 

 

 

10. ἐβλήθη

 

 

 

 

11. λύθήσεσθε

 

 

 

 

12. ἐρρέθησαν

 

 

 

 

13. ἀπεστάλην

 

 

 

 

14. λυθήσομαι

 

 

 

 

15. εὑρεθησόμεθα

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ὅτε οὖν ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

    2.  ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἠκούσθη (Jn. 9:32)

 

 

    3.  λυθήσεται ὁ σατανᾶς (Rev. 20:7)

 

 

    4.  Φωνὴ ἐν  Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη (Mat. 2:18)

 

 

    5.  ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη·   Ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ (Mat. 5:38)

 

 

    6.  καὶ ἐσώθη γθνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (Mat. 9:22)

 

 

    7.  ὁτι ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην (Lk. 4:43)

 

 

    8.  ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν (Mk. 2:1)

 

 

    9.  ὅτι  Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη  ἐκ νεκρῶν (Lk. 9:7)

 

 

  10.  ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν  Ἰησοῦν (Rom. 6:3)

 

 

  11.  σώματα τῶν . . . ἁγίων ἠγέρθησαν (Mat. 27:52)

 

 

  12.  προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν (Lk. 7:16)

 

 

     


  13.   βληθήσεται Βαβθλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις (Rev. 18:21)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν (Rev. 8:7)

 

 

  15.  ἐν τῷ φωτὶ  ἀκουσθήσεται (Lk. 12:3)

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐκείνη δὲ ὡς ἤκουσεν ἠγέρθη ταχὺ (quickly) καὶ ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν (Jn. 11:29)

 

 

 

 

    2.  διἑμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ  (may enter) σωθήσεται καὶ εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσται καὶ νομὴν (pasture) εὑρήσει (Jn. 10:9)

 

 

 

 

    3.  ἀπεκρίθησαν καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης  (you were born) ὅλος καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς; Καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω (Jn. 9:34)

 

 

 

 

    4.  οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε (here), ἠγέρθη γὰρ καθὼς εἶπεν (Mat. 28:6)

 

 

 

    5.  νῦν κρίσις (judgment) ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, νῦν ἄρχων (ruler) τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω (Jn. 12:31)

 


    6.   ὅτι ἀδελφός σου οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς  (having been lost) . . . εὑρέθη (Lk. 15:32)

 

 

 

 

    7.  ἀπεστάλη ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας . . . Ναζαρὲθ (Lk. 1:26)

 

 

 

    8.  εἶπαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὺτῷ·  Κύριε, εἰ (if) κεκοίμηται (he has slept) σωθήσεται (Jn. 11:12)

 

 

 

 

    9.  ὅτι  Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν (he baptized) ὕδατι (by water), ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε ἁγίῳ οὐ ματὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας
(Acts 1:5)

 

 

 

 

  10.  καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐξηγούντο (reported) τὰ (things that had happened) ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ ὡς (how) ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει (breaking) τοῦ ἄρτου (Lk. 24:35)

 

 

 

 

  11.  καὶ πολλοὶ ψεθδοπροφῆται ἐγεθήσονται καὶ πλανήσουσιν (deceive) πολλούς (Mat. 24:11)

 

 

 

  12.  ἐν γὰρ κρίματι (judgment) κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε (Mat. 7:2)

 


  13.   οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται εἰσ τὸ σκότος (darkness) (Mat. 8:12)

 

 

 

  14.  ὃς γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται (it will be given) αὐτῷ·  καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται (will be taken) ἀπαὐτοῦ (Mk. 4:25)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  the high priest was sent

 

 

    2.  the good father was heard

 

 

    3.  you (sg.) will be judged

 

 

    4.  you (pl) will be saved into eternity

 

 

    5.  Paul remained in the house

 

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. δεῖ

___________________________

2. καλός

___________________________

3. αἴρω

___________________________

4. περί (gen.)

___________________________

5. ἐξουσία

___________________________

6. child

___________________________

7. light

___________________________

8. body

___________________________

9. soul

___________________________

10. faith

___________________________

 

6. Current Vocabulary Story (10)

 

Once upon a time there was a very passive town of little gophers. They continually watched ___________ on TV but did not really do anything. They were not ___________ to break out of their passiveness and in
the whole ___________ the gopher houses were all the same from ever
in the past to ___________ or so it seemed. They could not lift their

___________ or perhaps I should say paw, and their whole race or

___________ could not shake it as they watched gopher TV every night. Then a ___________ of the gopher temple decided to inquire of a
human ___________ who was tremendously active how the passive
spell could be broken. ___________ the great gopher decided that as ___________ their nation was, perhaps they should go online in
Minnesota and then they would shake gopher passiveness by becoming interactive.


Ch. 17: Contract Verb Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise: 

 

   1.  ἐζητήσαμεν                     1 Pl. AAI from ζητέω meaning “we sought” (Acts 16:10)

 

   2.  ποιοῦμεν                           1 Pl. PAI from ποιέω meaning “we make” (Jn. 11:47)

 

   3.  καλέσουσιν                       3 Pl. FAI from καλέω meaning “they will call” (Mat. 1:23)

 

   4.  ζήσομεν                            1 Pl FAI from ζάω meaning “we will live” (Rom. 6:2)

 

   5.  ἐποίησα                            1 Sg. AAI from ποιέω meaning “I did” (Jn. 4:29)

 

   6.  ἐζήτησεν                           3 Sg. AAI from ζητέω meaning “he/she/it sought”
                                                                                                                                                                (2 Tim. 1:17)

 

   7.  ἐκάλεσεν                          3 Sg. AAI from καλέω meaning “he/she/it/ called”

(Mat. 1:25)

 

   8.  ποιήσεις                            2  Sg. FAI from ποιέω meaning “you will do” (Heb. 8:5)

 

   9.  ἐκάλουν                            3 Pl. IAI from καλέω meaning “they were calling” (Lk. 1:59)

 

  10.  ζητήσουσιν                      3 Pl. FAI from ζητέω meaning “they will seek” (Lk. 13:24)

 

Translations

 

   1.  ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν θεὸς τὸν                           In the beginning God made the

οὐρανόν καὶ τὴν γῆν  (Gen. 1:1)                   heaven and the earth

 

 

   2.  καὶ ἐποίησεν θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον                 And God made the man according κατεἰκόνα (image)  θεοῦ ἐποίησεν             to the image of God he made him,

αὐτόν ἄρσεν (male) καὶ θῆλυ                      male and female he made them

(female) ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 

(Gen. 1:27)

 


   3.  καὶ εἶδεν θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα                        And God saw all which  he

ἐποίησεν  (Gen. 1:31)                                   made

 

   4.  καὶ ἐκάλεσεν κύριος θεὸς τὸν                     And the Lord God called Adam and

Ἀδὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ἀδὰμ                        said to him, "Adam, where are

ποῦ (where?)  εἶ;  (Gen. 3:9)                         you?"

 

 

 

   5.  καὶ εἶπεν  Ἀδάμ τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν                 And Adam said "This is now bone

(bone)  ἐκ τῶν ὀστέων μου καὶ                     from my bone and flesh from my

σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου αὕτη                      flesh she will be called woman

κληθήσεται γυνή ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ                         because she was taken out of her

ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς ἐλήφθη                                   man

(λαμβάνω) (Gen. 2:23)

 

 

   6.  καὶ ἐκάλεσαν Ῥεβεκκαν καὶ                           And they called Rebekah and said

εἶπαν αὐτῇ πορεύσῃ μετὰ                             to her, "Will you go with this

τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου;                                 man?"

(Gen. 24:58)  

                                                                              

 

   7. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν θεὸς τὸ φῶς                            And God called the light day

ἠμέραν  (Gen. 1:5)

                                                                            

 

   8.  δὲ εἶπεν·  Τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου                      But he said, "I am seeking my

ζητῶ  (Gen. 37:16)                                       brothers"


Name ____________________________________

Chapter 17: Contract Verbs

Verbal Contractions

1. Parsing:

 

λαλῶ

1 Sg.

PAI

from λαλέω

I speak

1. λαλεῖς

 

 

 

 

2. πληρῶ

 

 

 

 

3. ἀγαπᾷ

 

 

 

 

4. λαλοῦμεν

 

 

 

 

5. πληροῦτε

 

 

 

 

6. ἀγαπῶμεν

 

 

 

 

7. λαλοῦσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

8. πληροῖς

 

 

 

 

9. ἀγαπῶ

 

 

 

 

10. λαλεῖ

 

 

 

 

11. πληροῦμεν

 

 

 

 

12. ἀγαπᾷς

 

 

 

 

13. λαλεῖτε

 

 

 

 

14. πληροῦσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

15. ἀγαπᾶτε

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  Τί (what) ζητεῖς Τί (why) λαλεῖς μεταὐτῆς; (Jn. 4:27)

 

 

    2.  τί (what) ποιεῖ (Jn. 7:51)

 

 

    3.  οἴδαμεν (we know) λαλοῦμεν (Jn. 3:11)

 

 

    4.  οὐ ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν (Jn. 5:30)

 

 

    5.  ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα (Jn. 14:31)

 

 

    6.  ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ (1 Jn. 3:9)

 

 

    7.  ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς (1 Jn. 3:14)

 

 

    8.  σὺ ποιεῖς (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

    9.  λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον (Jn. 8:26)

 

 

  10.  τί (what) ζητεῖτε;  (Jn. 1:38)

 

 

  11.  ἀγαπᾷς με πλέον (more than) τούτων;  (Jn. 21:15)

 

 

  12.  τίς (who) σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι (to kill); (Jn. 7:20)

 

 


  13.  ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς;  (Jn. 19:10)

 

 

  14.  πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱὸν (Jn. 3:35)

 

 

  15.  ἐγὼ ἁγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ (2 Jn. 1:1)

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀγαπᾳ γὰρ τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς ᾠκοδόμησεν (he built) (Lk. 7:5)

 

 

    2.  πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν (has given) ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (Jn. 3:35)

 

 

    3.  διὰ τοῦτό με πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι (I lay down) τὴν ψυχήν μου (Jn. 10:17)

 

 

    4.  ἀπεκρίθη  Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ἐάν (if) τις (anyone) ἀγαπᾷ με τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει (he/she will keep) (Jn. 14:23)

 

 

 

    5.  ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν [ τοῦ θεοῦ ] καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ (Mat. 6:33)

 

 

 

    6.  ἀλλἵνα γνῷ (it may know) κόσμος ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατό (he has commanded) μοι πατήρ, οὕτως ποιῶ
(Jn. 14:31)

 


    7.   Ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ  (he hates), ψεύστης (liar) ἐστίν·  (1 Jn. 4:20)

 

 

 

 

    8.  οὐ Μωϋςῆς δέδωκεν (he gave) ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον; Καὶ οὺδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον (Jn. 7:19)

 

 

 

    9.  τί (what) ποιοῦμεν ὅτι οὗτος ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ ποιεῖ σημεῖα (signs); (Jn. 11:47)

 

 

 

  10.  οὐκέτι (no longer) λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους, ὅτι δοῦλος οὐκ οἶδεν (he knows) τί  (what) ποιεῖ αὐτοῦ κύριος (Jn. 15:15)

 

 

 

 

 

  11.  εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ·  Τί (what) οὖν ποιεῖς σὺ σημεῖον (sign);

          (Jn. 6:30)

 

 

 

 

  12.  ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ  ἱουδαῖοι·  Περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου οὐ λιθάζομεν (we are stoning) σε ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας, καὶ ὅτι σὺ ἄνθρωπος ὢν (being) ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν (Jn. 10:33)

 

 

 


  13.  αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ποιῶ μαρτθρεῖ (it testifies) περὶ ἐμοῦ ὅτι πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν (he has sent) (Jn. 5:36)

 

 

 

 

  14.  λέγει αὐτοῖς·  Πῶς  (how) οὖν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον; (Mat. 22:43)

 

 

 

 

  15.  εἰ οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρός μου, μὴ (not) πιστεύετε μοι

          (Jn. 10:37)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  he calls her

 

 

    2.  we exhort you (pl)

 

 

    3.  if I am able

 

 

    4.  they seek him with a light

 

 

    5.  a nation makes bread

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (10)

 

1. ὅσος

__________________________

2. ἄρτος

__________________________

3. ὀφθαλμός

__________________________

4. αἴρω

__________________________

5. ἐπί (gen.)

__________________________

6. one another

__________________________

7. different

__________________________

8. blood

__________________________

9. king

__________________________

10. I am able

__________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Crossword Puzzle (10)

 

                                                                       8

                                                                      ___

                                                                      ___

                                                                      ___

              3                4     10

            ___        5 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___ 

       2                                               6      7

1 ___   ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___   

  

   ___   ___           ___                  ___  __

 

  ___    ___                                    ___  __

 

  ___    ___                                 9 ___  __

 

  ___                                              ___  __

 

  ___ 

 

 

Across

Down

1. I urge, exhort

2. I complete, fill

5. I seek

3. I call

9. if

4. I live

 

6. I say

 

7. I eat

 

8. I do, make

 

10. or, either


Ch. 18:  Getting it Perfect foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

 

   1.  πεποίηκεν               3 Sg.  RAI  from ποιέω meaning "he/she/it has done" (Lk. 1:25)

 

   2.  οἴδατε                     2 Pl.  RAI  from οἶδα meaning "you know" (Mat. 7:11)

 

   3.  ἀπίσταλκεν             3 Sg.  RAI  from ἀποστέλλω  "he/she/it has sent" (Lk. 4:18)

 

4.  πεπλήρωται             3 Sg.  RM/PI  from πληρόω meaning "he/she/it has been fulfilled
               (Lk. 4:21)

 

   5.  ἐλήλυθας                 2 Sg.  RAI  from ἔρχομαι meaning "you have come" (Jn 3:2)

 

   6.  ἑώρακαν                 3 Pl.  RAI  from ὁράω meaning "they have seen" (Lk. 9:36)

 

   7.  πεποιήκαμεν           1  Pl.  RAI  from ποιέω meaning "we have done" (Lk. 17:10)

 

   8.  ἀκήκοας                 2  Sg.  RAI  from ἀκούω meaning "you have heard" (Deut. 4:33)

 

   9.  ἔγνωκα                     1  Sg  RAI  from γινώσκω meaning "I have known" (Jn. 5:42)

 

  10.  λελαλήκατε            2 Pl.  RAI  from λαλέω meaning "you have spoken" (Num. 14:28)

 

 

Translations

 

   1.  Θύγατερ (daughter)·  πίστις σου                   "Daughter, your faith has healed

σέσωκέν σεΚαὶ ἐσώθη γυνὴ                    you."  And the woman was healed

ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης  (Mat. 9:22)                from that hour.

 

 

   2.  καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς·  Γέργραπται·                        And he said to them,  "It has been

                οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς                        written 'My house will be called a

(prayer) κληθήσεται  (Mat. 21:13)                house of prayer'" 

 


   3.  εἶπεν·  Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,                                 He said,  "Truly I say to you,

οὐκ οἶδα ἡμᾶς  (Mat. 25:12)                         I do not know you"

 

 

   4.  μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει                    Indeed the son of man goes just as

(goes)  καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ                        it has been written concerning him

αὐτοῦ  (Mat. 26:24)

 

 

   5.  οὗτοός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶον·                       This one is the one concerning

Ὀπίσω (after)  μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ                   whom I spoke, "After me comes a

ὃς ἔμπροσθέν (before)  μου                          man who has surpassed me,

γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν                          because he was before me.

(Jn. 1:30)

 

 

   6.  κἀγὼ ἑώρακα καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα                    And I have seen and have testified

(I have testified) ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν                   that this one is the Son of

υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ  (Jn. 1:34)                            God

 

 

   7.  εὑρίσκει οὗτος πρῶτον τὸν                             This one first found his own

ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον  (his own)                        brother Simon and he said to him,

Σίμωνα καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ·                                "We have found the Messiah"

Εὑρήκαμεν τὸν Μεσσίαν 

(Jn. 1:41)

 

   8.  καὶ κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ                         And his name has been called the

λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ  (Rev. 19:13)                     Word of God                       

 

   9.  Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα ὅτι ὅνομα                          "I know your works that you have a

          ἔχεις (Rev. 3:1)                                            name"

 

                                                                              

 

  10.  ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἀγάπη, οὐχ                         In this is love, not that we have

ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠγαπήκαμεν τὸν                            loved God

θεὸν  (1 Jn. 4:10)

                                     
Name ___________________________________

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

Perfecting the Perfect Verbs

1. Parsing Party: (15)—R = perfect

 

λέλυσαι

2 Sg.

RM/PI

λύω

you have been loosed

1. βέβληται

 

 

 

 

2. σέσωκεν

 

 

 

 

3. ἐγήγερται

 

 

 

 

4. οἶδας

 

 

 

 

5. γέγονεν

 

 

 

 

6. ἑώρακεν

 

 

 

 

7. εὑρήκαμεν

 

 

 

 

8. ἀκηκόατε

 

 

 

 

9. ἐλήλυθας

 

 

 

 

10. ἑωράκαμεν

 

 

 

 

11. πεπίστευκεν

 

 

 

 

12. ἐλήλυθεν

 

 

 

 

13. γέγραπται

 

 

 

 

14. εἴρηκας

 

 

 

 

15. εἰσεληλύθατε

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀπἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ γέγονεν οὕτως (Mat. 19:8)

 

 

    2.  οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (Mat. 2:5)

 

 

    3.  οἴδεν γὰρ πατὴρ ὑμῶν οὐράνιος (Mat. 6:32)

 

 

    4.  ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα (Jn. 3:18)

 

 

    5.  ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (Mat. 9:22)

 

 

    6.  αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ  (joy) ἡ ἐμὴ  (my: adj. ἐμὴ) πεπλήρωται

          (Jn. 3:29)

 

 

    7.  αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς (1 Jn. 4:10)

 

 

    8.  ἔστιν αὕτη ἀγγελία (message) ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαὐτοῦ (1 Jn. 1:5)

 

 

    9.  ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται (1 Jn. 2:29)

 

 

  10.  καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Εὑρήκαμεν τὸν Μεσσίαν (Jn. 1:41)

 

 

  11.  οὔτε φωνὴν αὐτοῦ πώποτε (ever) ἀκηκόατε (Jn. 5:37)

 

 

  12.  ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα (Jn. 19:22)

 


  13.  ὁ πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν (Jn. 5:36)

 

 

  14.  ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται (1 Jn. 4:3)

 

 

  15.  ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην (1 Jn. 3:16)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας· οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (Mat. 2:5)

 

 

 

 

3.  δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· Γέγραπτα· οὐκ ἐπἄρτῳ μόνῳ (alone) ζήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι (word) ἐκπορευομένῳ (coming from) διὰ στόματος (mouth) θεοῦ

          (Mat. 4:4)

 

 

 

 

    3.  θύγατερ· (daughter)  πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε. Καὶ ἐσώθη γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (Mat. 9:22)

 

 

 

 

 

    4.  εὑρίσκει οὗτος πρῶτον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Σίμωνα καὶ λέγει αὐτῳ·  Εὑρήκαμεν τὸν Μεσσίαν (Jn. 1:41)

 

 


    5.  εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ καὶ λέγει αὺτῷ·  Ὃν ἔγραψεν Μωϋςῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ οἵ προφῆται εὑρήκαμενἸησοῦν υἱὸν τοῦ  Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ (Jn. 1:45)

 

 

 

 

    6.  οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς (night) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ῥαββί, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος (teacher) (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

 

    7.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι ὅτι οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν καὶ ἐωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν (we are witnessing), καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν (witness) ἠμῶν οὐ λαμβάνετε (Jn. 3:11)

 

 

 

 

    8.  τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μᾶλλον (more) τὸ σκότος (darkness)  (than, or) τὸ φῶς·  ἦν γὰρ αὐτῶν πονηρὰ (evil) τὰ  ἔργα (Jn. 3:19)

 

 

 

    9.  γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς (truly) σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου (Jn. 4:42)

 

 

 

  10.  καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν  Ἡρῳδιανπῶν (Herodians) λέγοντες (saying)·  Διδάσκαλε, (teacher), οἴδαμεν ὁτι ἀληθὴς εἶ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκεις (Mat. 22:16)

 

 

 


  11.  ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν  (we declare) καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν (fellowship) ἔχητε (you might have) μεθἡμῶν . . . μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ  Ἰησοῦ  Χριστοῦ (1 Jn. 1:3)

 

 

 

 

 

  12.  περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας οὐδεὶς (no one) οἶδεν, οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν οὐδὲ υἱός, εἰ μὴ (εἰ μὴ = except) πατὴρ μόνος
(Mat. 24:36)

 

 

 

 

  13.  καὶ ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαμεν καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι σὺ εἶ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ (Jn. 6:69)

 

 

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν (if) τὰς ἐντολὰς (commands) αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν (we keep) (1 Jn. 2:3)

 

 

 

 

  15.  ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα (Jn. 12:46)

 

 


4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  It has been written to you (pl)

 

 

    2.  They walk in peace

 

 

    3.  She loved him

 

 

    4.  We have called you brothers

 

 

    5.  They are good

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (20)

1. ἐσθίω

________________________

2. χείρ

________________________

3. ἔτι

________________________

4. ἰδιος

________________________

5. παρά (dat.)

________________________

6. high priest

________________________

7. city

________________________

8. place

________________________

9. soul

________________________

10. I die

________________________

 

 

6. Current Vocabulary Word Search

 

 


η        α        γ        δ        ε        η        ν        ο        σ        π

 


χ        ν        σ        ε        ι         ρ        η        ν        η        ε

 


φ       ι         υ        γ        ε        μ        γ        σ        ω       ρ

 


α        α        μ        σ        λ        τ        ε        κ        υ        ι

 


ι         μ        α        δ        ο        σ        ν        λ        β        π

 


κ        ο        ρ        α        ω       ι         ν        σ        μ        α

 


ι         ε        ι         π        ε        ε        α        ν        ι         τ

 


ο        β        ζ        δ        β        ι         ω       κ        η        ε

 


θ        ο        α        δ        ι         ο        θ        ζ        ι         ω

 


δ        φ       λ        π        υ        ψ       τ        φ       κ        δ

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

I beget

house

righteousness

I see

if, when

I walk

peace

how

I know

I fear


Chapter 19:  Present Participle Foldovers

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

   1.  ζητούντες                PA Ptc. Nom. Pl. M. from ζητέω meaning "seeking" (Mat. 2:20)

 

   2.  ποιοῦν                    PA Ptc. Nom./Acc. Sg. N. from ποιέω meaning "making" (Mat. 3:10)

 

   3.  καθήμενος               PD Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from κάθημαι meaning "sitting" (Mat. 4:16)

 

   4.  βάλλοντας               PA Ptc. Acc. Pl. M. from βάλλω meaning "casting" (Mat. 4:18)

 

   5.  διδάσκων                PA Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from διδάσκω  "teaching" (Mat. 4:23)

 

   6.  ἀγαπῶντας              PA Ptc. Acc. Pl. M. from ἀγαπάω meaning "loving" (Mat. 5:46)

 

   7.  προσευχόμενοι        PD Ptc. Nom. Pl. M. from προσεύχομαι "praying" (Mat. 6:7)

 

   8.  ὄντα                      PA Ptc. Acc. Sg. M. from εἰμί< meaning "being" (Mat. 6:30)

 

   9.  εἰσερχάμενοι           PD Ptc. Nom. Pl. M. from εἰσέρχομαι "entering" (Mat. 7:13)

 

  10.  λεγομένοις             PM/P Ptc. Dat. Pl. M./N. from λέγω meaning "being said/being said

for themselves" (Acts 27:11)

 

Translations

 

   1.  τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν (what had                 Then was fulfilled what had been

been spoken)  διὰ  Ἰερεμίου τοῦ                   spoken through Jeremiah the προφήτου λέγοντος  (Mat. 2:17)           prophet saying

 

   2.  καὶ εἶδεν [τὸπνεῦμα  [τοῦθεοῦ                  And he saw the Spirit of God

καταβαῖνον (descending) ὡσεὶ                     descending  as a dove and coming

περιστερὰν (dove)  [καὶ]                              upon him

ἐρχόμενον ἐπαὐτόν (Mat. 3:16)

 

   3.  Περιπατῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν                                   But while walking beside the sea of

θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας                               Galilee, he saw two brothers

εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς  (Mat. 4:18)


   4.  καὶ πᾶς ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους                 And everyone hearing these words

Τούτους καὶ μὴ ποιῶν αὐτοὺς                      of mine and not doing them

(Mat. 7:26)

 

 

   5.  ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς                            For he was teaching them as one

ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ οὐχ ὡς                             having authority and not as their

οἱ γραμματεῖς (scribes)                                 scribes

αὐτῶν  (Mat. 7:29)

 

 

   6.  Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος                                 While he was speaking these 

αὐτοῖς ἰδοὺ ἄρχων  (Mat. 9:18)                     things to them, behold a ruler

 

 

   7.  εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν                       But while entering into the house

(Mat. 10:12)

 

   8.  φιλῶν πατέρα μητέρα                             "The one loving father or mother

ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστιν μου                               more than me is not worthy of me"

ἄξιος  (Mat. 10:37)

 

 

   9.  ἦλθεν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου                           The Son of Man came eating and

ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων (drinking),                        drinking,  and they say, "behold a

καὶ λέγουσιν, Ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος                       man . . ."

. . .  (Mat. 11:19)

 

  10. Ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς                              While he was still speaking to the

ὄχλοις ἰδοὺ μήτηρ καὶ                               crowds, behold, his mother and

οἱ ἀδεφοὶ αὐτοῦ  (Mat. 12:46)                       brothers

 

 

  11.  διὰ τοῦτο ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς                     Because of this I spoke to them

λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ                               in parables,  because while seeing

βλέπουσιν καὶ ἀκούοντεσ                            they do not see and while hearing

οὐκ ἀκούουσιν  (Mat. 13:13)                        they do not hear

 

  12.  ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς περπατῶν                        He came to them walking upon the

ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν  (Mat. 14:25)                    sea


Name _________________________ ____________

Chapter 19: Present Participles

1. Parsing Party: (30)

 

λύοντι

PA Ptc.

Dat. Sg.

M/N

from λὐω

Loosing

1. λέγοντι

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. ἐχούσης

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. ὤν

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. λεγόμενοι

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἐχομένου

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. ἔχοντες

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. λεγούσῃ

 

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἐχόμενα

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. λεγομένην

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. λέγοντα

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἐχόντων

 

 

 

 

 

 

12. οὖσαι

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. λεγομένους

 

 

 

 

 

 

14. ἐχομένῃ

 

 

 

 

 

 

15. ὄντας

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀκούων αὐτοῦ (Jn. 3:29)

 

 

    2.  δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων (Mat. 1:19)

 

 

    3.  καὶ ἦλθεν βλέπων (Jn. 9:7)

 

 

    4.  ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λεγοντος (Mat. 1:22)

 

 

    5.  ζητούντες δικαιωθῆναι (to be justified) ἐν Χριστῷ (Gal 2:17)

 

 

    6.  οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου (child) (Mat. 2:20)

 

 

    7.  τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία (books) (Jn. 21:25)

 

 

    8.  ἀλλὰ ὄχλος οὗτος μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον (Jn. 7:49)

 

 

    9.  ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων (Jn. 5:24)

 

 

  10.  εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας λεγομένην Συχάρ (Sychar) (Jn. 4:5)

 

 

  11.  Μεσσίας ἔρχεται ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός (Jn. 4:25)

 

 

  12.  ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ (1 Jn. 3:14)

 

 


  13.  καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων (Mat. 6:4)

 

 

  14.  ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς (Gal 5:8)

 

 

  15.  ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα (will) τοῦ πατρός μου (Mat. 7:21)

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

1.     δὲ ἀγαπῶν με ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου, κἀγὼ ἀγαπήσω αὐτὸν καὶ ἐμφαίσω (I will reveal) αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν (Jn. 14:21)

 

 

 

    2.  ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει καὶ σκάνδαλον (obstacle) ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν (1 Jn. 2:10)

 

 

 

    3.  ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὅτι Ἑώρακα τὸν κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ (Jn. 20:18)

 

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα·  Οὗτός ἐστιν υἱός μου ἀγαπητός (beloved) (Mat. 3:17)

 

 

 

    5.  ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς   Ἰησοῦς· ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας (Jn. 8:34)

 

 

 


    6.  ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν, γινώσκων τὸν θεὸν ἀκούει ἡμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμὼνἐκ τούτου γινωσκομεν τὀ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης (deception) (1 Jn. 4:6)

 

 

 

 

    7.  ἵνα πᾶς πιστεύων ἐν αὐτῷ ἔχῃ (he might have) ζωὴν αἰώνιον
(Jn. 3:15
)

 

 

    8.  οὐ περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ  (I am asking) μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμέ (Jn. 17:20)

 

 

 

    9.  οὐ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεπυμα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν (Mat. 10:20)

 

 

 

  10.  ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρὑμῖν μένων (Jn. 14:25)

 

 

  11.  ἤλθεν γὰρ Ἰωάννης μἠτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων (drinking), καὶ λέγουσιν·  Δαιμόνιον (demon) ἔχει (Mat. 11:18)

 

 

 

  12.  καὶ πᾶς ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα (hope) ταύτην ἐπαὐτῷ ἁγνίζει (he purifies) ἑαυτόν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός (pure) ἐστιν (1 Jn. 3:3)

 

 

 

  13.  μὴ ὢν μετἐμοῦ κατἐστιν (Mat. 12:30)

 


  14.  ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου·  ἔστιν ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων
(Jn. 8:50)

 

 

  15.  καὶ κόσμος παράγεται (it passes away) καὶ ἐπιθυμία (desire) αὐτοῦ, δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (1 Jn. 2:17)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  he was sitting in the sea

 

 

    2.  the disciples followed him

 

 

    3.  I am praying for you (pl.)

 

 

    4.  the time has come

 

 

    5.  you (pl.) ate his bread

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. ὁράω

________________________

2. παρακαλέω

________________________

3. δύναμαι

________________________

4. δίκαιος

________________________

5. διά (acc.)

________________________

6. I walk

________________________

7. I do, make

________________________

8. nation

________________________

9. I remain

________________________

10. peace

________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Matching (10)

 

____

1. ἀκολουθέω

A.

I fall

____

2. ἐνώπιον

B.

I pray

____

3. θάλασσα

C.

foot

____

4. κάθημαι

D.

before

____

5. καιρός

E.

not, nor

____

6. οὔτε

F.

I follow

____

7. πίπτω

G.

I sit

____

8. πούς

H.

I come to

____

9. προσέρχομαι

I.

time

____

10. προσεύχομαι

J.

sea


Ch. 20: Participling the past -- Aorist Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

 

   1.  ἐγερθείς         AP Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from ἐγείρω meaning "after being raised" (Mat. 1:24)

 

   2.  καλέσας         AA Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from καλέω meaning "after calling" (Mat. 2:7)

 

   3.  ἐλθών           AA Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from ἔρχομαι meaning "after coming" (Mat. 2:8)

 

   4.  ἰδόντες          AA Ptc. Nom. Pl. M. from ὁράω meaning "after seeing" (Mat. 2:10)

 

   5.  ἀποστείλας    AA Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from ἀποστέλλω meaning "after sending" (Mat. 2:16)

 

   6.  βαπτισθείς     AP Ptc. Nom. Sg. M. from βαπτίζω meaning "after being baptized" (Mat. 3:16)

 

   7.  βληθέν           AP Ptc. Nom. Sg. N. from βάλλω meaning "after being cast" (Mat. 5:13)

 

   8.  εἰσελθόντος   AA Ptc. Gen. Sg. M./N. from εἰσέρχομαι meaning "after entering" (Mat. 8:5)

 

   9.  γενομένης      AD Ptc. Gen. Sg. F. from γίνομαι meaning "after being" (Mat. 8:16)

 

  10.  ἐλθόντι         AA Ptc. Dat. Sg. M./N. from ἔρχομαι meaning "after going" (Mat. 9:28)

 

 

Translations

 

   1.  τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ                             For that which is conceived by her

πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου                                 is of the Holy Spirit

(Mat. 1:20)

 

   2.  καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἶδον                    And after coming into the house,

τὸ παιδίον (child) μετὰ Μαρίας                    they saw the child with Mary his

τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ  (Mat. 2:11)                       mother

 

 

   3.  Τότε Ἡρῴδης ἰδὼν ὅτι (Mat. 2:16)                  Then Herod, after seeing that

 


   4.  ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος                               But after hearing that Archelaus

βασιλεύει τῆς  Ἰουδαίας                              was ruling Judea instead of his

ἀντὶ (instead of) τοῦ πατρὸς                         father Herod, he was afraid

αὐτοῦ  Ἡρῴδου ἐφοβήθη 

(Mat. 2:22)

 

   5.  Ἰδὼν δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων                    But after seeing many of the

καὶ Σαδδουκαίων ἐρχομένους                      Pharisees and Sadducees coming

ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ εἶπεν                        for his baptism, he said to them

αὐτοῖς  (Mat. 3:7)

 

   6.  Ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς                       But after seeing the crowds, he

τὸ ὄρος  (mountain)  (Mat. 5:1)                     went up on the mountain

 

 

   7.  Εἰσελθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰς                               But after his entering into

Καφαρναούμ  (Mat. 8:5)                              Capernaum

 

 

   8.  Καὶ ἐλθὼν   Ἰησοῦς εἰσ τὴν                          And Jesus, after coming into Peter's

οἰκίαν Πέτρου εἶδεν (Mat. 8:14)                   house, saw

 

   9.  καὶ ἰδὼν   Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν                        And Jesus, after seeing their faith,

αὐτῶν εἶπεν τῷ παραλυτικῷ                         said to the paralytic

(Mat. 9:2)

 

   10.  ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐφοβήθησαν                    But after seeing, the crowds were

 καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν                                afraid and they glorified God

(Mat. 9:8)

 

   11.   Καὶ ἐλθὼν   Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν                             And Jesus, after coming into the

οἰκίαν τοῦ αρχοντος καὶ                                      house of the ruler, and after

ἰδὼν  (Mat. 9:23)                                                    seeing

 

   12.  οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἰδόντες εἶπαν                      But the Pharisees, after seeing, said

αὐτῷἸδοὺ οἱ μαθηταί σου                          to him,  "Behold your disciples do

ποιοῦσιν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν                      that which is not lawful to do on

(to do)  ἐν σαββάτῳ  (Mat. 12:2)                  the Sabbath”


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

Participling the Past (Aorists)

1. Parsing Party: (30)   Indicate the second aorists (e.g. 2 AA Ptc)

 

λύσαντος

AA Ptc.

Gen. Sg.

M/N

from λύω

after loosing

1. ἀκούσαντι

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. βαλόντες

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. ἀκουσασῶν

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. βαλομένην

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. ἀκουσάμενα

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. βαλούσης

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. βαλόν

 

 

 

 

 

 

8. ἀκουθείς

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. βαλομένῳ

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. ἀκουθέντων

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. ἀκουθείσαις

 

 

 

 

 

 

12. βαλούσαις

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. ἀκουσάσῃ

 

 

 

 

 

 

14. βαλουσῶν

 

 

 

 

 

 

15. ἀκουσάμενον

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀγαπήσας τοὺς ἰδίους (Jn. 13:1)

 

 

    2.  καὶ πας ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα (1 Jn. 5:1)

 

 

    3.  καὶ γνοὺς (Jn. 5:6)

 

 

    4.  καὶ ὁ γράψας ταυτα (Jn. 21:24)

 

 

    5.  ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν  Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες (Jn. 19:33)

 

 

    6.  οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν (Jn. 5:25)

 

 

    7.  καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτόν (Jn. 6:25)

 

 

    8.  οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐξήρχοντο (Jn. 8:9)

 

 

    9.  ἐγερθεὶς δὲ   Ἰωσήφ (Mat. 1:24)

 

 

  10.  ταῦτα δὲ εἰπὼν αὐτὸς ἔμεινεν (Jn. 7:9)

 

 

     


   11.  οἱ οὖν ἄνθρωποι ἰδόντες (Jn. 6:14)

 

 

  12.  ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Μαριάμ (Jn. 11:45)

 

 

  13.  ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος (Jn. 18:22)

 

 

  14.  πιστεύσαντες εἰς αὐτόν (Jn. 7:39)

 

 

  15.  μακάριοι (blessed) οἱ μὴ δόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες (Jn. 20:29)

 

 

3. Translate the following long lines: (15)

 

    1.  πολλοὶ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπαν· Σκληρός (difficult) ἐστιν λόγος οὗτος·  τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν (to hear); (Jn. 6:60)

 

 

 

 

    2.  τοῦτο ἤδη (now) τρίτον (third time) ἐφανερώθη (was revealed) Ἰησοῦς τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν  (Jn. 21:14)

 

 

 

 

    3.  τοῦτο [δὲ] πάλιν δεύτερον (second) σημεῖον (sign) ἐποίησεν   Ἰησοῦς ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς  Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν
(Jn. 4:54)

 

 


    4.  ἐλθὼν οὖν   Ἰησοὺς εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρες (four) ἤδη (already) ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ (tomb) (Jn. 11:17)

 

 

 

    5.  εὑρὼν δὲ   Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον (young donkey) ἐκάθισεν (he sat) ἐπαὐτό (Jn. 12:14)

 

 

 

    6.  ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου οὖν ἀκούσαντες τῶν λόγων τούτων ἔλεγον·  Οὗτος ἐστιν ἀληθῶς (truly) προφήτης (Jn. 7:40)

 

 

 

 

    7.  καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀρους (mountain) ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί (Mat. 8:1)

 

 

 

    8.  καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἔδειξεν (he showed) τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν  (side) αὐτοῖςἐχάρησαν (they were glad) οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον (Jn. 20:20)

 

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ ἐλθὼν   Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου εἶδεν (Mat. 8:14)

 

 

 

  10.  δὲ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ (well) ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν· Ἆρον  (pick up) τὸν κράβαττόν (mat) σου καὶ περιπάτει (Jn. 5:11)

 

 

 


  11.  πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν καὶ ἐγενήθη [] ἀριθμὸς (number) τῶν ἀνδρῶν [ὡς] χιλιάδες (thousand) πέντε (Acts 4:4)

 

 

 

 

  12.  καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς (one) γραμματεὺς (scribe) εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσω σοι (Mat. 8:19)

 

 

 

  13.  δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον (child) καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ (Mat. 2:21)

 

 

 

 

  14.  εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει (he will lose) αὐτήν, καὶ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν (for the sake of) ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν  (Mat. 10:39)

 

 

 

 

  15.  καὶ ἰδόντες ὁι Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον τοῖς μαθηταῖς αῦτοῦ·  Διὰ τί  (why) μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν (tax collectors) καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν;  (Mat. 9:11)

 

 

 


4. Think Greek (10)

    1.  you (pl.) went down into the sea

 

 

    2.  we will rule the world

 

 

    3.  his mother and father came to him

 

     

    4.  the time has come

 

 

    5.  you (sg.) will walk in the light

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. πίπτω

__________________________

2. πῶς

__________________________

3. ζάω

__________________________

4. ἕτερος

__________________________

5. μέλλω

__________________________

6. I fear

__________________________

7. I follow

__________________________

8. flesh

__________________________

9. faith

__________________________

10. righteousness

__________________________


6.  Current Vocabulary (10)                           10

                                                                       ___

 

                                                                       ___

 

                                                                       ___

 

                                                                       ___

                                                                6                       9

                                                   7 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___

                           8 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___           ___

                       2

                     ___                                    ___  ___          ___

 

1   ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___                    ___

 

                       ___

           3  ___  ___  ___  ___ 

 

                      ___

   4 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___ 

                      ___ 

                      ___

                   5 ___  ___  ___  ___         

 

Across

Down

1. I go up

2. I go down

3. and I

6. I rule, (middle) begin

4. every

9. where, since

5. therefore, so

10. I drive out

7. more, rather

 

8. mother

 


Ch. 21:  Perfect Participle Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

 

   1. βεβλημένην              RM/P Ptc. Acc. Sg. F. from βάλλω "having been put/having put for

herself" (Mat. 8:14)

 

   2. λελυμένα                  RM/P Ptc. Nom./Acc. Pl. N. from λύω "having been loosed/having

loosed for themselves" (Mat. 18:18)

 

   3. κεκλημένους            RM/P Ptc. Acc. Pl. M. from καλέω "having been called/having called

for themselves" (Mat. 22:3)

 

   4. εἰδότες                    RA Ptc. Nom. Pl. M. from οἶδα "knowing" (Mat. 22:29)

 

   5. ἀπεσταλμένους        RM/P Ptc. Acc. Pl. M.  ἀποστέλλω "having been sent/having sent for

themselves" (Mat. 23:37)

 

   6. εἰληφώς                   RA Ptc.  Nom. Sg. M.  λαμβάνω "having received" (Mat. 25:24)

 

   7. γεγραμμένην           RM/P Ptc. Acc. Sg. F.  γράφω "having been written/having written for

herself" (Mat. 27:37)

 

   8. ἐσχηκότα                 RA Ptc. Acc. Sg. M./  Nom./Acc. Pl. N.  from ἔχω "having had" 
                                                                                (Mk. 5:15)

 

   9. ἐληλυθυῖαν               RP Ptc. Acc. Sg. F. from ἔρχομαι "having come" (Mk. 9:1)

 

  10. ἐγηγερμένον             RM/P Ptc. Acc. Sg. M.  ἐγείρω "having been raised/having raised for

himself" (Mk. 16:14)

 

Translations

   1.  προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἓν (one)                         But after coming, the one who had

τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν,                                received the one talent said, "Lord"

Κὐριε  (Mat. 25:24)

 

 

   2. Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος                                       There was a man, who had been

ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ,                            sent from God, his name [was]

ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης (Jn. 1:6)                      John

 

 

   3.  Καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν                      And they had been sent from the

φαρισαίων  (Jn. 1:24)                                   Pharisees

 

 

 

   4.  τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς                      That which has been born of the

σάρξ ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ                                        flesh is flesh, and that which has

γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ                                    been born of the Spirit is spirit.

πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν (Jn. 3:6)

 

   5.  ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ                              Then the Jews were saying to the

τεθεραπευμένῳ, Σάββατόν ἐστιν                  one who had been cured,  "It is the

(Jn. 5:10)                                                     Sabbath"

 

 

 

   6.  ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς                              It has been written in the prophets

προφήταις  (Jn. 6:45)

 

 

   7.  Ἔλεγεν οὖν Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὐς                     Then Jesus was saying to the

Πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους                    Jews who had believed him

(Jn. 8:31)  

 

 

 

   8.  λέγει αὐτῷ Ἰησοῦς, . . .                             Jesus said to him, ". . . the one who

ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακεν τὸν                           has seen me has seen the father,

πατέρα· πῶς σὺ λέγεις ...;                             how can you say . . . ?”

(Jn. 14:9)

 

 

   9.  πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους                                Again he sent other servants

Δούλους λε΄γων·  Εἴπατε τοῖς                      saying; “Tell the ones who have

κεκλημένοις  (Mat. 22:4)                              been called”     
Name ___________________________________

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

Perfecting Participles

1. Parsing Party: (30) (R = Perfect)

λελυκώς

Nom. Sg. M

RA Ptc.

from λύω having loosed

1. πεπιστευκότος

 

 

 

2. ἠγαπηκυῖαν

 

 

 

3. πεπιστευκότων

 

 

 

4. ἠγαπηκυίας

 

 

 

5. πεπιστευμένῳ

 

 

 

6. πεπιστευκυῖα

 

 

 

7. ἠγαπημένης

 

 

 

8. πεπιστευμένοις

 

 

 

9. ἠγαπηκός

 

 

 

10. ἠγαπημένον

 

 

 


 

11. πεπιστευκώς

 

 

 

12. ἠγαπημένους

 

 

 

13. πεπιστευκυῖαι

 

 

 

14. ἠγαπημένα

 

 

 

15. πεπιστευμέναις

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  τοὺς ἀκηκοότας τί ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς  (Jn. 18:21)

 

 

    2.  ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν (2 Jn. 1:1)

 

 

    3.  βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακήν (prison) (Jn. 3:24)

 

 

    4.  τυφλοῦ (blind) γεγεννημένου (Jn. 9:32)

 

 

    5.  ἐληλυθότα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (1 Jn. 4:2)

 

 

    6.  καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην (Rev. 20:9)

 

 

    7.  ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ  (Mat. 18:18)

 


    8.  οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι (worthy) (Mat. 22:8)

 

 

    9.  τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ (Rev. 22:18)

 

 

  10.  σημεῖα (signs) πεποιηκότος ἔμπροσθεν (before) αὐτῶν

          (Jn. 12:37)

 

 

  11.  μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφάς (Mat. 22:29)

 

 

  12.  γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος (Jn. 3:8)

 

 

  13.  γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων (foreheads) αὐτῶν (Rev. 14:1)

 

 

  14.  τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον (wine) γεγενημένον (Jn. 2:9)

 

 

  15.  ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα (Jn. 14:9)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος, ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ  Ἰωάννης (Jn. 1:6)

 

 

    2.  πᾶς πιστεύων ὅτι  Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται, καὶ πᾶς ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ [καὶ ] τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ (1 Jn. 5:1)

 


    3.  ἔλεγεν οὖν Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ  Ἰουδαίους·  Ἐὰν ὑμεῖς μείνητε (you should remain) ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς  (truly) μαθηταί μού ἐστε (Jn. 8:31)

 

 

 

    4.  εἰς ἔπαινον (praise) δόξης τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ ἧς ἐχαρίτωσεν (he has freely given)  ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ (Eph. 1:6)

 

 

 

    5.  ἀπελθόντες δἐ οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς  

          (Lk. 19:32)

 

 

 

    6.  καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων (Jn. 1:24)

 

 

    7.  εἰδότες, ἀδεφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ [τοῦ ]θεοῦ, τὴν ἐκλογὴν (choosing) ὑμῶν (1 Thess. 1:4)

 

 

    8.  ἐν  (by) αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν (we praise) τὸν κύριον καὶ πατέρα καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα (we curse) τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς καθὁμοίωσιν (likeness) θεοῦ γεγονότας (James 3:9)

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον (garment) καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν (thigh) αὐτοῦ ὄνομα γεγραμμένον· Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ κύριος κυρίων
(Rev. 19:16)

 

 

 

     


  10.   ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν (Lk. 14:7)

 

 

  11.  πᾶς γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα (seed) αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν (to sin), ὁτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται (1 Jn. 3:9)

 

 

 

  12.  λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν ὁτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων γεύσεται (will taste) (Lk. 14:24)

 

 

 

  13.  ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου  Ἰωήλ

          (Acts 2:16)

 

 

  14.  πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς περὶ ἐμοῦ  (Lk. 24:44)

 

 

 

  15.  καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ·  Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῴγότα καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου  (Jn. 1:51)

 

 

 

 


4. Think Greek

    1.  you (pl) will be baptized from evil.

 

 

    2.  you (pl) witnessed the lights beside the sea  

 

 

    3.  they speak his gospel

 

 

    4.  I am going away but I will come to you (pl)

 

 

    5.  she went down into the house

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (20)

 

1. ἄρχω

________________________

2. προσέρχομαι

________________________

3. πληρόω

________________________

4. γυνή

________________________

5. ὑπέρ (acc.)

________________________

6. I speak

________________________

7. I beget

________________________

8. I seek

________________________

9. time

________________________

10. I go down

________________________

 

6. Current Vocabulary Word Search (10)

 


ν        α        ζ        κ        ω       τ        μ        σ        φ       ν

 


π        ο        ν        η        ρ        ο        ς        β        υ        ο

 


ω       ζ        ι         τ        π        α        β        ο        π        π

 


ε        ε        ν        λ        ζ        ι         ο        τ        α        ω

 


ρ        δ        π        ο        ε        σ        ω       υ        γ        σ

 


υ        σ        η        ρ        ι         γ        κ        σ        ω       ο

 


τ        τ        ο        π        ι         ε        γ        π        ω       ρ

 


ρ        ο        φ       ο        θ        λ        μ        α        μ        π

 


α        μ        ν        γ        ι         ε        ξ        η        υ        α

 


μ        α        γ        ρ        π        ο        μ        β        σ        ε

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

I open

evil, bad

I baptize

face

gospel

sign, miracle

I witness

mouth

I send

I go away


Ch. 22:  Investigating the Infinitives Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:

 

   1.  βαπτισθῆναι                    Aor. Pas. Inf.  from βαπτίζω  "to be baptized" (Mat. 3:13)

 

   2.  διδάσκειν                          Pres. Act. Inf.  from διδάσκω  "to teach" (Mat. 11:1)

 

   3.  ἔχειν                                 Pres. Act. Inf.  from ἔχω  "to have" (Mat. 13:5)

 

   4.  φαγεῖν                             Aor. Act. Inf.  from ἐσθίω  "to eat" (Mat. 15:20)

 

   5.  πιστεῦσαι                         Aor. Act. Inf.  from πιστεύω  "to believe" (Mat. 21:32)

 

   6.  ἐγερθῆναι                         Aor. Pas. Inf.  from ἐγείρω  "to be raised" (Mat. 26:32)

 

   7.  εἶναι                                 Pres. Act. Inf.  from εἰμί "to be" (Lk. 2:6)

 

   8.  λαλῆσαι                            Aor. Act. Inf.  from λαλέω  "to speak" (Mk. 16:19)

 

   9.  ποιῆσαι                             Aor. Act. Inf.  from ποιέω  "to do" (Lk. 2:27)

 

  10.  πορεύεσθαι                     Pres. Dep. Inf.  from πορεύομαι  "to go" (Lk. 4:42)

 

 

Translations: 

 

   1.  εἰδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ                                For we saw his star in the east and we

τὸν ἀστέρα (star) ἐν τῇ                       came to worship him

ἀνατολῇ (east) καὶ 

ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι

αὐτῷ  (Mat. 2:2)

 

   2.  λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι                                 For I tell you that God is able from these

δύναται θεὸς ἐκ τῶν                        stones to raise up children to Abraham

λίθων (stones) τούτων 

ἐγεῖραι τ΄κνα τῷ 

Ἀβραάμ  (Mat. 3:9)


   3.  οἶδεν γὰρ πατὴρ ὑμῶν                       For your father knows what you need before

ὧν χρείαν (need)  ἔχετε                      you ask him     

πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι 

αὐτόν  (Mat. 6:8)  

                                                                                   

   4. οὐ δύναται δένδρον                               A good tree is not able to produce bad fruit

(tree)  ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς                     nor a rotten tree [is not able] to produce

(fruit) πονηροὺς ποιεῖν                       good fruit

οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν

(rotten)  καρποὺς καλοὺς 

ποιεῖν  (Mat. 7:18)   

 

   5.  οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον                                        For I did not come to call the righteous but

καλέσαι δικαίους ἀλλὰ                      sinners

ἁμαρτωλούς  (Mat. 9:13)

 

   6.  καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς                                 And Jesus said to them, "Do you believe that

 Ἰησοῦς, Πιστεύετε ὅτι                       I am able to do this?"  They said to him,

δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι;                       "Yes, Lord"

λέγουσιν αὐτῷ·  Ναὶ  (yes)

κύριε  (Mat. 9:28)

 

   7.  οἱ δὲ φαρισαῖοι ἰδόντες                       But when the Pharisees saw they said to

εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Ἰδοὺ οἱ                            him,  "Behold your disciples are doing that

μαθηταί σου ποιοῦσιν                        which is not lawful to do on the Sabbath"

οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν 

σαββάτῳ (Mat. 12:2)

 

   8.  Διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν                             "Teacher, we wish to see a sign from you"

ἀπὸ σού σημεῖον  (sign) 

ἰδεῖν  (Mat. 12:38)


Name __________________________________

Chapter 22: Infinitives

Intricate Infinitives

1. Parsing Party: (30)   Indicate the second aorists (e.g. 2 A A Inf)

λύεσθαι

PM/P Inf.

from λύω

to continue to loose for oneself (M)
to continue to be loosed (P)

1. ἀκούεσθαι

 

 

 

2. βαλεῖν

 

 

 

3. ἀκοῦσαι

 

 

 

4. ἀκούειν

 

 

 

5. βάλλεσθαι

 

 

 

6. ἀκούσασθαι

 

 

 

7. βαλέσθαι

 

 

 

8. γράφειν

 

 

 

9. βάλλειν

 

 

 

10. γράφεσθαι

 

 

 

11. ἀκουσθῆναι

 

 

 

12. πεποιηκέναι

 

 

 

13. γραψῆναι

 

 

 

14. ἀγαπᾶν

 

 

 

15. πεποιήσθαι

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἡμεῖς  ὀφείλομεν (we ought) ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν (1 Jn. 4:11)

 

 

    2.  τίς (who) δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν;  (Jn. 6:60)

 

 

    3.  πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι (water) (Jn. 1:33)

 

 

    4.  δύνανται ὄυτε ἀκούειν οὔτε περπατεῖν (Rev. 9:20)

 

 

    5.  ὑμῖν γράφειν (2 Jn. 1:12)

 

 

    6.  οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν (1 Jn. 4:20)

 

 

    7.  ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ  (Jn. 5:26)

 

 

    8.  οὐ δύναται υἱὸς ποιεῖν ἀφἑαυτοῦ (Jn. 5:19)

 

 

    9.  μέλλει βάλλειν (Rev. 2:10)

 

 

  10.  ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν (Jn. 21:22)

 

 

  11.  μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι; (Jn. 9:27)

 

 

  12.  οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν (Jn. 8:43)

 


  13.  οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρὸς με (Jn. 6:44)

 

 

  14.  πολλὰ ἔχω ὑμῖν λέγειν (Jn. 16:12)

 

 

  15.  πρὶν (before)  Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγὼ εἰμί  (Jn. 8:58)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν καὶ κρίνειν, ἀλλ πέμψας (sending) με ἀληθής  (true) ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἤκουσα παραὐτοῦ ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον (Jn. 8:26)

 

 

 

 

    2.  ἀπεκρίθη  Ἰωάννης καὶ εἶπεν·  Οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲ ἓν (one) ἐὰν μὴ  (except) (it may be) δεδομένον (it has been given) αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Jn. 3:27)

 

 

 

    3.  λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν ὀφείλει (he ought) καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς [οὕτως ] περιπατεῖν (1 Jn. 2:6)

 

 

 

    4.  οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ῥαββί, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος·  οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται ταῦτα τὰ συμεῖα ποιεῖν σὺ ποιεῖς, ἐὰν μὴ (unless) (he may be) θεὸς μεταὐτοῦ (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

 


    5.  ἀπεκρίθη Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι;  (Jn. 3:9)

 

 

    6.  αὐτὸς δὲ  Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας (Jn. 2:24)

 

 

 

 

    7.  εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς πρὸς οὓς λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι γραφή (Jn. 10:35)

 

 

 

 

    8.  διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν, ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν  Ἠσαΐας
(Jn. 12:39)

 

 

 

    9.  ὡς οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρῖται, ἡρώτων (they were asking) αὐτὸν μεῖναι παραὐτοπις·  καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο (two) ἡμέρας
(Jn. 4:40)

 

 

 

 

  10.  καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἐσχυρὸν (mighty) κηρύσσοντα (proclaiming) ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ·  Τίς (who) ἄξιος (worthy) ἀνοῖξαι (to open) τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λύσαι τὰς σφραγίδας (seals) αὐτοῦ; (Rev. 5:2)

 

 

 

 

  11.  καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν (he has given) αὐτῷ κρίσιν (judgment) ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν (Jn. 5:27)

 

 


  12.  καὶ οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχητε (you may have)

          (Jn. 5:40)

 

 

  13.  λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν [] Νικόδημος·  Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεηηνθὴναι γέρων (old) ὤν; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν (womb) τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον (second time) εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι;  (Jn. 3:4)

 

 

 

 

  14.  εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν (anything, not one thing) (Jn. 9:33)

 

 

 

  15.  ὅσοι δἐ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν (he gave) αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύοθσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (Jn. 1:12)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  she was baptized in water

 

 

    2.  they killed the Lord of glory

 

         

    3.  their heads are open

 

 

    4.  you (pl) pray that I will come

 

 

    5.  but love is eternal

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. ἀνοίγω

________________________

2. ὅπου

________________________

3. ἐνώπιον

________________________

4. ζητέω

________________________

5. πολύς

________________________

6. way

________________________

7. all, every

________________________

8. death

________________________

9. holy

________________________

10. mouth

________________________

 

 

6. Current Vocabulary Story (10)

 

Once upon a time there was a child who loved to __________ questions. It seemed to this child that it would take an __________ amount of time until she grew up. Her mother had been __________ by a drunken stagecoach driver, with an injury to the __________ . The Native
Americans had warned her about __________ __________ , and after her mother’s death, she could no longer __________ it. She learned to canoe and ride a __________ on the Parker River and to __________ the food
so the wolves didn’t get into it. She was happy, and even though not all her questions were answered, she still __________ just to be able to breathe.


Ch. 23:  Subjecting the Subjunctives Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

 

   1. γένηται                    ADS 3 Sg. from γίνομαι meaning "he/she/it may be" (Mat. 5:18)

 

   2. ποιήσῃ                      AAS 3 Sg. from ποιέω meaning " he/she/it may do" (Mat. 5:19)

 

   3. ἐσθίωσιν                  PAS 3 Pl. from ἐσθίω meaning "they may eat" (Mat. 15:2)

 

   4. εἰσήλθητε                ADS 2 Pl. from εἰσέρχομαι meaning "you may enter" (Mat. 5:20)

 

4.     εἴπῃ                        AAS 3 Sg. from λέγω meaning " he/she/it may say" (Mat. 5:22)

 

   6. ἔχητε                        PAS 2 Pl. from ἔχω meaning "you may have" (Mat. 17:20)

 

   7. γένησθε                     ADS 2 Pl. from γίνομαι meaning "you may be" (Mat. 5:45)

 

   8. ἀγαπήσητε               AAS 2 Pl. from ἀγαπάω meaning "you may love" (Mat. 5:46)

 

   9.                               PAS 3 Sg. from εἰμί meaning " he/she/it may be" (Mat. 6:4)

 

  10. ποιῶσιν                   PAS 3 Pl. from ποιέω meaning "they may do" (Mat. 7:12)

 

 

Translations

 

1.  καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς                   And he was there until the death of Herod,

(death) Ἡρῴδο·  ἵνα πληρωθῇ             in order that it might be fulfilled that which

τὸ ῥηθὲν (had been spoken)                had been spoken by the Lord through the

ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ                             prophet saying,  "Out of Egypt I called my

προφήτου λέγοντος,                           son"

Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα 

τὸν υἱόν μου  (Mat. 2:15)

 

 


   2.  οὕτως λαμχψάτω (let shine) τὸ              So let your light shine before men,  so

φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν                   that they may see your good works and

ἀνρθώπων, ὅπως (that)                        glorify your Father, the one in heaven

ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ   

ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσιν 

τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν 

ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς  (Mat. 5:16)

 

   3.  ὅπως (so that)  γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ            So that you may be sons of your Father the

πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν                            one in heaven,  because he causes his sun to

οὐρανοῖς, ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον                     rise on the evil and the good

(sun)  αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει

(he causes to rise)  ἐπὶ   

πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς 

(Mat. 5:45)

 

   4.  Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε,                        And whenever you pray, do not be as the

οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς οἱ                                hypocrites,  because they love in

ὑποκριταί, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν                      the synagogues

ἐν ταῖς σθναγωγαῖς (Mat. 6:5)

 

 

   5.  Πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε                   Therefore all things whatever you wish

ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ                             that men might do to you, so also you

ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς                  do to them;  for this is the law and the

ποιεἰτε αὐτοῖς·  οὗτος γάρ                  prophets

ἐστιν νόμος καὶ οἱ 

προφῆται   (Mat. 7:12)

 

   6.  καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ                  And whoever speaks a word against the

τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου                     Son of Man

(Mat. 12:32)

 

 

   7.  ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήςῃ τὸ                         For whoever does the will of my father in

θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ                 heaven  he [is] my brother and sister and

ἐν οὐρανοῖς αὐτός μου                      mother

ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ 

μήτηρ ἐστίν  (Mat. 12:50)

 

 

   8.  ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν                    For whoever wishes to save his life will

αὐτοῦ σῶσαι ἀπολέσει (will                loose it,  but whoever may loose his life

loose) αὐτήν·  ὃς δἂν                        because of me will find it

ἀπολέςῃ  τὴν ψυχὴν 

αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν (because of) 

ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν  

(Mat. 16:25)


Name __________________________________

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

Subjecting the Subjunctives

1. Parsing Party: (30) Indicate the second aorists (e.g. 2 AA Subj.)

 

λυθῶ

1 Sg.

AP Subj.

from λύω

I might be loosed

1. ἀγάπῃς

 

 

 

 

2. βάλω

 

 

 

 

3. γένωνται

 

 

 

 

4. εὕρητε

 

 

 

 

5. εἶπωσιν

 

 

 

 

6. βάλῃ

 

 

 

 

7. εἰσέλθητε

 

 

 

 

8. ποιῇς

 

 

 

 

9. προσεύχησθε

 

 

 

 

10. ἴδωσιν

 

 

 

 

11. βάλωσιν

 

 

 

 

12. ἐγείρηται

 

 

 

 

13. βάλῃς

 

 

 

 

14. θέλῃ

 

 

 

 

15. πληρωθῇ

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους (1 Jn. 3:23)

 

 

    2.  ἀλλὰ ἄγωμεν πρὸς αὐτόν (Jn. 11:15)

 

 

    3.  ἵνα βλέπῃς (Rev. 3:18)

 

 

    4.  ἵνα γινώσκωμεν τὸν ἀληθινόν (1 Jn. 5:20)

 

 

    5.  ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν (fellowship) ἔχητε μεθἡμῶν (1 Jn. 1:3)

 

 

    6.  ἵνα τυφλὸς (blind) γεννηθῇ (Jn. 9:2)

 

 

    7.  ἐὰν ἔλθω (3 Jn. 1:10)

 

 

    8.  ὅταν ἔλθῃ παράκλητος (helper) (Jn. 15:26)

 

 

    9.  ἵνα παρρησίαν (confidence) ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως (judgment) (1 Jn. 4:17)

 

 

  10.  ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν (from above) (Jn. 3:3)

 

 

  11.  ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’αὐτοῦ (1 Jn. 4:9)

 

 

  12.  ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν (one) τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων (Mat. 5:19)

 


  13.  ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν (1 Jn. 3:1)

 

 

  14.  καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ἐγώ (Jn. 8:16)

 

 

  15.  καὶ τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω (Jn. 6:37)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ὁτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀγγελία (message) ἣν ἠκούσατε ἀπἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους (1 Jn. 3:11)

 

 

 

 

    2.  αὑτη δέ ἐστιν αἰώνιος ζωὴ ἵνα γινώσκωσιν σὲ τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας  Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν (Jn. 17:3)

 

 

 

 

    3.  ὅταν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ , φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου (Jn. 9:5)

 

 

 

    4.  ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ με, τἀς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε (Jn. 14:15)

 

 

 

    5.  καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω (I purify) ἐμαυτόν, ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι (having been made pure) ἐν ἀληθειᾳ (Jn. 17:19)

 

 

 


    6.  ἔπειτα (then) μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς·  Ἄγωμεν εἰς τὴν  Ἰουδαίαν πάλιν (Jn. 11:7)

 

 

 

 

    7.  ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν·  δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν ἐρχηται οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν (Jn. 7:27)

 

 

 

 

    8.  καὶ οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με ἱνα ζωὴν ἔχητε  (Jn. 5:40)

 

 

    9.  καὶ εἶπεν   Ἰησοῦς·  Εἰς κρίμα (judgment) ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τθφλοὶ (blind) γένωνται (Jn. 9:39)

 

 

 

 

  10.  τεκνία, μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ (speech) ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ (1 Jn. 3:18)

 

 

 

  11.  δὲ  Ἰησοῦς ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων·  Ἐλήλυθεν ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ  (verb of δόξα) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (Jn. 12:23)

 

 

 

 

  12.  καὶ ἐάν τίς (anyone) μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ (keep), ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν·  οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον (Jn. 12:47)

 

 

 


  13.  μἠ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούςῃ πρὼτον παραὐτοῦ καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ;  (Jn. 7:51)

 

 

 

 

  14.  ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες ὅτι ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις (Jn. 13:35)

 

 

 

 

  15.  οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν θεὸς τὸν υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἱνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλἵνα σωθῃ κόσμος διαύτοῦ (Jn. 3:17)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  that they might drink the water

 

 

    2.  that you (sg) might be set free from the commandments of the law

 

 

    3.  the words of the mouth make peace

 

 

    4.  let us rejoice in God

 

 

    5.  she prayed by the lake

 

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. τηρέω

_____________________

2. ἀποκτείνω

_____________________

3. ὑπάγω

_____________________

4. πέμπω

_____________________

5. ἐάν

_____________________

6. I witness

_____________________

7. I rejoice

_____________________

8. therefore, so

_____________________

9. I pray

_____________________

10. authority

_____________________

 


6.  Current Vocabulary (10)

                      7

                    ___

 

                    ___

                                               5

               6   ___  ___  ___  ___

 

                    ___                   ___

                                                                       9

                    ___                    ___                 ___

 

                    ___                    ___                 ___

      2               3                                                              4

1  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  __

 

    ___           ___                   ___                  ___        ___

 

    ___          ___                                                          ___

 

    ___        8 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___                 ___

 

    ___                                                                      10 ___  ___  ___ 

 

    ___                                                                           ___

                                                                                     ___ 

                                                                                     ___                                   

 

Across

Down

1. elder

2. faithful

6. word

3. if, whether

8. commandment

4. Sabbath

10. I lead, bring

5. I set free

 

7. fruit

 

9. I bear, carry



Ch. 24: Imperishable Imperatives Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise:   PAM = Present Active Imperative

 

   1.  ποιεῖτε                              PAM  2 Pl.  from ποιέω meaning "(you) make" (Mat. 3:3)

 

   2.  ὕπαγε                                PAM  2 Sg.  from ὑπάγω meaning "(you) go" (Mat. 4:10)

 

   3.  γνώτω                              AAM  3 Sg. from γινώσκω meaning "let it know" (Mat. 6:3)

 

   4.  εἴσελθε                             AAM  2 Sg.  from εἰσέρχομαι meaning "(you) enter"

(Mat. 6:6)

 

   5.  γενηθήτω                         ADM  3 Sg.  from γίνομαι meaning "let it be" (Mat. 6:10)

 

   6.  ζητεῖτε                              PAM  2 Pl. from ζητέω meaning "(you) seek" (Mat. 6:33)

 

   7.  κρίνετε                             PAM  2 Pl.  from κρίνω meaning "(you) judge" (Mat. 7:1)

 

   8.  εἰπέ                                   AAM  2 Sg.  from λέγω meaning "(you) speak" (Mat. 8:8)

 

   9.  ἀκολούθει                        PAM  2 Sg. ἀκολουθέω meaning "(you) follow" (Mat. 8:22)

 

  10.  σῶσον                              AAM  2 Sg.  from σῴζω meaning "(you) save" (Mat. 8:25)

 

Translation

 

   1. Ἐγερθεὶς  παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον                       After arising take the child and his

καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ                            mother and flee into Egypt

φεῦγε (flee)  εἰς Αἴγυπτον

(Egypt)  (Mat. 2:13)

                                     

                                                                                                                               

   2.  πειράζων (tempting)  εἶπεν αὐτῷ·                 The one tempting said to him,  "If

Εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ                               you  are the son of God,  speak that

ἵνα οἱ λίθοι (stones)  οὗτοι                           these stone may become bread"

ἄρτοι γένωνται (Mat. 4:3)

                                                                              

 


   3.  τότε λέγει αὐτῷ   Ἰησοῦς,                             Then Jesus said to him, "Leave,

Ὕπαγε, Σατανᾶ·  γέγραπται                          Satan!  for it has been written,

Γάρ, Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου                           'The Lord  your God you shall

Προσκυνήσεις (worship) (Mat. 4:10)            worship'"

                                                                    

   4. ἔστω δὲ λόγος ὑμῶν ναὶ ναί,                         But let your word be "yes, yes, no,

οὒ οὒ·  τὸ δὲ περισσὸν (more                        no"  what is more than these is

than)  τούτων ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ                      from evil one

ἐστιν  (Mat. 5:37)

 

   5.  Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε                And whenever you pray,  do not be

ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν                       as the hypocrites,  because they

ἐν ταῖς σθναγωγαῖς  (Mat. 6:5)                      love in the synagogues

 

   6.  ἐλθέτω βασιλεία σου·  γενηθήτω                 Your kingdom come;  your

τὸ θέλημά σου  (Mat. 6:10)                          will be done

 

 

   7.  ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν                    But seek first the kingdom of God

[τοῦ θεοῦκαὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην                   and his righteousness

αὐτοῦ  (Mat. 6:33)

 

   8.  Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα μὴ κριθῆτε (Mat. 7:1)            Do not judge,  in order that you

may not be judged

 

   9.  Ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ                  "Come" and he comes, and to my

μουΠοίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ                     servant,  "Do this," and he does (it)

(Mat. 8:9)

 

   10.  εἰπεῖν·  Ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει;                    Or to say, "Rise and walk"?

(Mat. 9:5)

                                                                            

   11.  καὶ ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν                                And their eyes were opened . . .

οἱ ὀφθαλμοί...Ὁρᾶτε                                    "See [that] no one knows"

μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω (Mat. 9:30)

                                                                            

   12.  ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω  (Mat. 11:15)                The one having ears let him hear

                                                                            

                                                                            


Name ___________________ ___________

Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs

Impetuous Imperatives

1. Parsing Party: (30)  Indicate the second aorists (e.g. 2 AA Imp)

 

λυσάτω

3 Sg

AA Imp

from λύω

let him/her/it loose

1. ἄκουε

 

 

 

 

2. βάλε

 

 

 

 

3. ἀκούετε

 

 

 

 

4. λαλεῖτε

 

 

 

 

5. βάλετε

 

 

 

 

6. λυθήτωσαν

 

 

 

 

7. ἀκουέτω

 

 

 

 

8. λάλει

 

 

 

 

9. βαλέτωσαν

 

 

 

 

10. λῦσον

 

 

 

 

11. λύσασθε

 

 

 

 

12. βαλέτω

 

 

 

 

13. λαλείτωσαν

 

 

 

 

14. λύθητι

 

 

 

 

15. ἀκουέτωσαν

 

 

 

 

 


 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  βλέπετε ἑαυτούς (2 Jn. 1:8)

 

 

    2.  μἠ γράφε·  βασιλεὺς τῶν  Ἰουδαίων (Jn. 19:21)

 

 

    3.  ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν (cot) σου (Jn. 5:8)

 

 

    4.  λέγει αὐτοῖς·  ἔρχεσθε (Jn. 1:39)

 

 

    5.  μὴ κρίνετε (Jn. 7:24)

 

 

    6.  ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω (Jn. 7:37)

 

 

    7.  τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε (Jn. 10:38)

 

 

    8.  καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν  Ἰσραήλ (Mat. 2:20)

 

 

    9.  ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν  Ἰουδαίαν (Jn. 7:3)

 

 

  10.  ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς (enemies) ὑμῶν (Mat. 5:44)

 

 

  11.  ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε (Jn. 1:46)

 

 

  12.  μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ (1 Jn. 2:27)

 


  13.  βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ  (Mat. 5:30)

 

 

  14.  πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν θεὸν καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε (Jn. 14:1)

 

 

  15.  ἀμήν, ἔρχου κύριε  Ἰησοῦ  (Rev. 22:20)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ (1 Jn. 2:15)

 

 

 

 

    2.  εἰ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ (it hates), γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν (it has hated) (Jn. 15:18)

 

 

 

    3.  ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι καὶ πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνη ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται (1 Jn. 2:29)

 

 

 

 

    4.  εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν (teaching) οὐ φέρει, μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν καὶ χαίρειν (greeting) αὐτῷ μἠ λἐγετε (2 Jn. 1:10)

 

 

 

 

    5.  καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρτυρεῖτε, ὅτι ἀπἀρχῆς μετἐμοῦ ἐστε

          (Jn. 15:27)

 


6.      εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς Ἰησοῦς·  Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον (time) τὸ φῶς  ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. Περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῦω ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία (darkness) ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ (overtake)·  καὶ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδεν που ὑπάγει (Jn. 12:35)

 

 

 

 

 

    7.  εἰ οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρός μου, μὴ πιστεύετέ μοι

          (Jn. 10:37)

 

 

 

  8.  Ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοι φωτὸς γένησθε. ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν   Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη (he hid himself) ἀπαὐτῶν (Jn. 12:36)

 

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ ἤκουσα μεγάλης φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ λεγούσης τοῖς ἑπτὰ (seven) ἀγγέλοις·  Ὑπάγετε καὶ ἐκχέετε (pour out) τὰς ἑπτὰ φιάλας (bowls) τοῦ θυμοῦ (wrath) τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν (Rev. 16:1)

 

 

 

  10.  λέγει αὐτῇ·  Ὕπαγε φώνησον (call) τὸν ἄνδρα σου καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε (here) (Jn. 4:16)

 

 

 

  11.  πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καί πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί·  εἰ δὲ μή, διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετε (Jn. 14:11)

 

 

 


  12.  ἔχων οὖς (ear) ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεύμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις
(Rev. 2:29)

 

 

 

 

  13.  γράψον οὖν εἶδες καὶ εἰσὶν καὶ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα (Rev. 1:19)

 

 

 

 

  14.  λέγει μήτηρ αὐτοῦ τοῖς διακόνοις·  τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν ποιήσατε
(Jn. 2:5)

 

 

 

  15.  χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ πάντοτε·  πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε (Phil 4:4)

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  let him glorify God

 

 

    2.  (you sg) come (aorist) to me

 

 

    3.  I will keep your law

 

 

    4.  you (sg) will witness for us

 

 

    5.  they asked for a sign

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review: Translate the following (20)

 

1. καρπός

_____________________

2. ῥῆμα

_____________________

3. πίνω

_____________________

4. αἰτέω

_____________________

5. πρόσωπον

_____________________

6. elder

_____________________

7. I lead, bring

_____________________

8. head

_____________________

9. evil

_____________________

10. I drive out

_____________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search (10)

 

 


ω       δ        α        ι         μ        ο        ν        ι         ο        ν

 


α        ε        θ        γ        ο        μ        π        ω       μ        α

 


φ       υ        ω       ζ        α        ξ        ο        δ        τ        ω

 


 ο       ι         π        ε        ν        π        ρ        σ        α        β

 


 θ       ρ        ο        ν        ο        σ        η        τ        κ        ω

 


δ        ε        λ        ζ        γ        ο        ω       τ        ε        γ

 


τ        α        λ        ο        ω       ρ        ε        κ        ο        ψ

 


δ        κ        υ        η        ε        ο        ο        ξ        ρ        σ

 


ω       ξ        ε        π        μ        δ        η        β        ο        χ

 


γ        ρ        α        μ        μ        α        τ        ε        υ        σ

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

1. beloved

6. outside

2. scribe

7. I ask

3. demon

8. will

4. I think

9. throne

5. I praise, glorify

10. mountain


Ch. 25:  Self-Centered Mi Verb Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Parsing Paradise

   1. ἔστησαν                        3 Pl. AAI from ἵστημι  meaning "they stood" (Lk. 7:14)

 

   2. ἀφήκατεe                     2 Pl. AAI from ἀφίημι  meaning "you dismissed" (Mat. 23:23)

 

   3. παρέδωκα                    1 Sg. AAI from παραδίδωμι meaning "I delivered up"(1 Cor. 11:2)

 

   4. ἀφίενται                       3 Pl. PPI from ἀφίημι  meaning "they are forgiven" (Mat. 9:2)

 

   5. σταθήσεσθε                 2 Pl. FPI from ἱστημι  meaning "you will stand" (Mk. 13:9)

 

   6. παρέδωκας                  2 Sg. AAI from παραδίδωμι meaning "you delivered up"

(Mat. 25:20)

 

   7. ἀνέστη                         3 Sg. AAI from ἀνίστημι  meaning "he/she/it raised" (Mk. 3:26)

 

   8. ἀφήσει                         3 Sg. FAI from ἀφίημι  meaning "he/she/it will forgive" (Mat. 6:14)

 

   9. ἀναστήσει                    3 Sg. FAI from ἀνίστημι meaning "he/she/it will raise" (Mat. 22:24)

 

  10. ἐστάθησαν                  3 Pl. API from ἵσητμι  meaning "they stood" (Lk. 24:17)

 

Translations

   1.  καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ταῦτά σοι                      And he said to him,  "All these things I will

Πάντα δώσς, ἐὰν πεςὼν                     give you, if after falling down you will

Προσκυνήσῃς μοι  (Mat. 4:9)              worship me”

 

 

   2.  τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δός   (Mat. 5:42)            To the one asking you, give

 

 

   3.  τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον             Our daily bread give us today

(daily)  δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον

(Mat. 6:11)

 

   4.  Αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν,                     Ask and it will be given to you, seek and

ζητεῖε καὶ εὑρήσετε                           you will find

(Mat. 7:7)

 

 

   5.  ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι                                But after seeing, the crowd was awed and

ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν                 glorified God, the one giving such authority

τὸν θεὸν τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν              to men

τοιαύτην  (such)  τοῖς 

ἀνθρώποις (Mat. 9:8)

 

 

   6.  Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς                  And after calling his twelve disciples, he

Δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ                      gave them authority

ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 

(Mat. 10:1)

 

 

   7.  ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς                    He gave the bread to the disciples, and the

ἄρους, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ                          disciples to the crowds

τοῖς ὄχλοις  (Mat. 14:19)

 

 

   8.  δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας (keys)                   I will give you the keys of the kingdom of

τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν                heaven

(Mat. 16:19)

 

 

   9.  θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπ’                       I will put my spirit upon him

αὐτόν  (Mat. 12:18)

 

 

  10.  ἴδε τόπος ὅπου ἔθηκαν                     Behold the place where they put him

αὐτόν  (Mk. 16:6)

 

 

  11.  εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, Ἰδοὺ                        But someone said to him,  "Behold your

          μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί                mother and brothers have stood outside

σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν                            seeking to speak to you"

ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι

(Mat. 12:47)

 

  12.  καὶ στὰς   Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν              And after standing, Jesus called them and

αὐτοὺς καὶ εἶπεν  (Mat. 20:32)            said


Name _________________________________

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

Self-centered -mi Verbs

1. Parsing (watch for different moods): (30)

δῶτε

2 Pl.

AA Subj.

δίδωμι

you may give

1. δίδωσι(ν)

 

 

 

 

2. τίθετε

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. διδόναι

 

 

 

 

4. θήσω

 

 

 

 

5. τιθέτω

 

 

 

 

6. διδῶμεν

 

 

 

 

7. τέθεικα

 

 

 

 

8. ἐδίδοτε

 

 

 

 

9. δότω

 

 

 

 

10. ἔθηκα

 

 

 

 

11. θεῖναι

 

 

 

 

12. ἐδώκαμεν

 

 

 

 

13. θῶ

 

 

 

 

14. δέδωκα

 

 

 

 

15. ἐτίθεσαν

 

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  κἀγὼ δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Jn. 10:28)

 

 

    2.  καὶ πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ (Jn. 5:20)

 

 

    3.  εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν  (Jn. 20:15)

 

 

    4.  ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν (Rev. 11:11)

 

 

    5.  δείξω σοι (Rev. 17:1)

 

 

    6.  δίδοτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν (Lk. 6:38)

 

 

    7.  καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων (Acts 4:35)

 

 

    8.  ὅτι τὰ ῥήματα ἔδωκάς μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς (Jn. 17:8)

 

 

    9.  διδόναι τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν (Lk. 11:13)

 

 

  10.  δίδου ἡμῖν τὸ καθἡμέραν (Lk. 11:3)

 

 

  11.  μακάριόν (blessed, happy) ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι λαμβάνειν
 (Acts 20:35)

 

 

  12.  ἰδοὺ ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν (door) (Rev. 3:20)

 


  13.  καὶ δώσωμεν (Subj) τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ  (Rev. 19:7)

 

 

  14.  ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο   Ἰησοὺς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταὶς αὐτοῦ (Mat. 16:21)

 

 

  15.  διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας (1 Cor. 12:8)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐντοὴν καινὴν (new) δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους  (Jn. 13:34)

 

 

 

 

    2.  ἀπεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; (Jn. 2:18)

 

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι·  Γύναι, τί κλαίεις (you are crying); λέγει αὐτοῖς ὅτι ἦραν τὸν κύριόν μου, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν
 (Jn. 20:13)

 

 

 

 


    4.  ἔχων οὖς (ear) ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. τῷ νικῶντι (conquering) δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἐκ ξύλου (tree) τῆς ζωῆς, ἐστιν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ (paradise) τοῦ θεοῦ (Rev. 2:7)

 

 

 

 

 

    5.  ὑπόδειγμα (example) γὰρ ἔδωκα ὑμῖν ἵνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε (Jn. 13:15)

 

 

 

 

    6.  καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἔλεγον·  Χαῖρε (hail) βασιλεὺς τῶν  Ἰουδαίων·  καὶ ἐδίδοσαν αὐτῷ ῥαπίσματα (blows) 

          (Jn. 19:3)

 

 

 

    7.  καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ φαρισαῖοι εὐθὺς μετὰ τῶν  Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον (a plan) ἐδίδουν καταὐτοῦ ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν (Mk. 3:6)

 

 

 

 

    8.  [ἀλλὰ] καὶ νῦν οἶδα ὅτι ὅσα ἂν αἰτήςῇ τὸν θεὸν δώσει σοι θεός
(Jn. 11:22)

 

 

 

    9.  ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου καὶ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν (it hated) αὐτοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου.  (Jn. 17:14)

 

 


  10.  ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς   Ἰωάννης λέγων· Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι·  μέσος (among) ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε (Jn. 1:26)

 

 

 

 

  11.  μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ (Eph. 4:27)

 

 

 

  12.  παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ (yours) μἠ ἀπαίτει (demand in return) (Lk. 6:30)

 

 

 

 

  13.  καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν·  Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ  [ἐκ] τῆς συγγενείας (kindred) σου, καὶ δεῦρο (come here) εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω (Acts 7:3)

 

 

 

 

  14.  γὰρ ἄρτος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ (Jn. 6:33)

 

 

 

 

 

  15.  ὥσπερ (just as) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι (to be served) ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτο λύτρον  (ransom) ἀντὶ  (in behalf of, for) πολλῶν (Mat. 20:28)

 

 

 

 


4. Think Greek (10)

    1.  you (sg) gave me the mountain

 

 

    2.  Jesus proclaimed the gospel

 

 

    3.  they asked Jesus about the law

 

 

    4.  we give the boat to you (pl)

 

 

    5.  the truth will set you (sg) free

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (20)

1. γραμματεύς

_____________________

2. ἐντολή

_____________________

3. ὕδωρ

_____________________

4. καταβαίνω

_____________________

5. κάθημαι

_____________________

6. I ask (not αἰτέω)

_____________________

7. I bear

_____________________

8. gospel

_____________________

9. and I

_____________________

10. I glorify

_____________________


6.  Current Vocabulary (10)                            6

                                                           7 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___

                                               5                     ___

              2               3       4   ___

1  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  __

 

            ___           ___  ___   ___                  ___

                                              8

            ___           ___   ___  ___  ___ ___     

 

            ___           ___  ___ ___

 

            ___           ___   ___  ___

 

            ___           ___   ___

                                                        10

            ___           ___                   ___

 

            ___          9 ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___

 

Across                                            ___                   Down

1.  I entrust                                                               2.  I destroy

7.  I let go                                      ___                     3.  I raise, erect

8.  now, already                                                        4.  I give, put

9.  I set, stand                                 ___                    5.  I put, place

                                                                                  6.  I say

                                                       ___                    10.  I proclaim

                                                       ___


Ch. 26:  Numbers and Interrogatives Foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Counting and Questioning:  Identify also the ordinal and cardinal numbers

 

   1.  τισίν                       Dat. Pl. M./F./N. from τις / τι meaning "to something" (Heb. 10:25)

 

   2.  ἕνα                         Acc. Sg. M. from εἷς meaning "one" cardinal (Mat. 6:24)

 

   3.  τρισίν                     Dat. Pl. F. from τρεῖς meaning "to three"  cardinal (Mat. 27:40)

 

   4.  τίνος                       Gen. Sg. M./F./N. from τις / τι meaning "of whom? of which? of

                                                                                                                                                what?"  (Mat. 22:20)

 

   5.  τίνι                         Dat. Sg. M./F./N. from τις / τι meaning "to whom? to which? to what?" 

(Mat. 5:13)

 

   6.  τρίτης                     Gen. Sg. F. from τρίτος meaning "of third"  ordinal (Mat. 27:64)

 

   7.  δυσίν                      Dat. Pl. M./F./N. from δύο meaning "to two" cardinal (Mat. 22:40)

 

   8.  τρίτου                     Gen. Sg. M./N. from τρίτος meaning "of third" ordinal (Mat. 26:44)

 

   9.  μίαν                        Acc. Sg. F. from εἷς / μία  meaning "one" cardinal (Mat. 5:19)

 

  10.  πρώτους                Acc. Pl. M. from πρῶτος meaning "first" ordinal (Acts 13:50)

 

Translations

 

   1.  ὅτι ἀδελφός σου ἐχει                                   That your brother has something

      τι κατὰ σοῦ  (Mat. 5:23)                                   against you

                                                                            

 

   2.  μἠ οὖν μεριμνήσητε (worry)                            Therefore do not worry saying,

Λέγοντες·  Τί φάγωμεν; ἤ·                            "What shall we eat?" or, "What

Τί, πίωμεν; ἤ· Τί περιβαλώμεθα                    shall we drink?"  or, "What shall

(wear);  (Mat. 6:31)                                     we wear?"

 


   3.  τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος,                       Or which person of you,  who if his

     ὃν αἰτήσει υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον,                          son will ask for bread, surely he

     μἠ λίθον  (stone) ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ;                     will not give him a stone, will he?

    (Mat. 7:9)

 

                                                                              

   4.  καὶ ἰδού τινες τῶν γραμματέων                      And look some of the scribes said

     εἶπαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς·  Οὗτος                                   among themselves,  "This one is

     βλασφημεῖ  (Mat. 9:3)                                       blaspheming"

                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                               

   5.  Τότε προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ              Then the disciples of John came to

      Ἰωάννου λέγοντες·  Διὰ τί ἡμεῖς                       him saying, "Why do we and the

      καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν (fast)                     Pharisees fast much but your

     [πολλά]  οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου                                disciples do not fast?"

      οὐ νηστεύουσιν; (Mat. 9:14)

 

 

   6.  ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (Mat. 11:8)                 But what did you go out to see?

 

 

   7.  καὶ ἐσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν·                  And the two shall be one flesh;

     ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο ἀλλὰ μία                        so then they are no longer two but

     σάρξ   (Mk. 10:8)                                             one flesh

                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                 

   8.  οὗ (where) γάρ εἰσιν δύο τρεῖς                     For where two or three are gathered

     συνηγμένοι (gathering)  εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν                   in my name, there am I among

     ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέςῳ αὐτῶν                         them

     (Mat. 18:20)                                   

 

 

   9.  καὶ ἐγέντετο μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς                      And it happened after three days

     εὗρον αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ  (Lk. 2:46)                    they found him in the temple

 

 

  10.  Ἐλθὼν οὖν   Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν                 Therefore, after coming, Jesus

       Τέσσαρας ἦδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα                        found him already having been in

       e]n  t&?  mnhmei<& (tomb) (Jn. 11:17)                    the tomb four days

 

 


  11.  Μετὰ τοῦτο εἷδον τέσσαρας                         After this, I saw four angels

       ἀγγέλους ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὰς                                standing upon the four corners of

       τέσσαρας γωνίας (corners)                              the earth

       τῆς γῆς   (Rev. 7:1)

 

 

  12. καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ                    And after taking the five loaves

          τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας (fish) ἀναβλέψας                 and two fish, looking up into

εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν  (Mk. 6:41)                         heaven

 

 

  13.  Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ                      The 12 apostles names are these;

       ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα·  πρῶτος                       first Simon, the one being called

       Σίμων λεγόμενος Πέτρος καὶ                        Peter, and Andrew his brother

        Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ   

        (Mat. 10:2)


Name _______________________________

Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives

Counting and Questioning

1. Declining: (30)

 

τίς

Nom. Sg. M/F

τίς, τί

who? which?

1. ἑνός

 

 

 

2. μιᾷ

 

 

 

3. ἕν

 

 

 

4. τίνα

 

 

 

5. τίσι(ν)

 

 

 

6. τι

 

 

 

7. τινά

 

 

 

8. μιᾶς

 

 

 

9. τίνων

 

 

 

10. τινάς

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος (Jn. 3:5)

 

 

    2.  ἦσαν δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι (Mk. 2:6)

 


    3.  καὶ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων  

          (Mk. 7:1)

 

 

    4.  μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν πρὸς Βαρναβᾶν Παῦλος

          (Acts 15:36)

 

 

    5.  διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπὸ τινων ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν (Lk. 9:7)

 

 

    6.  εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθός (Mat. 19:17)

 

 

    7.  εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων παρὰ  Ἰωάννου (Jn. 1:40)

 

 

    8.  διἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν

          (Rom. 5:12)

 

 

    9.  καὶ εἶδον ἕνα ἀγγελον (Rev. 19:17)

 

 

  10.  καὶ ἀφἑνὸς ἐγεννήθησαν (Heb. 11:12)

 

 

  11.  ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων (Mat. 25:45)

 

 

  12.  ἓν οἶδα ὅτι τυφλὸς ὦν ἀρτι βλέπω (Jn. 9:25)

 

 

  13.  ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν καθὼς ἡμεῖς (Jn. 17:11)

 

 

  14.  ἕτεροι δὲ  Ἰερεμίαν ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν  (Mat. 16:14)

 


  15.  ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν (Jn. 8:41)

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει (resurrection) οὖν τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; Πάντες γὰρ ἔσχον αὐτήν (Mat. 22:28)

 

 

 

 

    2.  λέγων·  Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦτίνος υἱός ἐστιν; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ·  Τοῦ Δαυίδ (Mat. 22:42)

 

 

 

 

    3.  ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εὐνοῦχος (eunuch) τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν·  Δἐομαι (I ask) σου, περὶ τίνος προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο; περὶ ἑαυτοῦ περὶ ἑτέρου τινός; (Acts 8:34)

 

 

 

 

 

    4.  καὶ ἰδού τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς·  Οὗτος βλασφημεῖ  (Mat. 9:3)

 

 

 

 

    5.  οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (Mat. 18:14)

 

 


    6.  ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ   Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς·  Ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὂν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι κἀγὼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ  (what, what kind of) ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ (Mat. 21:24)

 

 

 

 

 

    7.  ἵνα τοὺς δύο κτίσῃ (he might make/create) ἐν αὐτῷ εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον ποιῶν εἰρήνην (Eph 2:15)

 

 

 

 

    8.  τῇ ἐπαύριον (next day) πάλιν εἱστήκει (pluperfect) Ἰωάννης καὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο (Jn. 1:35)

 

 

    9.  καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος καὶ ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (Jn. 1:37)

 

 

  10.  καὶ μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα,   δὲ δύο, δὲ ἕν, ἐκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν (Mat. 25:15)

 

 

 

  11.  πέντε γὰρ ἀνδρας ἔσχες καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ ἔστιν σου ἀνήρ· τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας (Jn. 4:18)

 

 

 

  12.  ὧδε νοῦς (mind) ἔχων σοφίαν. αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν, ὅπου γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπαὐτῶν. καὶ βασιλεὶς ἑπτά εἰσιν (Rev. 17:9)

 

 


  13.  καὶ εἶδον τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλους οἳ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, καὶ ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες (trumpets) (Rev. 8:2)

 

 

 

 

  14.  τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα·  πρῶτος Σίμων λεγόμενος Πέτρος (Mat. 10:2)

 

 

 

 

  15.  εἶπεν οὖν Ἰησοῦς τοῖς δώδεκα·  Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν;
(Jn. 6:67)

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  where do you (pl) worship?

 

 

    2.  they took his garment

 

 

    3.  the night will come when

 

 

    4.  I gave you (pl) this mountain

 

 

    5.  do you (sg) think that I am not able?

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. ἀφίημι

_________________________

2. παραδίδωμι

_________________________

3. θέλημα

_________________________

4. δοξάζω

_________________________

5. ἀπολύω

_________________________

6. boat

_________________________

7. I think

_________________________

8. I proclaim

_________________________

9. mountain

_________________________

10. faithful

_________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search (10)

 


γ        σ        ο        η        σ        θ        ξ        ν        κ        φ

 


υ        ι         β        ν        ε        ω       ρ        ι         π        υ

 


μ        τ        ξ        ε        λ        δ        ε        μ        ο        σ

 


υ        σ        σ        α        α        ξ        δ        α        ι         ω

 


ο        ο        ζ        σ        υ        κ        ω       τ        ο        μ

 


τ        υ        π        ν        ο        ω       η        ι         δ        ρ

 


υ        α        β        λ        ι         δ        μ        ο        ξ        τ

 


α        π        ρ        ο        σ        κ        υ        ν        ε        ω

 


ε        ο        κ        ε        ν        γ        ν        ω       λ        ο

 


ρ        υ        μ        η        π        τ        ι         ν        ε        σ

 

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

of himself/herself/itself

where?

my, mine

I worship

garment

someone, something

night

who? which?

whoever

here, hither


Ch. 27:  The Best Comparatives and Clauses foldunders

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Working with Adjectives/Comparatives/Superlatives

 

   1.  μικρά                     Adj. Nom. Sg. Fem. from μικρός meaning "little" (1 Cor. 5:6)

 

   2.  μεγάλους                 Adj. Acc. Pl. Masc. from μέγας meaning "great" (Mk. 4:32)

 

   3.  ἐλαχίστων               Sup. Adj. Gen. Pl. M./F./N. from ἐλάχιστος meaning "least"

(Mat. 5:19)

 

   4.  μείζονα                    Comp. Adj. Acc. Sg. Masc. from μέγας meaning "greater"

(Heb. 11:26)

 

   5.  μικάν                      Adj. Acc. Sg. Fem. from μικρός meaning "little" (Rev. 3:8)

 

   6.  ἐλαχίστῳ                 Sup. Adj. Dat. Sg. Neut. from ἐλάχιστος meaning "least" (Lk. 16:10)

 

   7.  μείζων                     Adj. Nom. Sg. Masc. from μέγας meaning "greater" (Mat. 11:11)

 

   8.  μικρότερος              Comp. Adj. Nom. Sg. Masc. from μικρός meaning "smaller"

(Mat. 11:11)

 

   9.  μείζονος                 Comp. Adj. Gen. Sg. Masc./Neut. from μέγας meaning "greater"

(Heb. 6:13)

 

  10.  μεγάλης                  Adj. Gen. Sg. Fem. from μέγας meaning "great" (Mat. 24:31)

 

For the comparatives and superlatives often one has to know the context which will determine whether the word is translated as a comparative or superlative.  If two items are involved than it is a comparative; if more, then it is a superlative (vid. e.g. 2 and 5 below). 
Translations

 

1.   Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν·  οὐκ ἐγήγερται                      Truly I say to you,  there has not

ἐν γεννητοῖς γθναικῶν μειζων                     risen among the ones born of

 Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ·                          women one greater than John the

δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ                      Baptist, yet the least in the

τῶν οὐρανῶν μεῖζων αὐτοῦ                         kingdom of heaven is greater than

ἐστιν  (Mat. 11:11)                                       he

 

 

2.  οὗτός ἐστιν μείζων ἐν τῇ                                 This one is the greatest in the

Βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν                                kingdom of heaven

(Mat. 18:4)

 

 

3.  δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν ἔσται                                     But the greatest of you will be your

ὑμῶν διάκονος.  (Mat. 23:11)                       servant

 

 

4. Ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ φιλονεικία                                 But also there was an argument

(argument)  ἐν αὐτοῖς, τὸ τίς                        among them,  which of them was
αὐτῶν δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων                             thought to be the greatest

(Lk. 22:24)

 

 

5.  μἠ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς                               You are not greater than our father

ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ; (Jn. 4:12)                                 Jacob, are you?

 

 

6.  ἀμὴν ὰμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ                                 Truly, truly, I say to you,  a servant

ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ                             is not greater than his master,

κυρίου αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ                                       nor a messenger greater than

ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ                                 the one who sent him

πέμψαντος αὐτόν  (Jn. 13:16)

 

 

 


7.  γὰρ μικρότερος ἐν μᾶσιν ὑμῖν                        For the one being least among all

ὑπάρχων (=εἰμίοὗτός ἐστιν                       of you, this one is great

μέγας  (Lk. 9:48)

 

 

8.  ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύςῃ μίαν τῶν                                  Therefore whoever will break one

ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν                                    of the least of these commandments

ἐλαχίστων καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως                        and teach men so,  he will be called

τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος                         least in the kingdom of heaven

κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ   

τῶν οὺρανῶν (Mat. 5:19)

 

 

9.  μειζοτέραν τούτων οὐκ ἔχω                              I have no greater joy,  in order that

χαράν, ἵνα ἀκούω τὰ ἐμὰ                             I hear that my children are walking

τέκνα ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ                                     in the truth

περιπατοῦντα  (3 Jn. 1:4)

 

 

10.  ὥστε τὸν ὄχλον θαυμάσαι                                So that the crowd marveled seeing

Βλέποντας κωφοὺς (mute)                           the mute speaking

λαλοῦντας  (Mat. 15:31)

 

11.  ὥστε οὺκέτι εἰσὶν δύο                                      So that they are no longer two but

ἀλλὰ σάρξ μία  (Mat. 19:6)                          one flesh

 


Name __________________________________

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, and Clause Types

1. Identify which structural markers are: Temporal, Causal, Purpose, Continuative, and/or Adversative: (30)

 

Καί

Continuative/adversative

“and”

1. ἄχρι

 

 

2. ὅτι

 

 

3. ἀλλά

 

 

4. ἵνα

 

 

5. οὖν

 

 

6. ἐπεί

 

 

7. ὡς

 

 

8. ὅπως

 

 

9. πρίν

 

 

10. δέ

 

 

11. μέντοι

 

 

12. γάρ

 

 

13. τέ

 

 

14. ἐπειδή

 

 

15. διότι

 

 

 


2. Translate the following short lines: (15)

 

    1.  ὅτι Ἐγὼ οὺκ εἰμὶ Χριστός (Jn. 1:20)

 

 

    2.  οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν θεὸς τὸν υἱὸν (Jn. 3:17)

 

 

2.     ὅτε οὖν ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν (Jn. 2:22)

 

 

    4.  ὅτε  οὖν εἶδεν ὄχλος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὺκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ
(Jn. 6:24)

 

 

    5.  ὥρα ἦν ὡς δεκάτη (Jn. 1:39)

 

 

    6.  ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς  Ἱεροσολύμοις (Jn. 2:23)

 

 

    7.  ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ (Rom. 5:13)

 

 

    8.  εἶπαν οὖν αὐτῷ·  Τίς εἶ; (Jn. 1:22)

 

 

    9.  ἦλθαν οὖν καὶ εἶδαν ποῦ μένει (Jn. 1:39)

 

 

  10.  ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους (Jn. 4:33)

 

 

  11.  ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλἵνα σωθῇ κόσμος (Jn. 3:17)

 

 

  12.  ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με (Jn. 4:34)

 

 

     


  13.   οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐξήρχοντο (Jn. 8:9)

 

 

  14.  νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι (Jn. 8:40)

 

 

  15.  ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἐρχομαι (Jn. 21:22)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines: (15)

 

    1.  ὅτι νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, χάρις καὶ ἀλήθεια διὰ  Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο (Jn. 1:17)

 

 

 

    2.  κἀγὼ ἑώρακα καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ
 (Jn. 1:34)

 

 

 

 

    3.  καὶ ὅτι οὐ χρείαν (need) εἶχεν ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου·  αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνρθρώπῳ  

          (Jn. 2:25)

 

 

 

 

    4.  οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Ῥαββί, οἶδαμεν ὁτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος·  οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα ποιεῖν σὺ ποιεὶς, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς μεταὐτοῦ (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

 


    5.  οὕτως γὰρ ἠγάπησεν θεὸς τὸν κόσμον, ὥστε τὸν υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ  (unique) ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς πιστεύων εὶς αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλἔχῃ  ζωὴν αἰῶνιον (Jn. 3:16)

 

 

 

 

    6.  λέγει ἀυτῇ   Ἰησοῦς·  Πίστευέ μοι, γύναι, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ ὅτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί (Jn. 4:21)

 

 

 

 

    7.  ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ὅτε οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν (Jn. 5:25)

 

 

 

 

 

    8.  ὡς οὖν ἔγνω   Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας (more) μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει Ἰωάννης

          (Jn. 4:1)

 

 

 

 

    9.  καὶ τὸ μνῆμα (grave) αὐτοῦ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης (Acts 2:29)

 

 

 

 

  10.  δεῖ γὰρ αὺτὸν βασιλεύειν ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς
ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ (1 Cor. 15:25)

 

 

 


  11.  καὶ ἠώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Τί οὖν βαπτίζεις εἰ σὺ οὺκ εἶ
Χριστὸς οὐδὲ  Ἠλίας οὐδὲ προφήτης;  (Jn. 1:25)

 

 

 

 

 

  12.  ἀπεκρίθησαν οὖν  Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ·  Τὶ σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; (Jn. 2:18)

 

 

 

 

 

  13.  ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε (Jn. 5:34)

 

 

 

 

 

  14.  ἀπεκρίθη  [] Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς·  Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος (Jn. 6:29)

 

 

 

 

 

  15.  δὲ δοῦλος οὐ μένει ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (Jn. 8:35)

 

 

 


4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  for the night is coming after three days

 

 

    2.  we have come to worship in this place

 

 

    3.  already his twelve disciples were seeking him

 

 

    4.  that you (pl) might believe and have eternal life

 

 

    5. why do you (pl) think in your hearts?

 

 

5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. ἑαυτοῦ

_________________________

2. ἀπόλλυμι

_________________________

3. ἀγαπητός

_________________________

4. ῥῆμα

_________________________

5. πῦρ

_________________________

6. I keep, guard

_________________________

7. each

_________________________

8. I worship

_________________________

9. I say (-mi verb)

_________________________

10. throne

_________________________

 

6.  Current Vocabulary (10)                                10

                                                                            ___

                                                                            ___

                                                              8

                                         9 ___  ___  ___          ___

 

                                                             ___         ___

                                                                       3

                                                             ___  ___ ___

                                                       2           

                                1  ___  ___  ___  ___   ___  ___ 

                                                     ___  ___  ___

                                                     ___  ___

                                                  4  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___  ___

                                                      ___

                                       6     7

                          5 ___  ___  ___  ___

                                     ___  ___

                                     ___  ___

                                     ___  ___

                                     ___  ___

Across

Down

1. no, no one

2. twelve

4. one hundred

3. one

5. seven

6. five

9. two

7. three

 

8. no, no one

 

10. one thousand


Ch. 28:  Gyrating with the Genitives

Fold under the right side of the sheet

 

Identify the part of speech and parse/decline each of the following: 

λέγει αὐτῷ   ἸησοῦςἘγώ εἰμι ὁδὸς καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ ζωή·  οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ διἐμοῦ (Jn 14:6)

 

λέγει                    Verb 3 Sg. PAI from λέγω meaning "he/she/it said"

αὐτῷ                     Pronoun 3 Dat. Sg. Masc. from αὐτός  "to him"

                           Def. Art.  Nom. Sg. Masc. from  "the"

 Ἰησοῦς                 Noun, Proper  Nom. Sg. Masc. from Ἰησοῦς "Jesus"

 Ἐγώ                     Pron 1 Nom. Sg. from ἐγώ meaning "I"

εἰμι                       Verb 1 Sg. PAI from εἰμί  meaning "I am"

                          Def. Art. Nom. Sg. Fem. from   meaning "the"

ὁδὸς                      Noun Nom. Sg. Fem. from ὁδός meaning "way"

καὶ                        Conj. καί meaning "and"

                          Def. Art. Nom. Sg. Fem. from   meaning "the"

ἀλήθεια                 Noun Nom. Sg. Fem. from ἀλήθεια meaning "truth"

καὶ                        Conj. καί meaning "and"

                          Def. Art. Nom. Sg. Fem. from meaning "the"

ζωή·                      Noun Nom. Sg. Fem. from ζωή meaning "life"

οὐδεὶς                   Pron. Nom. Sg. Masc. from οὐδείς meaning "no one"

ἔρχεται                  Verb 3 Sg. PDI from ἔρχομαι meaning "he/she comes"

πρὸς                     Prep. + Acc.  from πρός meaning "to"

τὸν                        Def. Art. Acc. Sg. Masc. from meaning "the"

πατέρα                  Noun Acc. Sg. Masc. from πατήρ meaning "father"

εἰ                          Conditional εἰ meaning "if"

μὴ                         Particle Negative meaning "not" (εἰ μὴ = "except")

δι’                         Prep. + Gen. δία meaning "through" or "by"

ἐμοῦ                    Pron. 1 Sg. Gen. from ἐγώ meaning "me"

 

 


Translations

 

   1.  ἐν αὐτῷ ζωἠ ἦν, καὶ ζωὴ                             In him was life, and the life was the

ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων  (Jn. 1:4)               light of men

Gen.  Poss:  of men

 

   2.  καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς  (doves)                     And to the ones selling doves he

πωλοῦσιν (selling)  εἶπεν·  Ἄρατε                 said "Take these from here, do not

ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν (from here),  μὴ                    make the house of my father a

ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου                  house of a marketplace"

οἶκον ἐμπορίου (Jn. 2:16)                             Gen. Poss:  my father's house,

Gen. Description:  Activity done

there

 

   3.  λέγει αὐτοῖς   Ἰησοῦς, Γεμίσατε                   Jesus said to them,  “Fill the water

(fill) τὰς ὑδρίας (water pots) ὕδατος              pots with water”

(Jn. 2:7)                                                       Gen. of Content:   with water

 

   4.  ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον ἀυτόν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς               But whoever receives him, he gave

ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι,                     to them authority to become the

τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ             children of God, to the ones

(Jn. 1:12)                                                     believing in his name

Gen. Relational:  children of God

Gen. Possessive:  his name

 

   5.  οἵ οὐκ ἐξ εἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος             Who were not born of blood nor

σαρκὸς   οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς              from the will of the flesh nor of the

ἀλλἐκ θεοὐ ἐγννήθησαν  (Jn. 1:13)             will of man but of God.

Gen. Subjective:  flesh's will, man's

will,  ἐκ:  God's will (source)

 

   6.  Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν μαρτυρία                             And this is the witness of John.

τοῦ Ἰωάννου (Jn. 1:19)                                 Gen.  Subjective:  John’s witness

 (Gen. source)

 

   7.  Τῇ ἐπαύριον (next day)  βλέπει τὸν                 The next day he saw Jesus coming

Ἰησοῦν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς αὐτὸν                      to him and he said "Behold the

καὶ λέγει, Ἰδε ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ                    lamb of God the one taking away

αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν                                 the sin of the world.”

τοῦ κόσμου.  (Jn. 1:29)                                Gen.  Poss:  Lamb of God;

Gen. Poss.:  World's sin

 

   8.  ἬνΑδρέας ἀδελφός                                   Andrew was the brother of Simon

Σίμωνος Πέτρου (Jn. 1:40)                          Peter; 

Gen. Relation:  Simon's brother

 

   9.  Καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ                                    And it was the third day of the

γάμος (wedding)  ἐγένετο ἐν                        wedding in Kana of Galilee. 

Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας  (Jn. 2:1)                       Gen. Description:  Kana, the one in

Galilee

 

  10.  ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν                            Jesus answered and said to him, 

αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ διδάσκαλος τοῦ                      "You are the teacher of Israel?" 

Ἰραὴλ . . . ;  (Jn. 3:10)                                   Gen.  Descriptive: Teacher of Israel

 


Name ___________________________________

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

Datives and Genitives—Next level

1. For the following sentence, identify the part of speech and parse/decline each word.

 

Ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων   Ἰησοῦς ἐν Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. (Jn. 2:11)

 

Ταύτην

 

 

 

 

ἐποίησεν

 

 

 

 

ἀρχήν

 

 

 

 

τῶν

 

 

 

 

σημείων

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ἰησοῦς

 

 

 

 

ἐν

 

 

 

 

Κανά

 

 

 

 

τῆς

 

 

 

 

Γαλιλαίας

 

 

 

 

καί

 

 

 

 

ἐφανέρωσεν

 

 

 

 

τήν

 

 

 

 

Δόξαν

 

 

 

 

αὐτοῦ

 

 

 

 

Καί

 

 

 

 

ἐπίστευσαν

 

 

 

 

εἰς

 

 

 

 

αὐτόν

 

 

 

 

οἱ

 

 

 

 

μαθηταί

 

 

 

 

αὐτοῦ

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Translate the following short lines: Indicate what type of genitive or

          dative the underlined word (s) represents (15).

 

    1.  οἳ . . . οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς . . ἐγεννήθησαν (Jn. 1:13)

 

 

 

    2.  εὐθύνατε (make straight) τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου (Jn. 1:23)

 

 

3.      Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου (Jn. 1:40)

 


    4.  ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου (Jn. 1:44)

 

 

    5.  ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων   Ἰησοῦς (Jn. 2:11)

 

 

    6.  μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου (Jn. 2:16)

 

 

    7.  οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτός (Jn. 3:2)

 

 

    8.  οὐ δύναται ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ (Jn. 3:3)

 

 

    9.  ἀλλ ὀργὴ  τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐπαὐτόν (Jn. 3:36)

 

 

  10.  καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ γάμος (wedding) ἐγένετο (Jn. 2:1)

 

 

  11   ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς Ἰωάννης λέγων·  Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι (Jn. 1:26)

 

 

 

  12.  κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν (Plupf 1 Sg)  αὐτόν, ἀλλἵνα φανερωθῇ (he might be revealed) τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (Jn. 1:31)

 

 

 

  13.  ἔδωκεν Ἰακὼβ [τῷ ] Ἰσωσὴφ τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ (Jn. 4:5)

 

 

  14.  οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῷ προσεκύνησαν (Jn. 4:20)

 

 

  15.  προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί  (Jn. 4:21)

 

 

 

3. Translate the following longer lines. Indicate what type of genitive or

          dative the underlined word(s) represents (15).

 

    1.  ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ  (Jn. 1:12)

 

 

 

    2.  τῇ ἐπαύριον (next day) βλέπει τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ λέγει·  Ἴδε ἀμνὸς (lamb) τοῦ θεοῦ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου (Jn. 1:29)

 

 

 

 

 

    3.  κἀγὼ ἑώρακα καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ (Jn. 1:34)

 

 

 

    4.  ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ (temple) τοῦ σῶματος αὐτοῦ (Jn. 2:21)

 

 

 

    5.  ἀπεκρίθη  Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·  Σὺ εἶ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ισραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις; (Jn. 3:10)

 

 

 

    6.  ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐκεῖνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν τῶν Σαμριτῶν διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς μαρτυρούσης ὅτι Εἶπεν μοι πάντα ἐποίησα  (Jn. 4:39)

 

 

 


    7.  ἀλλὰ ἔγνωκα ὑμᾶς ὅτι τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς
(Jn. 5:42)

 

 

 

 

    8.  ἐγὼ ἐλήλυθα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ λαμβάνετέ με·  ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, ἐκεῖνον λήμψεσθε

 

 

 

 

 

    9.  τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου (wind) μεγάλου πνέοντος (blowing) διεγείρετο (arouse) (Jn. 6:18)

 

 

 

  10.  τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει (separate) ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ; (Rom. 8:35)

 

 

 

  11.  καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ καὶ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς  (ill, evil) ἐχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν (Matt. 8:16)

 

 

 

 

  12.  ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκθνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ  (Jn. 4:23)

 

 

 


  13.  ἀφῆκεν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν (water pot) αὐτῆς γυνὴ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰσ τὴν πόλιν καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (Jn. 4:28)

 

 

 

 

  14.  τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως·  καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ὑμῶν, θεοῦ τὸ (Eph. 2:8)

 

 

 

 

  15.  ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν (fellowship) ἔχομεν μετἀλλήλων καὶ τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει (it cleanses) ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας (1 Jn. 1:7)

 

 

 

 

 

4. Think Greek (10)

 

    1.  give (pl) your teacher joy

 

 

    2.  where did you (pl) see the two Pharisees?    

 

 

    3.  the throne was made of stone

 

 

    4.  this is the day that the Lord made

 

 

    5.  good night, the end

 

 


5. Vocabulary Review (20)

 

1. ἑκατόν

_________________________

2. ὧδε

_________________________

3. ἀνίστημι

_________________________

4. ἔξω

_________________________

5. μᾶλλον

_________________________

6. I worship

_________________________

7. where?

_________________________

8. five

_________________________

9. I give

_________________________

10. I bear, carry

_________________________

 


6. Current Vocabulary Word Search (10)

 

δ        η        τ        π        ω       χ        ρ        α        π        υ

 


ε        ι         κ        ο        γ        ε        κ        ο        ι         ε

 


 χ       π        δ        λ        ι         η        ρ        α        ε        μ

 


ο        ω       ν        α        θ        ο        μ        ω       β        λ

 


μ        γ        ε        λ        σ        ο        υ        ι         ε        ι

 


α        α        ξ        χ        ζ        κ        ν        τ        ν        θ

 


ι         ν        ο        α        π        μ        α        σ        ο        ο

 


τ        υ        π        ρ        α        ζ        ο        λ        η        ς

 


φ       σ        υ        α        σ        κ        ι         ρ        ο        χ

 


α        ε        π        ε        ρ        ω       τ        α        ω       σ

 

 

Vocab words:  find and circle in the puzzle

 

I greet

stone

I take, receive

I gather

teacher

such

I ask

I am, exist

I look at

joy



                       1 John 1   Westcott-Hort-Robinson Greek Text                                       

 

1 ἦν ἀπἀρχῆς, ἀκηκόαμεν, ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ἐθεασάμεθα καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς,

 

καὶ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν καὶ ἀπαγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν

 

ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθἡμῶν: καὶ κοινωνία δὲ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ

4  καὶ ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς ἵνα χαρὰ ἡμῶν πεπληρωμένη.

 

5 Καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη ἀγγελία ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι θεὸς φῶς ἐστὶν καὶ σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμία.

 

6 Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μεταὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν·

 

ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτὸς ἔστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ ἀλλήλων καὶ τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας.

8 Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν.

 

ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας.

 

10 Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν καὶ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν.


Name ___________________________                                Box ___________

Greek. II:  1 John 1:1-10                                                         Date ___________

 

1:1. ἦν ἀπἀρχῆς, ἀκηκόαμεν, ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν,
         
ἐθεασάμεθα καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν,
          περὶ
τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς,

 

Hard words

θεάομαι           I see (v) (1:1)

χείρ                  hand (n) (1:1)

ψηλαφάω        I touch, feel (v) (1:1)

 

Parsing

ἀκηκόαμεν                              ______________________________________

ἑωράκαμεν                              ______________________________________

ἐθεασάμεθα                             ______________________________________

ἐψηλάφησαν                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations (The question sets are drawn out from Martin Culy’s superb: I, II, III John: A Handbook on the Greek Text [Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2004).

1.  What beginning is being referenced here creation, incarnation or the beginning of

            Jesus’ ministry?  How does that compare with John 1:1?

 

2.  What role does the 1st person plural function in this introduction? Is the “we”

            exclusive or inclusive?

 

3.  What type of dative is τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς (indirect object, instrumental)?

 

4.  ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν:  What type of genitive is ἡμῶν possessive or descriptive?

 

5.  How is αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν a synecdoche (what is a synecdoche?)?

 

6. What four connections are seen between 1 Jn. 1:1 and John 1:1-2, 14? 

 

 

 

7.  What type of genitive is τῆς ζωῆς  in  περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς  (possessive or

            descriptive)? How would this second genitive be taken if it were appositional? 

            How would that change the meaning?

 

8.  What does “touching” add to the seeing? 

 


1:2   καὶ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν καὶ
          ἀπαγγέλλομεν
ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ἥτις ἦν
          πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν

 

Parsing

ἐφανερώθη                              ______________________________________

ἑωράκαμεν                              ______________________________________

μαρτυροῦμεν                           ______________________________________

ἀπαγγέλλομεν                        ______________________________________”

ἦν                                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Batemen asks, is the conjuctive καί conjunctive (adding) or explanatory (for)?
 

2. Is  ζωὴ to be understood literally or figuratively (synecdoche or personification)?

 

3. How does John use repetition in 1:2 (cf. 1:1 also)? 

 

4.  What type of dative is ὑμῖν (indirect object, agency, instrument)? 

 

5.  How do the two ἐφανερώθη’s connect the beginning and end (inclusio)?

 

6.  What is the difference between μαρτυροῦμεν and  ἀπαγγέλλομεν?

 

 

7.  What is the relationship of 1:2 to 1:1 and 1:3 (resumptive, parenthetical, causal)?


1:3.   ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν,
          ἵνα
καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθἡμῶν.
          καὶ
κοινωνία δὲ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς
          καὶ
μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ

 

Hard words

κοινωνία          fellowship (n) (1:3)

ἡμέτερος         our (adj) (1:3)

 

Parsing

ἑωράκαμεν                              ______________________________________

ἀκηκόαμεν                              ______________________________________

ἀπαγγέλλομεν                         ______________________________________”

ἔχητε                                       ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How is the opening of 1:3a resumptive in nature?

 

 

 

2.  How is καί  to be understood (conjunctive, adjunctive (also), ascensive (even),
             emphasis (indeed)? (vid. Bateman)

 

3.  What is the relationship between the perfect verbs and the present tense

            verbs (past/present or perfect basis of present declaration)? 

 

 

4.  How do these perfect verbs tie in to what precedes and what follows?

 

 

5.  What type of clause does the ἵνα introduce (purpose or result)?

 

6.  What role does καὶ ὑμεῖς play as it is redundant subject because the verb

            already indicates 2 pl. subject (clarification or emphasis)?  What does its position

            in the sentence also indicate (normal sentence order is VSO)?

 

7.  What is κοινωνίαν?  [Key term for a word study.]  Why is that word important in this

            epistle?

 

 

8. What is the role of the doubled “conjunctions” δἐ and καί  continuative or

            adversative)?

 

 

9.  Culy says the μετά is one of association, is that the best way to specify its function

            in this verse?  How do the various μετά function here?

 

 

10.  αὐτοῦ is what type of genitive? 

 

11. What is the relationship of the two genitives υἱοῦ and Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ  (possession,

            subjective, apposition)?

 

12.  Where is there an ellipsis (something missing)?

 


1:4.   καὶ ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς ἵνα χαρὰ ἡμῶν πεπληρωμένη.

 

Parsing

γράφομεν                                ______________________________________

                                             ______________________________________

πεπληρωμένη                          ______________________________________

                                                             

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Sentence initial καὶ  plays what role (adverbial: “indeed”; or thematic continuity:

            “and”)?

 

2.  To what does the ταῦτα refer, anaphoric (to what preceded), or to the whole letter?

 

3.  Why is γράφομεν present tense?  How have we seen the present tense to function

            in the epistolary flow (designating present tense or moving discussion along)? 

 

4. Culy says ἡμεῖς here is probably stylistic, while earlier in 1:3 he said ἡμεῖς was

            emphatic, was the difference (note position of each)?

 

 

5.  Why was the γράφομεν ἡμεῖς reading accepted rather than the γρἀφομεν ὑμῖν
            Which reading is supported by the textual evidence? Which reading is

            more difficult?  Why is the more difficult reading preferred?

 

 

 

 

6.  How is πεπληρωμένη to be understood?  Do you remember what a periphrastic

            is?  How would that impact how this text is to be understood?

 

 

7.  Why is ἵνα χαρὰ ἡμῶν πεπληρωμένη so important?  Does John usually

            give the purpose of why he is writing at the beginning or end of his writing

            (cf. Jn 20:31; cf. 1 John 5:13)?  How does that statement in John impact the

            textual variant between ὑμῶν and ἡμῶν here?

 

 

 

 

 

 


1:5.  Καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη ἀγγελία ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαὐτοῦ
          καὶ
ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι θεὸς φῶς ἐστὶν
          καὶ
σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμία.

Hard words

ἀγγελία            message, news (n) (1:5)

 

Parsing          

ἔστιν                                        ______________________________________

ἀκηκόαμεν                              ______________________________________

ἀναγγέλλομεν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  The αὕτη is called cataphoric (pointing down (κατα) into the text) as opposed to

            anaphoric (pointing up (ἀνα) into the text).  What does it point to?

 

2.  καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη is used repeatedly in 1 John (2:25; 3:23; 5:4, 11, 14).  What

            important role does it play (emphasis, contrast, aside)?

 

 

3.  Which one is the subject of the “is” copula verb, αὕτη or ἀγγελία

 

 

 

 

4. When does the accent on ἔστιν move forward rather than the usual ἐστίν (cf. 1:5c; 8,

            10—when it follows what two words)?

 

 

 

 

5. Where is the structural break 1:1-4 with verse 4 bringing closure or 1:1-5 A B A’ B’

            pattern?

 

 

6. Is  ἀπαὐτοῦ   source (from), separation (away from), cause (because of), or agency

            (by)?  What difference would each of these make?

 

7.  ὅτι is said to play an epexegetical as opposed to causal role with αὕτη.  What does

            that mean?

 

8.  θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν which noun is the subject and why?

 

9.  What is point of the imagery of φῶς (purity, mystery, glory, etc.)? Why?

 

10.  If the normal sentence order in Greek is VSO (verb, subject, object) how does that

            effect how one interprets the role of σκοτία in the sentence (emphasis, normal

            or de-emphasis? 

 

 

 

 

11.  Should  ἐν αὐτῷ  be understood as: sphere (in), temporal (when/while), cause

            (because of), manner (with), instrumental (by), association (with) or locative?

 

12.  Double negative...how do you handle that in Greek (οὐκ . . .οὐδεμία). 

 

13.  How does the article on θεὸς work (Colwell’s rule)?  What is the predicate
            nominative?

 

 


1:6.  Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μεταὐτοῦ
          καὶ
ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, ψευδόμεθα
          καὶ
οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν·

Hard words

σκότος             darkness (n) (1:6)

ψεύδομαι         I lie (v) (1:6)

 

Parsing

εἴπωμεν                                   ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                                     ______________________________________

περιπατῶμεν                           ______________________________________       

ψευδόμεθα                              ______________________________________

ποιοῦμεν                                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  It is said 1:6-10 is set off by an inclusio (beginning and end match). Can you find the

            inclusio in verse 6 and 10?

 

2. What type of statement does the Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν formula introduce in 1 Jn. 1:6-10?

 

3.  What class condition is Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν formula (1st, 2nd, 3rd)?  What is the significance

            of that class condition?

 

 

4.  Culy calls the Ἐὰμ εἴπωμεν formula a mitigated exhortation. What does that mean

            and how is it seen in the English “If you would get the door...”?  Would it

            be better to call this a mitigated prohibition than a mitigated exhortation? 

            What’s the difference?

 

 

 

5.  Why the switch from the aorist in verbs of saying and present tense with verbs

            of doing (focus or discourse movement)? 

 

6.  How does the ὅτι clause function (causal, epexegetical or clausal complement)?           What is fronted and what is the significance of that?

 

 

7.  μεταὐτοῦ Culy calls “association” is there a better way to designate its role here?

 

8. Harris takes the conjunction καί  here as adversative? Is a better way of looking

            at the adversative turn here as part of the condition or derived from the καί?

 

9. How do you translate ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν?  By giving the meaning of the

            metaphor rather than the metaphor itself what is lost/gained (as in a dynamic

            equivalent translation)?  What does the darkness represent?

 

 

 

10. What is the significance of the present tense of περιπατῶμεν (verb of doing or

            moving the discourse on)?

 

11.  How is οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν a litotes? What is a litotes and how is it seen

            in the English of “he is not a bad swimmer”?  What does that statement really

            mean in English?

 

 

12.  Why is there a little clash between the verb οὐ ποιοῦμεν and the noun

            ἀλήθειαν?  Does one do or say the truth?

 

 


1:7.  ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτὸς ἔστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί,
          κοινωνίαν
ἔχομεν μετ ἀλλήλων καὶ τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ
          καθαρίζει
ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας.

Hard words

αἷμα                 blood (n) (1:7)

καθαρίζω         I cleanse, purify (v) (1:7)

 

Parsing

περιπατῶμεν               ______________________________________       

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

καθαρίζει                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is a third class condition and what does it mean?  How is this conditional

            a mitigated exhortation/prohibition?  Turn it around and make a plain statement

            (exhortation) out of it by removing the conditional element.

 

 

2.  How does the δέ function (contrast, continuity)?  As a structural marker what does it

            do?

 

3.  What metaphor of ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν really saying?

 

4.  Is ἐν τῷ φωτὶ  temporal (when, while); association (with), manner (with),

            instrumental (by), causal (because of), sphere (in); locational (in)?

 

5.  What role does the clause αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ parallel in 1:5? What two

            things are being subtly linked?

 

6.  How does the 1st plural of ἔχομεν (1:7) differ from the 1st plural of 1:1 (exclusive

            “we” or inclusive “we”)?

 

7.  What type of μετά  is used in 1:7 (Gen. association (in company with), spatial

            (among), manner (with); Acc. temporal (after), spatial (behind))?

            Does association really capture the thought of μετά here? What might be a

            better designation?

 

 

8.  τὸ αἷμα Ιησοῦ  is a metonymy that stands in for what concept? 

 

9. What is the relationship between  Ἰησοῦ  and τοῦ υἱοῦ  (comparison, apposition)?

 

10. What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ?

 

11.  Does the present tense mean continual process or statement of fact in καραρίζει

            What difference does that make theologically?

 

12.  How is  ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας is to be understood (separation (from), source (out

            of), cause (because of), agency (by) or partitive (of))? Is the πάσης to be

            understood as a hyperbole here?

 

 

 

 


1:8.  Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν,
          ἑαυτοὺς
πλανῶμεν καὶ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν.

Hard words

πλανάω            I deceive, mislead (v) (1:8)

 

Parsing

εἴπωμεν                       ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

πλανῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How does the ὅτι function (causal, epexegetical, complementary, introducing indirect
             speech, cf. 1:6)?

 

2.  While ἔχομεν seems to bind the verses together how is its use here a little different

            than in the preceding verse (1:7) yet similar to 1:6?

 

 

3.  πλανῶμεν is present tense, what present tense verb does it match in 1:7?

            How is the reflexive idea here communicated without the use of the middle?

            How much of a possibility is self-deception? 

 

 

4.  How does the clause ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν bond 1:8 with 1:10?  How is this

            a litotes?  Why does the accent move forward on ἔστιν?

 

 

 

5.  How are the two clauses ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν and καὶ ἀλήθεια ἔστιν ἐν  

            ἡμῖν related?  Is this characteristic of John’s literary style?

 

 


1:9.   ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν
          καὶ
δίκαιος ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας
          καὶ
καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας.

Hard words

ὁμολογέω        I confess (v) (1:9)

πιστός              faithful (adj) (1:9)

ἀδικία              unrighteousness (n) (1:9)

 

Parsing

ὁμολογῶμεν                ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἀφῇ                              ______________________________________

καθαρίσῃ                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Is the conditional a mitigated exhortation of mitigated prohibition?  What is the

            condition saying if the conditional is taken out?

 

2.  Is ὁμολογῶμεν private or public in its usage in John?  What would that look like

            today?

 

3.  ἡμῶν is what type of genitive (subjective or possessive)?

            Subjective (Culy), I wonder if it is possessive.  But can see his:  Confess we

 

 

4.  How does the location of πιστός effect how you understand it (normal sentence

            order is VSO)?

 

5.  What type of clause does the ἵνα introduce:  casual/purpose, result, or temporal?

 

6.  What kind of dative is ἡμῖν (interest/advantage, time, indirect obj., instrument,

            sphere)? 

 

7.  What is noted in the shift from the dative ἡμῖν to the accusative ἡμᾶς?

 

 

8.  ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας is what type of prepositional phrase is this (source, cause,

            separation, partitive)?

 


1:10.  Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν
          καὶ
λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν.

 

Hard words

ψεύστης           liar (n) (1:10)

 

Parsing

εἴπωμεν                       ______________________________________

ἡμαρτήκαμεν              ______________________________________

ποιοῦμεν                     ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How are 1:6 and 1:10 an inclusio (similar beginning and ending)? 

2.  Is 1:10 a mitigated exhortation or prohibition?  What is its message stated flat out?

 

3.  What syntactical structures have been repeated in 1:6-1:10?  How would you portray

            the inter-verse relationships 1:6-1:10?

 

4.  What does ὅτι indicate (causal, epexegetical, indirect speech)? 

 

5.  What shift takes place in the way “sin” is verbalized here in contrast to the other          verses?  Is that just stylistic or is it significant of a semantic shift?

 

 

6.  What does the position of ψεύστην and also the relationship to the other accusative

            mean?  Why was ψεύστην fronted?  What is a double accusative?

 

 

 

 

7.  How is λόγος to be understood (contrast Jn. 1:1?)?

 

8.  What kind of genitive is αὐτοῦ subjective, possessive or source? 

 

 

 

9.  Why is accent pulled forward on ἔστιν (because it is following what word)? 

 


                                              1 John 2                                          

 

1  Τεκνία μου, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν ἵνα μὴ ἁμάρτητε. καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον·

 

2  καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου.

3  Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν.

 

4    λέγων ὅτι Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν·

 

5  ὃς δ' ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τετελείωται. Ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμέν·

 

6   λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν.

 

7    Ἀγαπητοί, οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ' ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ' ἀρχῆς· ἐντολὴ παλαιά ἐστιν λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε.

 

8  πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει.

 

9   λέγων ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν ἕως ἄρτι.

 

10    ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει, καὶ σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν·

 

11   δὲ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, ὅτι σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ.

12  Γράφω ὑμῖν, τεκνία, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ·

 

13  γράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς: γράφω ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν. ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν πατέρα·

 

14  ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς: ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἐστε καὶ λόγος [τοῦ θεοῦ] ἐν ὑμῖν μένει καὶ νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν.

 

15  Μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ·

 

16  ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἀλαζονία τοῦ βίου, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν·

 

17   καὶ κόσμος παράγεται καὶ ἐπιθυμία [αὐτοῦ], δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

 

18   Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν, καὶ καθὼς ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν: ὅθεν γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν

 

19   ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν: εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ' ἡμῶν: ἀλλ' ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν.

 

20  καὶ ὑμεῖς χρίσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου: οἴδατε πάντες

 

21 οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ' ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν, καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν.

 

22  Τίς ἐστιν ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν χριστός; οὗτός ἐστιν ἀντίχριστος, ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν.

 

23  πᾶς ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει: ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει.

 

24  Ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω: ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ [ἐν] τῷ πατρὶ μενεῖτε.

 

25   καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν, τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον.

 

26  Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς.

 

27  καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρίσμα ἐλάβετε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ μένει ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ἵνα τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς: ἀλλ' ὡς τὸ αὐτοῦ χρίσμα διδάσκει ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων, καὶ ἀληθές ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ψεῦδος, καὶ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ.

 

28   Καὶ νῦν, τεκνία, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ, ἵνα ἐὰν φανερωθῇ σχῶμεν παρρησίαν καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

 

29   ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται.

 


Name ____________________________                              Box ___________

Greek. II:  1 John 2:1-11                                                         Date ___________

 

2:1  Τεκνία μου, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν
          ἵνα μὴ ἁμάρτητε. καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ,
                   παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον
·

 

 

Hard words

παράκλητος                 helper, intercessor, advocate (n)

 

Parsing

γράφω                         ______________________________________

ἁμάρτητε                     ______________________________________

ἁμάρτῃ                        ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What is a diminutive form (τέκνοντεκνία) and what function does it play here?

 

2.  What change in person do you notice here and what does that mark? How does 2:1-2

            provide a hinge binding the first chapter to the second?

 

3.  How does 2:1-2 function as a janis or hinge?

 

 

4. What kind of genitive is μου (possessive, objective, relational)?

 

5. Is tau?ta anaphoric or kataphoric of whole letter?

 

 

6. What is the function of the present tense of γράφω (continuous, historical, advances

            the discourse)? What changes are seen from the reference to the same verb in 1:4?

 

 

7.  What kind of dative is ὑμῖν (instrumental, locative, indirect object)?

 

8. What kind of clause does ἵνα introduce (purpose/result)?  How does Longacre see this

            as a mitigated exhortation/prohibition?  How does that change the way this clause

            is understood?

 

 

 

9. What does the person shift in the “sin” verbs indicate?

 

10. Why would one translate the kai< as “but”/”yet”?  Is it an adversative? 

 

 

11. Who is referenced by the term παράκλητον? Why is that a little different than its

            usage in John?  Should the term be taken as a legal term (advocate/attorney) or as

            a more general sponsor/supporter?  What is the role of such a person?

 

12. How does the heaping up of accusatives function as an appositive? Why is Jesus’

            righteousness pointed to here? 

 

 


2:2.   καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν,
         
οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου.

Hard words

ἱλασμός                       atoning sacrifice by which sins are forgiven (n)

ἡμέτερος                     our (pron)

ὅλος                             whole (adj)

 

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. How does a sentence-initial καὶ function (coordination, thematic continuity)?

 

2. Which one is the subject of the verb ἐστιν, αὐτός or ἱλασμός?

 

3. How is ἱλασμός to be understood: propitiation or expiation? Why? What difference

            does it make (cf. Ex. 32:30)?  How does it relate to παράκλητον?

 

 

 

 

4. In περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν what type of genitive is ἡμῶν (possessive,

            subjective, relational)?

 

5. How does the  ἀλλά  function? 

 

6. In what sense did Jesus take care of the sins of the whole world?  Does this fit with

            a limited atonement view which has Christ dying only for the chosen?

 

 

7.  How is the “whole world” a metonymy?  Is he really talking about the

            physical “world” itself? What theological ramifications are found here?

 


2:3.   Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν,
         
ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν.

Parsing

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

ἐγνώκαμεν                  ______________________________________

τηρῶμεν                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. How does the sentence initial καί function? Is it better to break things at 2:1 or 2:3?

            What difference does it make?

 

2. How would you summarize the flow of the argument from 1:6ff in terms of

            opponents claims and John’s counter-claims?

 

 

3. How does 2:3 resume the theme of 1:7?

 

4. What kind of dative is ἐν τούτῳ (direct object, instrumental, locative)?  Is it

            cataphoric (down into text) or anaphoric (up into text)? To what does it point? 

 

 

 

 

5. How do γινώσκομεν and ὅτι work together?  Does ὅτι introduce a cause or is it

            a clausal complement?

 

 

6. What significance is there in the word order of ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν?

 

7. What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ (subjective, objective, possessive or source)? 

            Who is the “his”?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


2:4.  λέγων ὅτι Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ
         
μὴ τηρῶν ψεύστης ἐστίν,
         
καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν·

Hard words

ψεύστης                       liar (n)

 

Parsing

λέγων                          ______________________________________

Ἔγνωκα                      ______________________________________

τηρῶν                          ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What is the extended subject of the ἐστιν verb? 

 

2.  What is actually being said here?  This is a mitigated _________.  Is this a more or

            less direct than the 3rd class conditions in 1:6?

 

 

3. How do you take the participle λέγων (adjective, adverbial or substantive)?

 

4.  What kind of genitive is αὐτοῦ  (τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ) [objective, subjective or

            source]?

 

5. To what antecedent does ἐν τούτῳ point (anaphoric/kataphoric)?

            λέγων . . . καὶ . . . μη τηρῶν anaphoric, this one, i.e. the one saying and not

 

6. What is the relationship of the first clause and the second? Does this fit John’s

            style of saying something positively and then negatively?

 

 

 


2:5.   ὃς δ ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον,
         
ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τετελείωται.
                  
Ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμέν·

Hard words

ἀληθῶς                        truly (adv)

τελειόω                       I make perfect (v)

 

Parsing

τηρῇ                            ______________________________________

τετελείωται                 ______________________________________

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

ἐσμεν                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  ὅς . . .ἂν taken together is similar to what other type of pronoun (personal, indefinite,

            demonstrative)?

 

 

 

2.  What role does d ] play (continuative, contrastive)?

 

3. To whom does ἐν τούτῳ refer and how does it differ from the second ἐν τούτῳ

 

4. How does taking the genitive of ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ as an objective genitive change

            the meaning from taking it as a subjective genitive?

 

 

 

5. What noun is τελειόω related to? Is this literal or hyperbolic? Why is the perfect

            tense used (continuative or stative aspect)?

 

 

 

6.  What kind of dative is the second ἐν τούτῳ? Is it cataphoric or anaphoric?  What is

            the difference?

 

 

 

7.  What does the indwelling language ἐν αὐτῷ mean?

 


2:6.   λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν ὀφείλει
          καθὼς
ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν.

Hard words

ὀφείλω I ought, must, owe (v)

 

Parsing

λέγων                          ______________________________________

μένειν                          ______________________________________

ὀφείλει                         ______________________________________

περιεπάτησεν              ______________________________________

περιπατεῖν                   ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is the subject of ὀφείλει?

 

2. What does μένειν or “abiding” mean in these contexts?

 

 

3. What type of infinitive use is going on with μένειν (purpose or indirect discourse)?

 

 

 

 

4. Who is the referent of ἐκεῖνος and is it different from the ἐν αὐτᾦ preceding it?

 

 

 

5. Infinitive doesn’t take a subject so how does one construct a subject using the

            infinitive (cf. 2:6b)?

 

 

6. What is a complementary infinitive and how does it work with ὀφείλει?

 

 

 

 


2:7.  Ἀγαπητοί, οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν,
          ἀλλ'
ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς·
                  
ἐντολὴ παλαιά ἐστιν λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε.

 

Hard words

καινός                                     new (adj)

παλαιός                                    old (adj)

 

Parsing

γράφω                         ______________________________________

εἴχετε                           ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἠκούσατε                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What does the vocative Ἀγαπητοί mark structurally? 

 

 

 

2. Westcott has suggested the use of  Ἀγαπητοί seven times in 2:7-4:11 is because the

            topic is about love, in contrast to τεκνία.  Does this distinction work (cf. 2:1, 12,

            28, 3:2, 7, 18, 21; 4:1, 4; 5:21)? 

 

 

 

3. What are the ἐντολὴν καινὴν and ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν?

 

 

4. What mode of communication is emphasized here and throughout the letter so far (oral

            or written)? Study verbs of “saying” versus verbs of “writing” in I John.

 

 

 

 

5. To what “beginning” does ἀπἀρχῆς refer (creation, Christ’s ministry, Christian

            experience)? 

 

 

 

 


6. How had they received the old commandment or λόγος?  What means of

            communication are being contrasted to John’s present mode?

 

 

7. How does the tense of εἴχετε play into the discussion?

 

 

 

 


2:8.  πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν,
         
ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν,
                   ὅτι
σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει.

Hard words

ἀληθής                         true (adj)

παράγω                        I pass on, pass away (v)

ἀληθινός                      true (adj)

φαίνω                          I shine (v)

 

Parsing

γράφω                         ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

παράγεται                    ______________________________________

φαίνει                          ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What does the πάλιν indicate? 

 

2.  Culy says the present tense of γράφω “carries along the main line of the argument”

            but isn’t this a repetition?  Does the present tense only have a singular discourse

            level function?

 

3.  What kind of dative is ὑμῖν (instrumental, locative, indirect object)?

 

4. What is the neuter antecedent of the in ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῳ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν?

 

 

 

 

 

 


2:9.    λέγων ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
          μισῶν
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν ἕως ἄρτι.

Hard words

μισέω                          I hate (misogamist=hates ...) (v)

ἄρτι                             now (adv)

 

Parsing

λέγων                          ______________________________________

εἶναι                             ______________________________________

μισῶν                          ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What is the subject of ἐστὶν?

 

2.  What role does the infinitive εἶναι play (complementary or indirect discourse)? What

            is the usual way of introducting indirect discourse (what two words)?

 

3.  Is the καί  used in a contrastive sense here?

 

 

4. How is μισέω to be understood here (syntactically and semantically)?

 

 

 

 

 

5. Associating μισέω with the “darkness” adds proof to our __________ (purity,

 

 

 

 

 


2:10.   ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει,
          καὶ
σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν·

 

Hard words

σκάνδαλον                  an offense, obstacle,  cause of ruin (n)

 

Parsing

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________  

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What is the subject of μένει

 

2. What kind of genitive is αὐτοῦ (possessive, subjective, relationship)

 

3. Culy/Harris say using μένω rather than εἶναι as in 2:9 allows for the possibility

            that one may desert the light.  What do you think?

 

 

4. How should σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οῦκ ἔστιν be translated, is the one stumbling

            himself or someone else?

 

 


2:11.  δὲ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν
          καὶ
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ,
          καὶ
οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει,

          ὅτι σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ.

Hard Words

ὑπάγω              I go, depart  (v)

 

Parsing

μισῶν                          ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________  

περιπατεῖ                     ______________________________________
οἶδεν                            ______________________________________

ὑπάγει                         ______________________________________

ἐτύφλωσεν                  ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. What is the subject of ἐστὶν?

 

2. How does 2:10 and 11 tie back to chapter 1  (cf. 1:5)?  Does that fit with

            viewing John’s opponents here as a form of incipient Gnosticism?

 

 

3. Should περιπατεῖ be translated literally (walk) or more as a dynamic equivalent             translating it without the metaphor as “live”?

 

4. How is the metaphor of τυφλόω played with here in reference to light/darkness

            i.e. what blinds him?

 

 

5. What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ  (possessive, subjective, relational)?

 

6.  How do the metaphors of walk, darkness, blind, eyes interact and blend with

            one another?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name _____________________________                            Box ___________

Greek. II:  1 John 2:12-20                                                       Date ___________

 

 

2:12Γράφω ὑμῖν, τεκνία, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι
          διὰ
τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ·

 

Hard Words
ἀφίημι                         I forgive (v)

 

Parsing

Γράφω                        ______________________________________

ἀφέωνται                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is the distinction between τέκνία // πατέρες, νεανίσκοι and παιδία

            Three groups or two?  or is this a rhetorical device?

 

 

2.  δία τὸ ὄνομα is what type of prepositional use (by [agency] or because of [causal])?

 

 

3.  To what does τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, a metonymy, refer? (one name for another)

 

4.  Is the ὅτι to be understood as a complement (I write that …tells what he writes) or

            is it causative (I write because… giving the reason)?

 

 


2:13.  γράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς·
          γράφω
ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν.
         
          ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν πατέρα·

Hard Words
νεανίσκος                    young man (n) 
νικάω                           I conquer (v)

 

Parsing

γράφω                         ______________________________________

ἐγνώκατε                     ______________________________________

νενικήκατε                   ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is the relationship of the πατέρες to the author? What case is it?

 

2.  How is τὸν ἀπἀρχῆς  to be understood (esp. the Def.Art.)?

 

 

3.  Where else does this word νικάω occur in the New Testament?

 

4.  Why is the masculine of τὸν πονηρόν used? To whom does it refer?

 


2:14.  ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς·
          ἔγραψα
ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι,
          ὅτι
ἰσχυροί ἐστε καὶ λόγος [τοῦ θεοῦ]
                   ἐν
ὑμῖν μένει καὶ νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν.

Hard Words
ἰσχυρός                        strong (adj)

 

Parsing

ἔγραψα                        ______________________________________

ἐγνώκατε                     ______________________________________

ἐστε                             ______________________________________
μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is new with the verb ἔγραψα (cf. 1:4; 2:1, 7, 8, 12f)?  How should one weigh

            this shift?  Porter says the aorist downgrades prominence.  How does that fit here?

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.  How is the term πατήρ played on? 

 

3.  ὅτι is what kind of structural marker (causal or clause complement)?

 

4.  In what does one μένω (2:6; 2:10, 2:14)?

 

5.  What kind of genitive is λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (subjective, source, possessive)?

 

 

 

 


2:15.  Μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.
          ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν
                   ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ
·

 

Parsing

ἀγαπᾶτε                       ______________________________________

ἀγαπᾳ                          ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What do you make of the present tense imperative of ἀγαπᾶτε?  Are they already

            loving and need to stop (imperfective continuous aspect)?

 

 

 

 

2.  How does the article function in τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ

 

3.  ἐάν + conditional (subj) is what type of condition (1st, 2nd, 3rd)? This introduces a

            mitigated ____________

 

4. ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς is what type of genitive (objective or subjective)?  Why not

            just love both?

 

5.  ἐν αὖτῷ is what type of dative (indirect objective, instrument, locative)?

 

6.  What does this say about the inclusivity or exclusivity of love? What is the

            difference between inclusive love and exclusive?  Shouldn’t all love be of

            the inclusive type?

 

 


2:16.  ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς
          καὶ
ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἀλαζονία τοῦ βίου,
          οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν·

Hard Words
ἐπιθυμία                      desire, longing (n)
ἀλαζονεία                    pride, arrogance (n)
βίος                             life, possessions (n)

 

Parsing

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  The ὅτι is what type of structural marker (causal, clause complement, epexegetical)?

 

2.  How does the def. article τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ function?

 

3.  What type of genitive is ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς (objective or subjective)? 

            What difference does it make? 

 

4.  What type of genitive is ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν (producer, separation or

            subjective)?

 

 

5.  What does ἀλαζονεία τοῦ βίου mean? What type of genitive (objective or

            subjective)?

 

 

6.  What type of phrase is ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς and ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου (source, cause,

            separation)?

 

7.  Why is the τὸ singular?  [2:15 τὰ is plural]

 

 

 

 


2:17.  καὶ κόσμος παράγεται καὶ ἐπιθυμία [αὐτοῦ],
         
δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

Hard Words
παράγω                       I pass away (v)

 

Parsing

παράγεται                    ______________________________________

ποιῶν                           ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What tense is παράγεται and how is it to be understood (historical, present, future,

            destined)?

 

 

 

2.  What role/case does . . . ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ play in the sentence?

 

3.  What type of genitive is τὸ  θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ (objective or subjective)?

 

4.  What does τὸ θέλημα modify? 

 

5.  What does εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα mean?  Good to do a word study on this

 

6.  What three contrasts are drawn in this verse?

 

 


2:18.   Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν, καὶ καθὼς ἠκούσατε
          ὅτι
ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν·
         
 ὅθεν γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν

Hard Words
ἔσχατος                      last, final (adj)
ὅθεν                             from where (adv)

 

Parsing

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

ἠκούσατε                     ______________________________________

ἔρχεται                        ______________________________________

γεγόνασιν                    ______________________________________

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How is the vocative Παιδία used in the context of this discourse? 

 

2. To what does ἐσχάτη ὥρα refer?  How does this relate to the concept

            of eschatological imminence?  What does imminence promote in

            believers?  If Christ were coming back tomorrow and you really believed

            that how would that impact your behavior today?  If you knew you were

            going to be dead tomorrow how would that impact your today?

 

 

3.  What does καθὼς introduce?  What is being compared?

 

4.  Is the ὅτι introducing a cause, a clausal complement or indirect discourse?

 

5.  How should one understand ἀντίχριστος in this context? How is the concept

            of the antichrist here differ from the one portrayed in Revelation? Is that
            actual term used in Revelation?

 

 

 

 

6.  Why does ἀντίχριστος not have the article here (2:18 anarthrous) but in 2:22

            and 4:3 is arthrous (has the Def. Art.)? 

 

 

7.  How does the middle/deponency function here with ἔρχεται? Is the present of

            ἔρχεται used to portray an event that is present or future?

 

8.  How does ὅθεν (thence; from which) function as an inferential adverb?

 

9.  How and where do these “antichrists” appear in postmodern dress?

 

10.  What inclusion is present in the verse?
 


2:19.   ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν·
          εἰ
γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν,
          μεμενήκεισαν
ἂν μεθ ἡμῶν·
          ἀλλ’ ἵνα
φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν.

Parsing

ἐξῆλθαν                       ______________________________________

ἦσαν                            ______________________________________

μεμενήκεισαν              ______________________________________

φανερωθῶσιν              ______________________________________

εἰσὶν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How do the different prepositional phrases ἐξ ἡμῶν function (source or separation)?

 

 

 

2.  What is the role of ἀλλ’ (expectation or counter-expectation)? 

 

 

3.  What kind of conditional is εἰ +ἦσαν (possibility [3rd] or contrary to fact [2nd])?

 

4.  What role does the particle γάρ play here (causal or explanatory)?

 

5.  ἵνα introduces what type of clause (purpose or result)? 

 

6.  How would you parse φανερωθῶσιν and why is that deceptive?  How is a

            passive translation different than an active which is required here?

 

 

 

 

7.  ὅτι is said to introduce a cause, clause complement or epexegetical clause?  What

            does that mean and how does it impact the way one translates this?

 

 


2:20.  καὶ ὑμεῖς χρίσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου: οἴδατε πάντες.

 

Hard Words
χρῖσμα             anointing (n)

 

Parsing

ἔχετε                            ______________________________________

οἴδατε                          ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  καὶ here is translated “but” by some.  How do you understand that?

 

 

2.  What does the fronting of the pronoun ὑμεῖς do here?

 

3.  Does the χρῖσμα refer to the word of God (i.e. the gospel) or to the Holy Spirit?

            Do a comparison between 1 Jn 2:27 and John 14:17, 26.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.  How does the ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου function here, as source or separation? 

 

5.  How does the variant reading πάντα rather than πάντες effect the reading here?

 

 

 

 


Name ______________________________                          Box ___________

Greek. II:  1 John 2:21-29                                                       Date ___________

 

 

2:21.   οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν,
          ἀλλ
ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν,
          καὶ
ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν.

Hard Words

ψεῦδος            lie, untruth (n) (2:21)

 

Parsing

ἐγραψα                        ______________________________________

οἴδατε                          ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. ἔγραψα aorist in chapter two contrasts with what in chapter 1?

 

2.  How do the three ὅτι’s function in 2:21?  (all three causal, all three introducing

            clausal compliments, first two causal last one clause compliment).  How

            would they be translated differently (causal =because; compliment=that)? 

 

 

 


2:22.  Τίς ἐστιν ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ἀρνούμενος
          ὅτι
Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν χριστός;

          οὗτός ἐστιν ἀντίχριστος,
         
ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν.

 

Hard Words
ψεύστης                       liar (n)
ἀρνέομαι                    I deny (v)

 

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἀρνούμενος                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is the function of the rhetorical question introduced by τίς (rebuke, focus)? 

 

2.  What role does εἰ μὴ play? 

 

3.  What participial function does ἀρνοῦμενος play (attributive, adverbial, or

            substantival)?  

 

4.  What type of ὅτι is used here in 2:22 (cause, clausal complement, epexegetical)? 

            What is this ὅτι clause supplying to or specify in the sentence?

 

 

5.  How is the ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν to be understood

            in relation to the rest of the sentence and what is the difference?

 

 

 

 

 


 2:23.  πᾶς ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει·  
         
ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει.

Hard Words
ὁμολογέω                   I confess (v)

 

Parsing

ἀρνούμενος                 ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

ὁμολογῶν                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What is the subject of the verb ἔχει

 

2.  What is the relationship between πᾶς and ἀρνούμενος?  What are

            the options: substantival or attributive (what’s the difference?)

 

3.  What does “having the father” mean?

 

 

 

4.  What contrast is being drawn here?  How are those inside/outside the community

            designated?

 

 


2:24.   Ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω·
          ἐὰν
ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε,
          καὶ
ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ [ἐν] τῷ πατρὶ μενεῖτε.

Parsing

ἠκούσατε                     ______________________________________

μενέτω                        ______________________________________

μείνῃ                           ______________________________________

μενεῖτε                        ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How is ὑμεῖς a fronted hanging nominative? 

 

2. What does ἠκούσατε ἀπἀρχῆς remind you of? 

 

3.  What is the protasis (if) and apodosis (then) here in this third class conditional

            sentence? 

 

 

4.  What is the subject of the verb μείνῃ?

 

5.  The writer is connecting what two things and contrasting what two groups?

 

 

 

6.  What is ἀπἀρχῆς referring to (creation, Jesus’ birth, public ministry)?

 

 


2:25.  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν,
          τὴν
ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον.

Hard Words
ἐπαγγέλλομαι              I promise (v)

 

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

ἐπηγγείλατο                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What does the sentence initial καὶ link?

 

2.  Is the αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric (pointing up or down/forward in the text)?

            To what is it pointing?

 

3.  Who is the referent of the αὐτός making the promise? 

 

4.  Why would the middle voice be used in the verb ἐπιγγείλατο (reflexive or

            reciprocity or middle where it emphasizes the action of the subject in the

            activity of the verbal action)?

 

 

 


2:26.  Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς.

 

Hard Words
πλανάω                        I wander, mislead (v)

 

Parsing

ἔγραψα                        ______________________________________

πλανώντων                  ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  To what does the ταῦτα refer (anaphoric/cataphoric)? 

 

2.  How is the participle πλανώντων to be understood (attributive, adverbial or

            substantive)? What is a conative (Wallace, NTS, 228)?

            present (even though it is probably not here)?

 

 

 


2:27.   καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρίσμα ἐλάβετε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ μένει ἐν ὑμῖν,
          καὶ
οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ἵνα τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς·
                    ἀλλ
ὡς τὸ αὐτοῦ χρίσμα διδάσκει ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων,
          καὶ
ἀληθές ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ψεῦδος,
          καὶ
καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ.
Hard Words
χρεία                           need (n)

χρῖσμα                         anointing (n)

 

Parsing

ἐλάβετε                       ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

ἔχετε                            ______________________________________

διδάσκῃ                       ______________________________________

διδάσκει                      ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἐδίδαξεν                      ______________________________________

μένετε                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Where have we seen this “hanging” nominative before? What is its function?

 

2.  With what is the χρῖσμα contrasted in the preceding verse?

 

3.  What is the sense of the ἀπαὐτοῦ (source or separation) and who is the referent of

            αὐτοῦ?

 

4.  Is the ἵνα to be understood as a purpose, result clause or epexegetical?  What is the

            difference?

 

 

5.  What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ in τὸ αὐτοῦ χρῖσμα

 

6.  Interesting to think of what the περὶ πάντων refers to? Is it hyperbolic?

 

7. How does the καὶ καθὼς function? 

 

8. Is μένετε indicative or imperative? Why?

 


2:28.   Καὶ νῦν, τεκνία, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ,
              ἵνα
ἐὰν φανερωθῇ σχῶμεν παρρησίαν
                   καὶ
μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ.
Hard Words
παρρησία                     openness, boldness (n)
αἰσχύνω                      I am ashamed (v)
παρουσία                    arrival (n)

 

Parsing

μένετε                         ______________________________________

φανερωθῇ                    ______________________________________

σχῶμεν                        ______________________________________

αἰσχυνθῶμεν               ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  καὶ νῦν τεκνία frequently begins a new section but how does it function here?

            Where have we seen something similar?

 

 

2.  Should ἐὰν be understood here as a conditional or as more of a conjunction

            similar to ὅταν (when)? 

 

 

3.  Should φανερωθῇ be translated as a passive or middle even though it has the

            passive marker θ?

 

4.  With σχῶμεν, how is the writer arguing here on the basis of community?

 

5.  In what sense is the word παρρησίαν used here?  Does boldness get it all?

 

6.  While Culy takes αἰσχυνθῶμεν as aor. middle from αἰσχύνω how could this

            be read as a true passive?

 

7.  Culy takes ἀπαὐτοῦ as separation could it be source or agency?

            separation shame separating us from him or shame from (source; coming from)

 

8.  What kind of prepositional phrase is ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ temporal, spatial, agency etc.?

 

9.  What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ in ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ?

 


2:29.   ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν,
          γινώσκετε
ὅτι πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην
                   ἐξ
αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται.

Parsing

εἰδῆτε                          ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

γινώσκετε                    ______________________________________

ποιῶν                           ______________________________________

γεγέννηται                   ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How does the ὅτι function here (causal or clausal compliment)?

 

2.  What is the mitigated exhortation which is being made here using the third class

            condition?

 

3.  What is the subject of γεγέννηται?

 

4. What is the idea of “being born of him” really saying? 

 

5.  Where have we seen πᾶς + Ptc before?

 

6.  Where does the expression ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται occur?  Does this link back to the

            book of John at all?  (Jn 3:8; cf. 1 John 5:18)

 

7.  Is ἐξ αὐτοῦ source, separation or agency?

 

 

 


                                         1 John 3                                        

 

 Ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν πατὴρ ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καί ἐσμεν. διὰ τοῦτο κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν.

 

2   Ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμέν, καὶ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα. οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἐὰν φανερωθῇ ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν.

 

3  καὶ πᾶς ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἁγνίζει ἑαυτὸν καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστιν.

 

4   Πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἀνομία

 

 καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ἐφανερώθη ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἄρῃ, καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν.

 

6  πᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει: πᾶς ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν.

 

7   Τεκνία, μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς· ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν·

 

8    ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν, ὅτι ἀπ' ἀρχῆς διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου.

 

9  Πᾶς γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται.

 

10   ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου· πᾶς μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ.

 

11   ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους·

 

12  οὐ καθὼς Καὶν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ: καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν; ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρὰ ἦν, τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ δίκαια.

 

13  Μὴ θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί, εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς κόσμος.

 

14  ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς· μὴ ἀγαπῶν μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ.

 

15  πᾶς μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν, καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν.

 

16  Ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν: καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς θεῖναι.

 

17  ὃς δ' ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου καὶ θεωρῇ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχοντα καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, πῶς ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ

 

18  Τεκνία, μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ.

 

19  Ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν

 

20  ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν καὶ γινώσκει πάντα.

 

21   Ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν,

 

22  καὶ ἂν αἰτῶμεν λαμβάνομεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν.

 

23  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσωμεν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν.

 

24  καὶ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι μένει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν.
Name  __________________________________                 Box ____________

Greek II:  1 John 3:1-10                                                          Date ____________

 

3:1   Ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν πατὴρ
          ἵνα
τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καί ἐσμεν.
          διὰ τοῦτο κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν.


Hard Words

ποταπός                       what sort of, what kind of

 

Parsing

ἴδετε                            ______________________________________ 

δέδωκεν                      ______________________________________

κληθῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἐσμέν                          ______________________________________

γινώσκει                      ______________________________________

ἔγνω                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How does this new paragraph start in contrast to past paragraph markers?

            Why doesn’t he start with the τέκνια vocative?

 

 

 

 

2.  Culy says the perfect marks prominence but is that all that can be deduced from

            the use of the perfect tense in δέδωκεν?

 

3.  What is the function of ἡμῖν (indirect object, instrumental)?

 

4.  ἵνα introduces an epexegetical remark.  What is that?

 

 

5.  θεοῦ is what type of genitive?

 

6.  What role does καὶ ἐσμέν play in the sentence?

 


7.  In διὰ τοῦτο is the τοῦτο anaphoric or cataphoric?  In each case what does it point

            to?

 

 

 

8.  Culy says κόσμος is a metonymy?  What does that mean?

 

9.  How does this verse link to the Gospel of John in terms of “children of God” and

            the world not knowing the father?

 

 

 


3:2   Ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμέν, καὶ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα.
          οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἐὰν φανερωθῇ ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα,
          ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν.


Hard Words

ἀγαπητός                     beloved

ὅμοιος                         like,  same

 

Parsing

ἐσμεν                           ______________________________________

ἐφανερώθη                  ______________________________________

οἶδαμεν                       ______________________________________

φανερωθῆ                    ______________________________________

ἐσόμεθα                      ______________________________________

ὀψόμεθα                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What does the νῦν contrast with?

 

2.  How would you translate καὶ here? 

 

 

 

 

3.  What type of ὅτι is the first ὅτι, causal or complementary? 

 

4.  ἐάν introduces what type of conditional?  (1st, 2nd or 3rd class condition)

 

5.  How is translating φανερώθῃ as a middle different from taking it as a passive?

 

6.  What type of ὅτι is the second ὅτι, causal or complementary?  

 

7.  Who is the referent of the ὀψόμεθααὐτὸν

 


3:3   καὶ πᾶς ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἁγνίζει ἑαυτὸν
          καθὼς
ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστιν.

Hard Words

ἁγνίζω                         I purify

ἁγνός                           pure, holy, innocent

 

Parsing

ἔχων                            ______________________________________

ἁγνίζει                         ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________                   

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What is the subject of the verb ἁγνίζει?

 

2.  How is 3:3a this a mitigated exhortation?

 

3. What verb is a synonym to ἁγνίζει meaning “to purify” (cf. 1 Jn 1:9)?

 

4.  What is the function of καθὼς comparative (just as), causal (since), or to the degree

            that?

 

5.  Who is the referent of ἐκεὶνος

 

6.  Is ταῦτην anaphoric or cataphoric? 

 

 

 


3:4      Πᾶς ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ,
          καὶ
ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἀνομία.

Hard Words

ἀνομία                         lawlessness, wickedness

 

Parsing

ποιῶν                           ______________________________________

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What kind of καὶ is used here (continuative, adversative, emphatic (indeed);

            adjunctive (also) or ascensive (even)?

 

2.  How is ἀνομίαν different from ἁμρτίαν?

 

 

3.  What is an alpha-privative (ἀνομίαν)?  What are examples in English? 

 

3.  What is an equative construction and how is it formed here?

 


3:5    καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ἐφανερώθη ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἄρῃ,
          καὶ
ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν.

Parsing

ἄρῃ                              ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What role does the καὶ play in sentence initial positions (coordination or thematic

            continuity)?

 

2.  What kind of ὅτι is seen here (causal/complementary/epexegetical)?

 

3.  Who is the referent of ἐκεῖνος?

 

4.  What is the function of the ἵνα (purpose or result)?

 

5.  What passage in John does καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν parallel?

 


3:6  πᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει·  
          πᾶς
ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν.

Parsing

μένων                          ______________________________________

ἁμαρτάνων                  ______________________________________

ἑώρακεν                      ______________________________________

ἔγνωκεν                       ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What is the subject of the verb ἁμαρτάνει?

 

2.  How are we to understand this verse?  Does the continuity of the present tense

            solve the problem (habitual/repeated/process/continuity)?  How does 1 John

            1 help us understand this verse? How does this verse relate to the immediate

            context?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 3:7  Τεκνία, μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς·
         
ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην δίκαιός ἐστιν,
          καθὼς
ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν·

Hard Words

πλανάω                        I wander, deceive

 

Parsing

πλανάτω                      ______________________________________

ποιῶν                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What marks this as a new paragraph?  Is this a janis/hinge?

 

 

2.  What role does καθὼς play in connecting the parts of the sentence?

 

3.  Who is the referent of ἐκεῖνος

 

4.  What is John describing about the relationship between us and Jesus?

 


3:8  ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν,
          ὅτι
ἀπ' ἀρχῆς διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει.
          εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ
                   ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου.


Parsing

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

ἁμαρτάνει                    ______________________________________

λύσῃ                            ______________________________________ 

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Why do you think he said ποιῶν ἁμαρτίαν rather than just more

            simply ὁ ἁμαρτάνων?

 

2.  ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου is what type of prepositional use (separation or source)?

 

3.  What does διαβόλου have as its root idea? What is the root idea of “Satan”?

 

4.  What type of ὅτι is seen here (causal or complementary)?

 

5.  Why type of prepositional phrase is εἰς τοῦτο location or purpose?

 


3:9  Πᾶς γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ,
          ὅτι
σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει,
                   καὶ
οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται.

Hard Words

σπέρμα                        seed

 

Parsing

γεγεννημένος              ______________________________________

ποιεῖ                            ______________________________________

δύναται                        ______________________________________ 

ἁμαρτάνειν                  ______________________________________

γεγέννηται                   ______________________________________ 

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What type of ὅτι is seen here (causal, complementary or epexegetical)?

 

2.  ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ is what type of prepositional use (separation or source)?

 

3.  To what does the σπέρμα refer (Word of God, Holy Spirit, spiritual character

            traits—metaphorical)?

 

4.  How is it that one born of God is not able to sin?

 

5.  Any parallels with John 3:6, 8? 

 

 

 

 


3:10  ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ
                   καὶ
τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου·
          πᾶς
μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ,
                   καὶ
μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ.

 

Hard Words

φανερός                       known, plain, visible              

 

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ποιῶν                           ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  ἐν τούτῳ should be understood as instrumental (by) or purpose (for)? Is the τούτῳ

            anaphoric or cataphoric?  To what does it point?

 

 

2.  What type of genitive is τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου (source, separation, relationship)?

 

3.  What role is the final καὶ playing  (continuative [and], epexegetical [that is] or

            coordinating[and])?

 

 

 


Name _____________________________                            Box ___________

Greek. II:  1 John 3:11-24                                                       Date ___________

 

 

3:11    ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε ἀπ ἀρχῆς,
          ἵνα
ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους·  

 

Hard Words

ἀγγελία                        message (n)

 

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

ἀκούσατε                    ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What type of ὅτι causal (because) or complementary (that)?

 

2.  Brown breaks the text here at 3:11 because of the clause αὕτη

            ἐστὶν ἀγγελία which in 1:5 also marks a major text break.  Why

            is that probably not correct (hint:  ὅτι)?

 

3.  Is αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric?  What does it point to?

 

4.  What does it mean that ἵνα is epexegetical to αὕτῇ?

 

 

 


3:12   οὐ καθὼς Καὶν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ·
         
 καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν;

                   ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρὰ ἦν,
                  
τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ δίκαια.

Hard Words

σφάζω                         I murder (v)

χάριν                            because of, “why” with τινος? (prep);  not = χάρις

 

Parsing

ἦν                                ______________________________________

ἔσφαξεν                       ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. Culy says καθὼς introduces a comparison.  How so?

 

2.  Should ἐκ be taken as separation, source, or cause?

 

2.  To whom does the πονηροῦ  refer?

 

3.  While ἔσφαξεν is a rare word from σφάζω meaning to “slaugher, murder”

            what is the only other book in the NT that uses this word?

 

4.  What type of genitive is αὐτοῦ?

 

 

5. While χάριν τινος is unique in the NT meaning “why, what was the

            underlying purpose” what could it easily be confused with?

 

 

 


3:13  Μὴ θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί, εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς κόσμος.

 

Hard Words

θαυμάζω                      I wonder, marvel (v)

 

Parsing

θαυμάζετε                   ______________________________________

μισεῖ                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1. Why is the καὶ in brackets? 

 

 

2.  Does the move from τεκνία to ἀδελφοί  signal anything (vid. context)?

 

3.  εἰ + indicative is what type of conditional sentence? What does that mean?

            Young takes the εἰ as a complementizer (cf. ὅτι) with verbs of emotion

            or wonder.  How does that change the reading?

 

 

 

 

 


3:14  ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν,  

ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς· μὴ ἀγαπῶν μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ.

 

Hard Words

μεταβαίνω                   I leave, cross over (v)

 

Parsing

οἴδαμεν                       ______________________________________

μεταβεβήκαμεν           ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________
μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Why is the ἡμεῖς emphatic? 

 

 

2.  Is the first ὅτι causal or complementary? 

 

3.  Where is the only other place in the NT where the perfect form of

            μεταβαίνω + ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου is found? 

 

4.  Is the second  ὅτι causal or complementary? 

 

5.  Is ἐκ cause, separation or means?

 

 

 


3:15  πᾶς μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν,
          καὶ
οἴδατε ὅτι πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει
          ζωὴν
αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν.

Hard Words

ἀνθρωποκτόνος            murderer (n)

 

Parsing

μισῶν                          ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

οἴδατε                          ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

μένουσαν                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Where have we seen this construction before πᾶς + + ptc.?

 

2.  What two things are subtly being linked by hatred?

 

3. Where is the other place in the NT where ἀνθρωποκτόνος

            occurs?

 

4. Culy says the present tense of ἔχει does not have a durative force but

            only that it is a process.  Where does he find the durative force

            in this part of the verse and is that a function of the tense or the semantics?

 


3:16  Ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην,
          ὅτι
ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν·  
          καὶ
ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς θεῖναι.

Hard Words

ὀφείλω                         I ought, am obligated (v)

 

Parsing

ἐγνώκαμεν                  ______________________________________

ἔθηκεν                         ______________________________________

ὀφείλομεν                   ______________________________________

θεῖναι                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  ἐν τούτῳ is what type of dative sphere, interest or instrumental?

 

2.  Is the τούτῳ anaphoric or cataphoric?  To what does it point?

 

3.  Is ὅτι causal or complementary here?

 

4.  Who is the referent of ἐκεῖνος?

 

5.  ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν has substitutionary atonement or benefaction as its main focus here?

 

 

6.  How does Culy take clause initial καί (coordination or thematic continuity)?
      How do you translate this καί  (and, even, also, but, so)? Why?

 

7.  What type of infinitive is θεῖναι complementary, indirect discourse or articular?

 


3:17  ὃς δ' ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου καὶ θεωρῇ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
          χρείαν
ἔχοντα καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ,  
                   πῶς
ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ;

Hard Words

βίος                             life, possessions (n)

χρεία                           need (n)

κλείω                           I shut, close, lock (v)

σπλάγχνον                   inner self, feelings, entrails (n)

 

Parsing

ἔχῃ                               ______________________________________

θεωρῇ                          ______________________________________

ἔχοντα                         ______________________________________

κλείσῃ                         ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Where have we seen this relative pronoun structure before?

 

2.  What type of genitive is τοῦ κόσμου (subjective or descriptive)?

 

3.  What is the function of the rhetorical question introduced by πῶς (focus or rebuke)?

 

 

4.  What type of genitive is ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ (subjective or objective)?

 

 

 


3:18   Τεκνία, μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ
          ἀλλὰ
ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ.

Hard Words

γλῶσσα                       tongue (n)

 

Parsing

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  While τεκνία usually begins a new section does it do that here?  What is its

            function here?

 

2.  What kind of subjunctive is ἀγαπῶμεν (possibility, hortatory or prohibitive)?

 

3.  What kind of dative is λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ (locative, indirect object,

            instrumental)?

 

4.  What is a hendiadys [Greek ἑν δια duoin: one through two]
            and how does it differ from a doublet (signs and wonders)?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


3:19  Ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν,
          καὶ
ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν

Hard Words

πείθω                           I persuade, convince (v)

 

Parsing

γνωσόμεθα                  ______________________________________

ἐσμέν                          ______________________________________

πείσομεν                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What type of dative is ἐν τούτῳ dative of sphere, interest or instrumental?

 

2.  Is τούτῳ here anaphoric or cataphoric? 

 

3.  What type of ὁτι is it complementary or causal?

 

4.  What brings the believer assurance?

 

 


3:20  ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν θεὸς
          τῆς
καρδίας ἡμῶν καὶ γινώσκει πάντα.

Hard Words

καταγινώσκω              I condemn (v)

μείζων / μέγας             greater (comparative adj)

 

Parsing

Καταγινώσκῃ             ______________________________________

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

γινώσκει                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  How should the intitial ὅτι be read (causal or complement)?  How should

            the second ὅτι be understood? 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.  “God knows all things” is this a statement that can be used to disprove those

            who place limitations in God’s knowing of the future?

 

 


3:21    Ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ,  
                   παρρησίαν
ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν,

Hard Words

παρρησία                     boldness, confidence (n)

 

Parsing

καταγινώσκῃ              ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  Is the boldness before God eschatological or in reference to prayer (see next

            verse)?

 

 

2.  What is the function of the third class conditional here?

 

 

 


3:22  καὶ ἂν αἰτῶμεν λαμβάνομεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ,
          ὅτι
τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν
                   καὶ
τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν.

Hard Words

αἰτἐω                           I ask (v)

ἀρεστός                       pleasing (adj)

ἐνώπιον                       before, in the presence of (prep)

 

Parsing

αἰτῶμεν                       ______________________________________

λαμβάνομεν                ______________________________________

τηροῦμεν                     ______________________________________

ποιοῦμεν                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What other verse in the NT does 1 Jn 3:22 sound like (cf. Jn 16:24)? 

 

 

2.  How should ἀπαὐτοῦ be understood source, agency or separation?

 

3.  What are the implications of this verse for our prayers?

 

 


3:23  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ,
          ἵνα
πιστεύσωμεν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ
          καὶ
ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν.

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

πιστεύσωμεν               ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἔδωκεν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What does the aorist tense of πιστεύσωμεν signify? 

 

2.  What is the significance of “believing in the name” or what is the connection between

            the name and the person in that time?

 

3.  What role does Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ play in relation to υἱοπυ αὐτοῦ (source, apposition)?

 

4.  What type of dative is ἡμῖν (instrument, indirect object)?

 

5.  Sentence-initial καί  acts to coordinate or to continue thematic flow the of the

            discourse?

 

6.  The ἵνα introduces a purpose or result? This clause is a mitigated exhortation or

            prohibition?

 

7.  The second καί  acts to coordinate or to continue thematic flow the of the

            discourse?

 

 

 


3:24   καὶ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει
          καὶ
αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν
          ὅτι
μένει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν.

Parsing

τηρῶν                          ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

ἔδωκεν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions/Observations

1.  What does the sentence initial καὶ signify (coordination or thematic continuity)?

 

2.  What is the subject of μένει?

 

3.  What is missing from the words καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ? Is it okay to add things

            in? What is an ellipsis?

 

4.  How do you understand ἐν τούτῳ location or agency?

 

5. What type of ὅτι follows γινώσκομεν (cause, clausal complement or epexegetical)?

 

6. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος should be understood as source, separation or means?

 

7.  Why is the οὗ in the genitive not in the accusative?

 

 

 


                                  1 John 4                                           

 

 Ἀγαπητοί, μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον.

 

2  Ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ: πᾶν πνεῦμα ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν,

 

3   καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν: καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου, ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη.

 

4  Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστέ, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτούς, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ·  

 

5  αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν: διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λαλοῦσιν καὶ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει.

 

6  ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμέν: γινώσκων τὸν θεὸν ἀκούει ἡμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν. ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης.

 

7   Ἀγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, ὅτι ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν, καὶ πᾶς ἀγαπῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται καὶ γινώσκει τὸν θεόν.  

 

8   μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν θεόν, ὅτι θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν.

 

9  ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέσταλκεν θεὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι αὐτοῦ.

 

10   ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἀγάπη, οὐχ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠγαπήκαμεν τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὅτι αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν.

 

11  Ἀγαπητοί, εἰ οὕτως θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾷν.

 

12  θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τεθέαται· ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει καὶ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστίν.

 

13   ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν.

 

14  Καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν ὅτι πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου.

 

15   ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς [Χριστός] ἐστιν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ.

 

16   Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐγνώκαμεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν. θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐν τῷ θεῷ μένει καὶ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ [μένει].

 

17  Ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἀγάπη μεθ' ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ.

 

18  φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει, δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ.

 

19  Ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς.

 

20  ἐάν τις εἴπῃ ὅτι Ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν: γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾷν.

 

21  καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ.

 

 


Name  __________________________________                 Box ____________

Greek II:  1 John 4:1-6                                                            Date ____________

 

 

4:1   Ἀγαπητοί, μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε,
          ἀλλὰ
δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν,
          ὅτι
πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον.

 

Hard words

δοκιμάζω                     I test, examine (v)

 

Parsing

πιστεύετε                     ______________________________________

δοκιμάζετε                  ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἐξεληλύθασιν              ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What does a vocative + imperative indicate structurally?

 

2.  What type of dative is πνεύματι instrumental, locative or verbal complement?

 

3.  What is the number of the verb ἐστιν and why is its subject plural?

 

4.  What type of phrase is ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ separation, source, or cause?

 

5.  What type of ὅτι is in verse one (causal, complement or epexegetical)?

 

6.  What type of phrase is εἰς τὸν κόσμον purpose (for), spatial (in/into) or

            temporal (throughout)?

 

 

 


4:2   Ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ·
          πᾶν
πνεῦμα ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ
          ἐληλυθότα
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν,

Hard words

ὁμολογέω                   I confess (v)

 

Parsing

γινώσκετε                    ______________________________________

ὁμολογεῖ                      ______________________________________

ἐληλυθότα                   ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.    What type of phrase is ἐν τούτῳ locative, caustive (because) or

            instrumental (by)?

 

2.  What type of genitive is τοῦ θεοῦ separation, source, or cause?

 

3.  What type of dative is ἐν σαρκὶ manner, caustive (because) or

            instrumental?

 

4.  What type of phrase is ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ separation, source, or cause?

 

5.  How do you translate the participle ἐληλυθότα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εστιν?

            Is it a paraphrastic?

 

 


4:3   καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν·
          καὶ
τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου, ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται,
          καὶ
νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη.

Parsing

ὁμολογεῖ                     ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

ἀκηκόατε                     ______________________________________

ἔρχεται                        ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What does a clause initial καὶ indicate (coordination or theme continuity)?

 

2.  Why is μή used with the indicative ὁμολογεῖ?

 

 

3.  What is implied [ellipsis] that should naturally follow τὸν Ἰησοῦν?

 

4.  What type of phrase is ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ separation, source, or cause?

 

5.  What type of genitive is τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου separation, possession

            or source?

 

6.  What type of ὅτι is it causal or complementary?

 

7.  What type of phrase is ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ temporal, instrumental, or

            spatial?

 

8.  How is the ἔρχεται to be taken as a future, present or past time?

 

9.  What words indicate the exact time of the ἐστὶν?

 

 

 


4:4  Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστέ, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτούς,
          ὅτι
μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ·  

Hard words

νικάω                           I conquer, overcome

 

Parsing

ἐστε                             ______________________________________

νενικήκατε                  ______________________________________

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  To whom does the αὐτούς refer?

 

2.  To what does the νενικήκατε refer? 

 

 

 

3.  What are three types of ὅτι’s we have seen in 1 John and how are each

            of them used?  Which type is used here?

 

 

 

4.  Is μείζων a comparative or a superlative?

 

 

5.  How does the  article function both on ἐν ὑμῖν and

            ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ?  What is a nominalizer?

 

 


4:5  αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν·

          διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λαλοῦσιν
          καὶ
κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει.

Parsing

εἰσίν                            ______________________________________

λαλοῦσιν                     ______________________________________

ἀκούει                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  With what does ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου contrast?  What is the general sense of

            the ἐκ separation or source?

 

2. How should διὰ τοῦτο be understood as agency (by), temporal (during)

            or causal (because of)?

 

3.  Is the τοῦτο cataphoric or anaphoric and to what does it refer?

 

4. What kind of role does the καὶ play (coordinative [and], adjunctive [also,

            or ascensive [even])?

 

5.  How does the genitive αὐτῶν relate to the verb ἀκούει?

 

6. What roles does κόσμος play in this verse?
 

 

 


4:6  ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμέν· γινώσκων τὸν θεὸν ἀκούει ἡμῶν,
          ὃς
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν.
          ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 
                   καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης.


Hard words

πλάνη                          deceit, error (n)

 

Parsing

ἐσμεν                          ______________________________________

γινώσκων                    ______________________________________

ἀκούει                        ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What role does the ἡμεῖς play linking 4:5 and 4:6 continuative or

            contrastive?  What does its position in the sentence indicate?

 

2.  γινώσκων is what type of participle (attributive, adverbial (while),

            or substantive)?

 

3.  What is the relationship of the genitive ἡμῶν to the verb ἀκούω?

 

4.  What does the ὅς οὐκ ἔστιν . . . clause add and is it characteristic

            of John’s writing style?

 

5. How do you take ἐκ τούτου (source, separation, means, from [on the

            basis of])?  Is the τούτου anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it

            refer?

 

 6.  How does this verse suggest we distinguish between the spirit of error

            and the spirit of truth?  What is the spirit of truth, is it the Holy Spirit

            or an attitude?

 

7.  How are the first words of 4:4, 5 and 6 connected?

 

 


Name  _________________________________                   Box ____________
Greek II:  1 John 4:7-16                                                          Date ____________

 4:7   Ἀγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, ὅτι ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν,
          καὶ
πᾶς ἀγαπῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται  
                   καὶ
γινώσκει τὸν θεόν.    

 

Parsing

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________
ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

γεγέννηται                   ______________________________________

γινώσκει                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What role does the subjunctive ἀγαπῶμεν play (probability, possibility

            cohortative)?  How should it be translated?

 

2.  What are three types of ὅτι’s we have seen in 1 John and how are each

            of them used (causal, complementary, epexegetical)?  Which type is

            used here?

 

 

 

3.  The prepositional phrase ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ is separation or source?

 

4.  What is John’s style like?  πᾶς +  + ___________

                        Where is another example of this type of construction in 1

                        John? (Hint ch. 3)

 

 

5.  What role does the passive of γεγέννηται play?

 

 

 


4:8  μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν θεόν, ὅτι θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν.

 

Parsing

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

ἔγνω                            ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

 1.  Is the participle ἀγαπῶν an attributive, predicate or substantival use

            of the participle?

 

2. Is ὅτι causal, clause complement or epexegetical?

 

3. Why is God the subject of θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν when ἀγάπη is also nom.?

 

 

 

4.  What is the meaning of “is”? (x is 5; Jack is Irish, Jack is smart)
      What’s the difference? How does that relate to “God is love”?
 


4:9  ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν,
          ὅτι
τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέσταλκεν θεὸς  
                   εἰς
τὸν κόσμον ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι αὐτοῦ.

Hard words

φανερόω                     I reveal, make known (v)

 

Parsing

ἐφανερώθη                  ______________________________________

ἀπέσταλκεν                 ______________________________________

ζήσωμεν                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  ἐν τούτῳ is temporal (when/while), cause (because of) or instumental

            (by)? Is the τούτῳ anaphoric or cataphoric?  To what does it refer?

 

2.  Culy correctly takes ἐφανερώθη as having a middle force.  What

            does that change?

 

 

3. What is the difference between taking ἐν ἡμῖν as “in us” or “among us”?

 

4.  How is this ὅτι an epexegetical usage?

 

5.   In the ὅτι clause what is being emphasized and how? Give 3 ways?

 

 

 

6.  What type of usage is found in εἰς τὸν κόσμον (purpose [for, in order

            to (goal)]; result [so that, with the result that], or spatial
            (in/into)?  How does 4:9 tie back into 4:5?

 

 

7.  What type of clause does the ἵνα introduce (purpose [in order that],

            result [with the result that; so that]; causal [because] or epexegetical [that])?

 

8.  What type of subjunctive is ζήσωμεν (cohortative, possibility, result, or

            purpose)?

 

9.  Love of God:  Obj. or Subj?


4:10  ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἀγάπη, οὐχ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠγαπήκαμεν τὸν θεόν,
          ἀλλ
ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ
                   ἱλασμὸν
περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν.

Hard words

ἱλασμός                      propitiation, expiation, means of grace, atoning sacrifice

 

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

ἠγαπήκαμεν                ______________________________________

ἠγάπησεν                    ______________________________________

ἀπέστειλεν                  ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  ἐν τούτῳ is temporal (when/while), cause (because of) or instumental

            (by) or reference (in or untranslated)? Is the tou<t& anaphoric or

            cataphoric? 

 

 

2.  How are the two ὅτι clauses another example of John’s style?

 

3.  What type of  ὅτι’s here (causal, complementary or epexegetical)? 

            Why? How does that change the meaning?

 

 

4.  What role does the ἀλλ’  play (purpose, contrastive, coordinating)?

 

5.  Why are there two accustives following ἀπέστειλεν (son and atoning

            sacrifice)?

 

6.  In what way is περί τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν use (representation: on behalf of;

            or reference: concerning)?

 

7.  Where have we seen ἱλασμός before and what does it mean (propitiation

            or expiation) (cf. 2:2)?

 

 


4:11  Ἀγαπητοί, εἰ οὕτως θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς,
          καὶ
ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾷν.

Hard words

ὀφείλω                         I ought (v)

 

Parsing

ἠγάπησεν                    ______________________________________

ὀφείλομεν                   ______________________________________

ἀγαπᾶν                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What type of conditional does the εἰ introduce (1st, 2nd, 3rd, class) and

            what is its significance?

 

2.  What kind of infinitive is ἀγαπᾶν (articular, complementary, or for

            indirect discourse)?

 

3.  What is the appropriate response of being loved by God?

 

 

 


4:12  θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τεθέαται· ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους,
         
θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει καὶ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη
                   ἐν
ἡμῖν ἐστίν.

Hard words

πώποτε                        ever (adv)

θεάομαι                       I see (v)

ὀφείλω                        I ought, must (v)

τελείοω                       I make perfect/complete (v)

 

Parsing

τεθέαται                       ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

τετελειωμένη             ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  In what way is θεὸν emphasized?

 

2.  How is the middle to be understood in τεθέαται (reflexive or subject

            emphasis)?

 

3.  What type of subjunctive is ἀγαπῶμεν (cohortative, conditional

            possibility, deliberative)?

 

4.  What type of genitive (objective, subjective) is ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ and

            how does each change the meaning?

 

5. What is grammatical type is τετελειωμέν ἐστὶν and how is this construction

            translated?

 

 


4:13   ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν,
          ὅτι
ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν.

 

Parsing

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

μένομεν                       ______________________________________

δέδωκεν                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How should ἐν τούτῳ be understood as causal (because of); instrumental

            (by) or temporal (when)?

 

2.  Is τούτῳ anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point/refer?

 

3.  Is the first  ὅτι in this context causal (because), complementary (that) or

            exegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

4. What kind of role does the καὶ play (coordinative [and], adjunctive [also,

            or ascensive [even])?

 

5.  Is the second ὅτι in this context causal (because), complementary (that)

            or epexegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

6.  Where have we seen ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος before (ch. 3)? 

 

5.  Is the ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος source (from) or partitive (of—a portion of)?

            What is the difference?

 

 

8.  What type of dative is the final ἡμῖν instrumental (by), indirect object

            (to) or sphere (in)?

 

 

 


4:14  Καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν
          ὅτι
πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου.

 

Hard words

θεάομαι                       I see (v)

 

Parsing

τεθεάμεθα                   ______________________________________

μαρτυροῦμεν              ______________________________________

ἀπέσταλκεν                 ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What does the sentence initial καὶ  signify (coordinative [and], adjunctive

            ascensive [even] or thematic continuity)?

 

2.  What is the significance of the middle in τεθεάμεθα?  What verse does this remind

            you of?

 

3.  Is the  ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal complementary

            (that) or epexegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

4.  What kind of accusative relationship is there between τὀν υἱὸν  

            and σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου?

 

 

5.  What type of genitive is τοῦ κόσμου (objective/subjective)?

 

 


4:15  ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς [Χριστός] ἐστιν
         
υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ.

 

Hard words

ὁμολογέω                    I confess, declare (v)

 

Parsing

ὁμολογήσῃ                  ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________
μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.   Is the ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal

            complementary (that) or epexegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

2.  The υἱός is nominative, why is it not the subject of the verb ἐστιν

            especially when it has the definite article?

 

 

3.  What shift is made in this verse in the principle of abiding in

            him? 

 

 

4. What kind of role does the καὶ play (coordinative [and], adjunctive [also,

            or ascensive [even])?

 


4:16  Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐγνώκαμεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει
                  
  θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν.
         
  θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐν τῷ θεῷ μένει
                   καὶ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ [μένει].
 

Parsing

ἐγνώκαμεν                  ______________________________________

πεπιστεύκαμεν            ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

μένων                          ______________________________________

μένει                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What does the sentence initial καὶ signify (coordinative [and], adjunctive

            ascensive [even] or thematic continuity)?

 

2.  How does the accusative τὴν ἀγάπην relate to the two verbs?

 

3.  How is ἐν ἡμῖν to be understood here is it oddly an object or means (by)

            or reference/respect? 

 

 

 

 

4.  What does the use of the present tense indicate in the participle

            μένων?  Is this participle attributive, adverbial or substantive?

 

 

5.  The final καὶ  (coordinative [and], adjunctive (also),  ascensive [even] or thematic
            continuity)?

 

           


Name  _______________________________                       Box ____________

Greek II:  1 John 4:17-21                                                        Date ____________

 

 

4:17  Ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἀγάπη μεθ' ἡμῶν,
          ἵνα
παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως,  
                   ὅτι
καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ.

 

Hard words

τελειόω                      I make perfect, complete, finish (v)

παρρησία                    openness, confidence, boldness (n)

 

Parsing

τετελείωται                  ______________________________________

ἔχωμεν                        ______________________________________

ἐσμεν                          ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How should ἐν τούτῳ be understood as causal (because of); instrumental

            (by) or temporal (when)?

 

2.  Is the τούτῳ here cataphoric or anaphoric and to what is it pointing?

 

 

 

 

3.  Is the μεθἡμῶν (with us) spatial; (among) association or manner (with)?

 

4.  Is the ἵνα clause purpose (in order that/because) or result (with the result that)?

 

5.  Is ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ instrumental (by), sphere (in) or temporal (in)?

 

6.  Is the second  ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal

            complementary (that) or epexegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

 

7.  What does καθὼς introduce (new topic, comparison, circumstances)?

 

8.  How should ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ be understood (means [by]; locative

            [in] or temporal [when])?

 


4:18  φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ,
          ἀλλ
τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον,
          ὅτι
φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει,
         
δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ.

 

Hard words

τέλειος                        complete, perfect, whole (adj)

κόλασις                      punishment (N) 

τελειόω                        I make perfect, complete (v)

 

Parsing

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

βάλλει                        ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

φοβούμενος                 ______________________________________

τετελείωται                  ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How do you take ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ (instrumental (by), locative (in),

            reference (with respect to))?

 

2.  Is the second  ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal

            complementary (that) or epexegetical (explanatory “that”)?

 

3.  If φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει means literal “fear has punishment” what

            is a smoother reading which captures that meaning?

 

4.  What does the middle φοβούμενος stress?  Culy notes that verbs

            of emotion often have a middle flavor.  Why?

 

 

5.  How do you relate the OT wisdom saying that the “fear of God is the

            beginning of wisdom” and this verse?  (Do use the “reverence” of

            God argument; or does fear=fear). 


4:19  Ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς.

 

Hard words

πρῶτος                        first (adj)

 

Parsing

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἠγάπησεν                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What does the fronting of ἡμεῖς do both in this sentence and also

            in relation to the preceding one?

 

 

2.  What does having an implicit object mean in regard to the verb

            ἀγαπῶμεν (God, others, or both, cf. NLT=others)?

 

 

 

3.  Is the  ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal

 

 

 

 


4:20   ἐάν τις εἴπῃ ὅτι Ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν,
          καὶ
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν·  
         
γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν,
          τὸν
θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾷν.

Hard words

ψεύστης                       liar (n)

 

Parsing

εἴπῃ                             ______________________________________

Ἀγαπῶ                         ______________________________________

μεςῇ                             ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

ἑώρακεν                      ______________________________________

δύναται                        ______________________________________

ἀγαπᾶν                        ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What kind of condition does ἐάν introduce (1st class, 2nd or 3rd) and

            what does that suggest? Does it function as a mitigated exhortation

            or prohibition?

 

 

2.  Is the  ὅτι in this context causal (because), clausal complementary (that) or

            epexegetical (explanatory “that”) or introduce indirect discourse?

 

3.  How is the καὶ to be understood (coordinative [and], adjunctive [also,

            or ascensive [even] or adversative [but])?

 

 

4.  Should the nominative ψεύστης be read as a subject or predicate nominative? 

 

5.  How is the γάρ to be understood (causal [because]; explanatory [for,

            namely] or inferential [therefore])?

 

6.  What is the subject of δύναται?

 

7.  What kind of infinitive is ἀγαπᾶν (articular or complementary) in

            relation to the verb δύναται?

 


4:21  καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ,
            ἵνα
ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ.

Parsing

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

ἀγαπᾷ                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What does the sentence initial καὶ signify (coordinative [and], adjunctive

            ascensive [even] or thematic continuity)?

 

2.  ἀπαὐτοῦ should be understood as separation or source?

 

3.  How do you understand ἵνα (purpose [in order that]; result [with the

            result that]; or epexegetical [that])?

 

4.  How is the second καὶ to be understood (coordinative [and], adjunctive

            [also,   or ascensive [even] or adversative [but])?

 

5. What kind of participial usage is ἀγαπῶν (attributive, predicate or substantival)?

 


                                         1 John 5                                         

 

Πᾶς πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστὶν χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται, καὶ πᾶς ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

 

2  ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ποιῶμεν·

 

3  αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν, καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν,

 

4  ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον· καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν νίκη νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, πίστις ἡμῶν·

 

τίς ἐστιν [δὲ] νικῶν τὸν κόσμον εἰ μὴ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστὶν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ

 

 Οὗτός ἐστιν ἐλθὼν δι' ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός: οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι· καὶ τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν, ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἀλήθεια.

 

7  ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσὶν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες,

 

8  τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν.

 

9  εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν, μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν, ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

 

10    πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ: μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν θεὸς περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

 

11  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν μαρτυρία, ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν θεὸς ἡμῖν, καὶ αὕτη ζωὴ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστίν.

 

12   ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν: μὴ ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει.

 

13  Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

 

14  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅτι ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ἀκούει ἡμῶν.

 

15  καὶ ἐὰν οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν ἐὰν αἰτώμεθα, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

 

16  Ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον. ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον: οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ.

 

17  πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον.

 

18  Οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει, ἀλλ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ αὐτόν, καὶ πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ.

 

19  οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμέν, καὶ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται.

 

20  οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει, καὶ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν ἵνα γινώσκομεν τὸν ἀληθινόν: καί ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ. οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθινὸς θεὸς καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος.

 

21  Τεκνία, φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων.

 


Name  _________________________________                   Box ____________

Greek II:  1 John 5:1-12                                                          Date ____________

 

 

5:1  Πᾶς πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστὶν χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ
          γεγέννηται, καὶ πᾶς ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα
          ἀγαπᾷ [
καὶ ] τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

Parsing

πιστεύων                     ______________________________________

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

γεγέννηται                   ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶν                        ______________________________________

γεννήσαντα                  ______________________________________

ἀγαπᾷ                         ______________________________________

γεγεννημένον              ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What is the subject of the verb γεγέννηται

 

2.  What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

3.  Is  ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ source or separation?

 

4.  What role does the perfect tense play in the verb γεγέννηται here?

 

5.  To whom does the γεννήσαντα refer?  To whom does the γεγεννημένον refer?

            Is there any significance on the tense shift from aorist to perfect?

 

6.  What role does the [καὶ ]  play (coordinative [and], adjunctive [also], ascensive

            [even] or thematic continuity)?

 

 

7. Bible Works,  πιστεύων       click search.  Huge in John (only rarely in
            Acts (2x), Romans (2x) 1 Pet (1x);  while in John (15x); in 1 John 5 (4x)

More than that:  πιστεύων   + εις only in John 3:36 and 1 John 5 + ἔχει
While Romans has πιστεύων +επι (eis only found in John+ 1 John) 

Same for γεγεννημένον  only here in 1 Jn 5:1 and John 3:6. 
Compare also ἀγαπῶν  with John 14:21 father/son loving back and forth


5:2  ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ,
          ὅταν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ποιῶμεν
·

 

Parsing

γινώσκομεν                 ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ἀγαπῶμεν                    ______________________________________

ποιῶμεν                       ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How do you understand the ἐν τούτῳ (cause [because of]; instrumental [by] or temporal [while/during])?  Is the τούτῳ anaphoric or cataphoric and to what

            does it point?

 

2.  What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

3.  What kind of genitive is found in τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ (objective, subjective,

            descriptive or relationship)?

 

4.  How did you know that the first ἀγπῶμεν was indicative and the second

            ἀγαπῶμεν subjunctive when the forms are exactly the same?

 

5.  When ὅταν is called epexegetical to τούτῳ what does that mean?

 

6.  If the manuscript evidence is split between reading ποιῶμεν and τηρῶμεν why was

            ποιῶμεν picked?

 

 

 


5:3  αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν, καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν,

Hard Words

βαρύς                           heavy, hard, difficult (adj)

 

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

τηρῶμεν                      ______________________________________

εἰσίν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point?

 

2.  What type of genitive is ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ (objective or subjective)?

 

3.  ἵνα is said to be an epexegetical comment on αὕτη.   What does that mean?

 

4.  According to this verse how does one love God?

 

 

 

 


5:4  ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον·
          καὶ
αὕτη ἐστὶν νίκη νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, πίστις ἡμῶν·

Hard Words

νικάω                           I conquer, overcome (v)

νίκη, -ης,                  victory (n)

 

Parsing

γεγεννημένον              ______________________________________

νικᾷ                             ______________________________________

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

νικήσασα                     ______________________________________

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.   What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

2. Why the switch to the neuter in πᾶν?

 

3.  How do you translate νίκη νικήσασα?

 

4. Is αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point?

 

5.  What is the relationship of νίκη to νικήσασας τὸν κόσμον (attributive

            or appositional)?

 

 


5:5  τίς ἐστιν [δὲ] νικῶν τὸν κόσμον εἰ μὴ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς
          ἐστὶν
υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ;

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

νικῶν                           ______________________________________

πιστεύων                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  What is the function of the rhetorical question here?

 

2.  What idiomatic translation is given to εἰ μή?

 

3.   What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

 

Do a BW search on the lemma of νικάω.
νικῶν τὸν κόσμον  only other place where νικάω + τὸν κόσμον 
found: 1 John 5:4 and John 16:33
lemma occurs 28x:  17 times in Rev. 6x in 1 John, 1x in John; = 24x
            3x in Rom. 1x in Luke.  (contexts very different)
5:6 
Οὗτός ἐστιν ἐλθὼν δι' ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος,
          Ἰησοῦς
Χριστός: οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον
          ἀλλ
ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι·
          καὶ
τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν,

          ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἀλήθεια.

Parsing

ἐστιν                            ______________________________________

ἐλθὼν                          ______________________________________

μαρτυροῦν                   ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is the οὗτος anaphoric or cataphoric and to whom does it point?

 

2.  How do you understand διὕδατος spatial, agency (by) or means? What is the

            difference between agency/instrumental and means?

 

3.  What is a metonymy and what does it mean here?

 

 

 

4.  What role do the repeated ἐν’s play in this verse (instrumental [by], cause [beause of],

            temporal[while])?

 

5.   What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

 


5:7  ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσὶν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες,

 

Hard Words

τρεῖς                           three (adj)

 

Parsing

εἰσιν                            ______________________________________

μαρτυροῦντες              ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.   What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

2.  What options are available in the text critical apparatus and how would you weigh

            these?  This is called the Johannine Comma.

            What option did the KJV translators take?  Why is this option which so clearly

            teaches the trinity rejected?  What is the manuscript evidence?  What support

            or lack of support is found in the church fathers?

 

 

 

3.  How would you translate the Johannine Comma:  μαρτυροῦντες ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ,

            πατὴρ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, και οὗτοι οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσιν.  8.  Καὶ τρεῖς

            εἰσεν οἱ μαρτθροῦντες ἐν τῇ γῇ, τὸ πνεύμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ αἷμα

 

 


5:8  τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν.

 

 

 Parsing

εἰσιν                            ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

Questions

1.  εἰς is used as a substitute for a predicate modifier of equivalence.  What

            does that mean here? (X=Y)  How would that be understood differently

            if taken as indicating a goal?

 

 

 

 


5:9   εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν,
         
μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν,
          ὅτι
αὕτη ἐστὶν μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ
          ὅτι
μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

Parsing

λαμβάνομεν                ______________________________________

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

μεμαρτύρηκεν             ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What type of genitive is τῶν ἀνθρώπων and τοῦ θεοῦ (objective or subjective)? 

 

2.   What is the function of the first ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

3.  What is the function of the ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

4. Is the αὕτη  anaphoric or kataphoric?  To what does it point?

 

 

BW search on :
μαρτυρίαν  : 19x in NT:     Jn = 6x; 1 Jn 3x; Rev. =7x  = 16x total
         3x elsewhere in NT

μαρτυρία  : 15x in NT:    8x in John, 3x in 1 Jn; 1x in 3 Jn, 1x in Rev.
             2x elsewhere in NT:

μεμαρτύρηκεν  5x in NT:  Jn = 3x;  1 Jn 2x;   no where else in NT.
5:10  
πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ·
         
μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν,
          ὅτι
οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν
                  
θεὸς περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

Parsing

πιστεύων                     ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

πεποίηκεν                    ______________________________________

πεπίστευκεν                ______________________________________

μεμαρτύρηκεν             ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What phrase is used to mark the object of belief?

 

2. Is ὅτι causal or complementary?

 

3.  Where have we seen before this “making God a liar”?

 

4.  What kind of binary structure is +/- is seen here once again?

 

 

 


5:11  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν μαρτυρία,
          ὅτι
ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν θεὸς ἡμῖν,
          καὶ
αὕτη ζωὴ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστίν.

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

ἔδωκεν                        ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point?

 

2.  How big of a concept is “life” in our culture? 

 

3. Is ὅτι causal or clausal complement, or epexegetical?

 

4. What type of dative is ἡμῖν (instrument, indirect object)?

 

 


5:12   ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν·  
         
μὴ ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει.

 

Parsing

ἔχων                            ______________________________________

ἔχει                              ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What kind of binary structure is +/- is seen here once again?

 

2.  In what sense do we “have” the son?

 

 

3. Is the participle ἔχων to be taken as attributive, predicate or substantive?

 

 

 

 

 


Name  _________________________________                   Box ____________

Greek II:  1 John 5:13-21                                                        Date ____________

 

 

5:13  Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον,
          τοῖς
πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

Parsing

ἔγραψα                        ______________________________________

εἰδῆτε                          ______________________________________

ἔχετε                            ______________________________________

πιστεύουσιν                ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  How would you compare 1 Jn 5:13 and Jn 20:31? 

 

 

2.  How is the dative τοῖς πιστεύουσιν to be understood in relationship to the

            ὑμῖν (appositional, complementary, or instrumental)?

 

3. What other purpose statements in the book reveal the author’s reason for writing?

 

 


5:14  καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν,
          ὅτι
ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ἀκούει ἡμῶν.

Hard Words

παρρησία                    confidence

αἰτέω                          I ask 

 

Parsing

ἐστὶν                            ______________________________________

ἔχομεν                         ______________________________________

αἰτώμεθα                     ______________________________________

ἀκούει                         ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is αὕτη anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point?

 

2. How is κατὰ τὸ θέλημα to be understood (temporal (during); purpose (for the

            purpose of); or standard (in accordance with))?

 

3.  Why is the middle used in αἰτώμεθα?

 

4. What type of role does the genitive ἡμῶν play (possessive, separation, object of verb)?

 

 


5:15  καὶ ἐὰν οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν ἐὰν αἰτώμεθα,
          οἴδαμεν
ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

Hard Words

αἴτημα                         requests

 

Parsing

οἴδαμεν                       ______________________________________

ἀκούει                        ______________________________________

αἰτώμεθα                     ______________________________________

ἐχομεν                         ______________________________________

ᾐτήκαμεν                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Why is this third class condition different than most and what is the point?

 

 

 

2. What type of role does the genitive ἡμῶν play (possessive, separation, object of verb)?

 

3.  What is the role of ἀπαὐτοῦ (separation, source or cause)?

 

4. How does the present tense αἰτώμεθα and the perfect tense  ᾐτήκαμεν work together

            in this sentence?
 

           
5:16   
Ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν
                   μὴ
πρὸς θάνατον,
          αἰτήσει
, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον.

           ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον· οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ.

Parsing

ἴδῃ                               ______________________________________

ἁμαρτάνοντα               ______________________________________          

αἰτήσει                         ______________________________________

δώσει                           ______________________________________

ἁμαρτάνουσιν             ______________________________________

ἔστιν                            ______________________________________

λέγω                            ______________________________________

ἐρωτησῃ                      ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  What is the function of the third class condition?

 

2.  What is a cognate accusative and what is a possible example here?

 

 

3.  The preposition πρὸς focuses attention on the beginning, middle or end of an event?

            Does it focus on the cause or the result?

 

4.  While αἰτήσει is a future indicative what is its sense (subjunctive or imperative)?

 

5.  Who is the subject of δώσει?

 

6. What is this sin unto death?

 

 

 

7. Is ἐκείνης  anaphoric or cataphoric?  To what does it point?

 


5:17  πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν
          καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον.

Hard Words

ἀδικία              wrong, injustice

 

Parsing

ἐστίν                            ______________________________________

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Which is the subject ἀδικία or ἁμαρτία and why?

 

2.  What is the difference between ἀδικία and  ἁμαρτία?

 


5:18  Οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει,
          ἀλλ
γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ αὐτόν,
          καὶ
πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ.

 

Hard Words

ἅπτω                            I light, ignite Mid. touch

 

Parsing

Οἴδαμεν                       ______________________________________

γεγεννημένος             ______________________________________

ἁμαρτάνει                    ______________________________________

γεννηθεὶς                     ______________________________________

τηρεῖ                            ______________________________________

ἅπτεται                        ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is the γεννηθεὶς referring to Jesus or the believer?

 

 

 

2. How is αὐτὸν to be understood?

 

 

 

3. What type of role does the genitive αὐτοῦ? play (possessive, separation, object of verb)?

 

4. Is ἐκ (from) in  ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ  source or separation?

 


5:19   οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμέν,
         
καὶ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται.

 

Hard Words

κεῖμαι                         I lie, stand

ὅλος                            whole

 

Parsing

οἴδαμεν                       ______________________________________

ἐσμεν                          ______________________________________

κεῖται                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.   What is the function of the first ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

2.  What way should ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ be understood:  source, separation, cause?

 

3.  What is the significance of the middle κεῖται (what role does the subject play)? 

 

4.  What role does this verse play in our world view?

 

 

5. Is the ἐν in  ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ temporal, instumental, or spatial?

 

 


5:20   οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει,
          καὶ
δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν ἵνα γινώσκομεν τὸν ἀληθινόν·  
          καί
ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ.

          οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθινὸς θεὸς καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος.

Hard Words

ἥκω                            I come

διάνοια                       mind, understanding

 

Parsing

οἴδαμεν                       ______________________________________

ἥκει                             ______________________________________

δέδωκεν                      ______________________________________

γινώσκωμεν                ______________________________________

ἐσμὲν                           ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

Questions

1.   What is the function of the first ὅτι causal (because), complementary (x + that) or

            epexegetical (that)?

 

2.  Should the δὲ be taken as a coordinating conjunction (and) or a contrastive (but)?

 

3.  Does the ἵνα introduce a purpose (fo the purpose that) or result (with the result that)

            clause?

 

4.  Does the ἀληθινῷ refer to Jesus or the father?  What does Culy mean when he says

            John often uses trinitarian ambiguity?

 

5.  Is οὗτος anaphoric or cataphoric and to what does it point?

 


5:21   Τεκνία, φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων.

Hard Words

φυλάσσω                    I guard, keep

 

Parsing

φυλάξατε                     ______________________________________

 

Translation

 

 

 

Questions

1.  Is ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων to be understood as separation or source?

 

2.  How do you recognize post-modern idols?  How do you recognize personal idols?

 


Mastering New Testament Greek Vocabulary Builder

 

 

Ted Hildebrandt

 

 

 

Baker Academic



Introduction

This Greek Vocabulary Builder ebook is designed to help you master the vocabulary of the Greek New Testament. After learning the basic grammar of the parts of speech (verbs, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, etc.), vocabulary is the most important content you must master in order to be able to read the New Testament easily.

In the past, the following word lists have been useful to students of New Testament Greek:

 

Field, Clyde. Practical New Testament Greek Vocabularies. Mims, Fla.: self-published, 1997.

Metzger, Bruce M. Lexical Aids for Students of New Testament Greek, 3d ed. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1997.

Robinson, Thomas. Mastering Greek Vocabulary. Peabody, Mass.: Hendrikson, 1991.

Trenchard, Warren. The Student’s Complete Guide to the Greek New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1992.

 

The following word list was built off a word frequency count derived from Bible Works 4.0 (Hermeneutica) that is a phenomenal electronic concordancing and exegetical tool for Windows PCs. The definitions were derived from multiple sources in consultation with A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament, 2d ed., by W. Bauer, W. F. Arndt, F. W. Gingrich, and F. W. Danker (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979). The definitions were sifted through a pedagogical grid; that is, I chose meanings that could be easily remembered. Though such an approach is justified in a list intended to aid students in memorizing large amounts of vocabulary words, for exegesis and detailed semantic analysis of words, the lexicons and word books should be consulted.

The electronic “Flash card” program is based on this same list and is available on the Mastering New Testament Greek CD-ROM under “Greek Vocabulary Builder.” It will drill you interactively on each set of ten words, allowing you to show or hide the English or Greek and to hear the words pronounced.

I am committed to using the power of computers for the glory of God and the good of others in instructional contexts. It is hoped that this will provide an initial model of how digital tools can be harnessed in service of the proclamation of the good news that Jesus was the Son of God who died for our sins so that a good relationship with God and others could be established. The New Testament records the story of his life and the lives of his followers. This is the primary motivation for our wanting to learn Greek.

 

In Christ’s grace,

Ted


Word

Meaning

Frequency

 

 

 

Set 1

 

 

ὁ, ἡ, τό

the

19863

καἰ

and, even, also

9018

αὐτός, -ή, -ό

he, she, it (pron.); self, same (adj.)

5596

 

auto-matic

 

σύ, σοῦ; ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν

you (sg.); you (pl.)

2905

δέ

but, and, then

2792

ἐν (Dat.)

in, by, among (Dat.)

2752

 

en-code

 

ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ; ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν

I (sg.); we (pl.)

2582

 

ego

 

εἰμί

I am, occur, live

2462

εἰς  (Acc.)

into, toward, to (Acc.)

1767

 

eis-egesis (read into a text)

 

οὐ

no (question expects yes answer)

1623

 

 

 

Set 2

 

 

ὅς, ,

who, which, what

1418

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο

this; he, she, it (subst.)

1387

λέγω

I say, tell, declare

1329

 

eu-logy (speak well)

 

θεός,-οῦ, ,

God, god, goddess

1317

 

theo-logy

 

ὅτι

that, because, for

1293

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν

all, every, any

1243

 

Pan-American

 

μή

not (question expects negative answer)

1042

γάρ

for, so, then

1041

εἶπον

I said

1024

Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ,

Jesus, Joshua

917

 

 

 

Set 3

 

 

ἐκ

from, out of

914

 

ex-pire (breathe out)

 

ἐπί (Gen.)

on, over, when (Gen.)

890

 

epi-demic (on the people)

 

ἐπί (Dat.)

on, in, above (Dat.)

890

ἐπί (Acc.)

across, over to, against (Acc.)

890

ἵνα

in order that, that

779

κύριος, -ου, ὁ

Lord, master, sir

717

ἔχω

I have, wear, keep

708

πρός (Gen.)

for (Gen.)

700

πρός (Dat.)

at, by (Dat.)

700

πρός (Acc.)

toward, to, against (Acc.)

700

 

 

 

Set 4

 

 

γίνομαι

I become, am, happen

669

διά (Gen.)

through, during, by (Gen.)

667

 

dia-meter

 

διά (Acc.)

on account of, because (Acc.)

667

ἀπό (Gen.)

from, of, by (Gen.)

646

 

apo-stasy (standing away from)

 

ἀλλά

but, except, rather

637

ἔρχομαι

I come, go

632

ποιέω

I do, make

568

 

poem (making or creation)

 

τίς, τί

who? which? what? why?

554

ἄνθρωπος

man, human, husband

550

 

anthrop-ology (study of humankind)

 

τὶς, τὶ

someone, something, anyone

532

 

 

 

Set 5

 

 

Χριστός, -οῦ, ὁ

Christ, Messiah, Anointed One

529

ὡς

as, that, about

504

εἰ

if, whether

502

οὖν

then, so, therefore

498

κατά (Gen.)

down from, against (Gen.)

473

 

cata-pult

 

κατά (Acc.)

according to, during (Acc.)

473

μετά (Gen.)

with, against (Gen.)

469

μετά (Acc.)

after, behind (Acc.)

469

 

meta-phor (to carry beyond)

 

ἀκούω

I hear, understand, learn

428

 

acoustics

 

πολύς, πολλἠ, πολύ

many, much, great

416

 

 

 

Set 6

 

 

δίδωμι

I give, entrust, yield

415

 

anti-dote

 

πατήρ, πατρός, ὁ

father, ancestor

413

 

patristic (church fathers)

 

ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ

day, daylight, time

389

πνεῦμα, -ατος, τό

spirit, Spirit, wind, breath

379

 

pneumonia (problem breathing)

 

υἱός, -οῦ,

son, descendant

377

εἷς, μία, ἕν

one, single, someone

345

ἀδελφός, -οῦ,

brother, member

343

 

Phil-adelphia (brotherly love)

 

or, than

343

εἶδον (ὁράω)

I saw, perceived

341

ἐάν

if, when

333

 

 

 

Set 7

 

 

περί (Gen.)

concerning, about (Gen.)

333

περί (Acc.)

around (Acc.)

333

 

peri-meter

 

λόγος, -ου, ὁ

word, Word, statement

330

 

logo, logic

 

ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ

of himself, of herself, of itself

319

οἶδα

I know, understand

318

λαλέω

I speak, say

296

 

glosso-lalia (speak in tongues)

 

οὐρανός, -οῦ,

heaven, sky, God

273

 

uranium

 

μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ

disciple, apprentice

261

λαμβάνω

I take, receive, seize

258

γῆ, γῆς,

earth, land, region

250

 

geo-graphy

 

 

 

 

Set 8

 

 

ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο

that (one)

243

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα

large, great

243

 

mega-byte

 

πίστις, -εως, ἡ

faith, belief, trust

243

πιστεύω

I believe (in), have faith (in)

241

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν

no one, none, nothing

234

ἅγιος, -α, -ον

holy, consecrated, saints (pl.)

233

ἀποκρίνομαι

I answer, reply

231

ὄνομα, ᾱτος, τό

name, title, reputation

230

γινώσκω

I know, learn, realize

222

ὑπό (Gen.)

by (Gen.)

220

 

 

 

Set 9

 

 

ὑπό (Acc.)

under (Acc.)

220

 

hypo-dermic (under the skin)

 

ἐξέρχομαι

I go out

218

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ

man, husband, someone

216

 

poly-andry (many husbands)

 

γυνή, -αικός, ἡ

woman, wife

215

 

gynec-ology

 

τέ

and, so

215

δύναμαι

I am powerful, am able

210

 

dyna-mic

 

θέλω

I will, wish, desire

208

οὕτως

thus, so, in this manner

208

ἰδού

behold! see! consider!

200

Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον

Jewish (adj.), Jew (noun)

195

 

 

 

Set 10

 

 

εἰσέρχομαι

I come in, go in, enter

194

νόμος, -ου, ὁ

law, Law, principle

194

παρά  (Gen.)

from (Gen.)

194

παρά  (Dat.)

beside, with (Dat.)

194

παρά (Acc.)

alongside of (Acc.)

194

 

para-medic

 

γράφω

I write

191

κόσμος,-ου, ὁ

world, universe, humankind

186

 

cosmo-logy, cosmic

 

καθώς

as, even as

182

μέν

indeed, on the one hand

178

χείρ, χειρός, ἡ

hand, arm, power

177

 

 

 

Set 11

 

 

εὑρισκω

I find

176

 

heuristic

 

ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ

angel, messenger

175

 

angel

 

ὄχλος, -ου, ὁ

crowd, multitude

175

ἁμαρτία, -ας, ἡ

sin

173

 

harmarti-ology (study of sin)

 

ἔργον, -ου, τό

work, deed

169

 

ergo-nomics (study of work equipment design)

 

ἄν

(untranslated contingency particle)

166

δόξα, -ης, ἡ

glory

166

 

dox-ology

 

πόλις, -εως, ἡ

city

163

 

Indiana-polis

 

βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ

kingdom

162

 

basilica

 

ἔθνος, -ους, τό

nation, heathen/Gentiles (pl.)

162

 

 

 

Set 12

 

 

τότε

then, at that time

160

ἐσθίω

I eat

158

Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ

Paul

158

καρδία, -ας, ἡ

heart, mind

156

 

cardiac

 

Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ

Peter

156

πρῶτος, -η, -ον

first, earlier

155

 

proto-type

 

χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ

grace, favor, kindness

155

ἄλλος, -η, -ο

other, another

154

 

alle-gory

 

πορεύομαι

I go, live

153

ἵστημι

I stand, set

153

 

 

 

Set 13

 

 

ὑπέρ (Gen.)

in behalf of, for (Gen.)

150

ὑπέρ (Acc.)

above (Acc.)

150

 

hyper-active

 

καλέω

I call, invite

148

νῦν

now

147

σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ

flesh, body

147

 

sarco-phagus

 

ἕως

until (conj.)

146

ἕως (Gen.)

until, as far as (improper prep.; Gen.)

146

ἐγείρω

I raise up, restore, wake

144

προφήτης, -ου, ὁ

prophet

144

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι

whoever, whatever, whichever

144

 

 

 

Set 14

 

 

ἀγαπάω

I love

143

ἀφίημι

I permit, let go, forgive

143

οὐδέ

and not, not even, neither, nor

143

λαός, -ου, ὁ

people, crowd

142

 

laity

 

σῶμα, -ατος, τό

body

142

 

somatic

 

πάλιν

again

141

 

palimpsest (written again manuscript)

 

ζάω

I live

140

Ἱεροσόλθμα, τά/ἡ

Jerusalem

139

φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ

sound, voice, noise

139

 

phono-graph, phon-etics

 

δύο

two

135

 

dual, dualism

 

 

 

 

Set 15

 

 

ζωή, -ής, ἡ

life

135

 

zoology

 

Ἰωάννης, -ου, ὁ

John

135

ἀποστέλλω

I send, send out

132

βλέπω

I see, look at

132

ἀμήν

truly, amen, let it be so

129

νεκρός, -ά, -όν

dead; dead person (subst.)

128

 

necro-polis (city of the dead)

 

σύν (Dat.)

with (Dat.)

128

 

syn-chronize

 

δοῦλος, -ου, ὁ

servant, slave

124

ὅταν

whenever

123

αἰών, -ῶνος, ὁ

age, eternity

122

 

aeon

 

 

 

 

Set 16

 

 

ἀρχιερεύς, -ἐως, ὁ

high priest, chief priest

122

βάλλω

I throw, put

122

 

ballistics

 

θάνατος, -ου, ὁ

death

120

 

thanato-logy (study of death)

 

δύναμις, -εως, ἡ

power, miracle

119

 

dynamite

 

παραδίδωμι

I hand over, betray, entrust

119

μένω

I remain, stay, live

118

ἀπέρχομαι

I depart

117

ζητέω

I seek, desire, request

117

ἀγάπη, -ης, ἡ

love

116

βασιλεῦς, -έως, ὁ

king

115

 

 

 

Set 17

 

 

ἐκκλησία, -ας, ἡ

church, congregation, assembly

114

 

ecclesi-ology (study of the church)

 

ἴδιος, ᾱ, -ον

one’s own, belonging to one

114

 

idio-syncrasy, idiomatic

 

κρίνω

I judge, decide

114

 

critic

 

μόνος, -η, -ον

only, alone

114

 

monologue, monopoly

 

οἶκος, -ου, ὁ

house

114

ὁράω

I see

113

 

pan-orama (see all)

 

ἀποθνῄσκω

I die

111

ὅσος, -η, -ον

as great as, as many as

110

ἀλήθεια, -ας, ἡ

truth

109

μέλλω

I am about to

109

 

 

 

Set 18

 

 

ὅλος, -η, -ον

whole (adj.); entirely (adv.)

109

 

holo-caust

 

παρακαλέω

I call, urge, exhort, console

109

ἀνίστημι

I raise, cause to rise

108

σῴζω

I save, rescue

106

ὥρα, -ας, ἡ

hour, time

106

ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ

soul, person, self

109

 

psych-ology

 

ὅτε

when, while

103

ἀγαθός, -ή, -όν

good

102

 

Agatha

 

ἐξουσία, -ας, ἡ

authority, power, jurisdiction

102

καλός, -ή, -όν

beautiful, good

102

 

kaleidoscope (see beautiful)

 

 

 

 

Set 19

 

 

πῶς

how?

102

αἴρω

I take up, take away, raise

101

δεῖ

it is necessary,

101

ὁδός, -οῦ,

way, road, journey

101

ἀλλήλων

one another

100

ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ,

eye, sight

100

 

ophthalmo-logy

 

τίθημι

I put, place, set

100

 

antithesis (set against)

 

τέκνον,-ου, τό

child, descendant

99

ἕτερος, -α, -ον

other, another

98

 

heterosexual

 

Φαρισαῖος, -ου, ὁ

Pharisee

98

 

 

 

Set 20

 

 

αἷμα, -ατος, τό

blood

97

 

anaemia

 

ἄρτος, -ου, ὁ

bread, food

97

γεννάω

I give birth to, produce

97

 

generation

 

διδάσκω

I teach

97

 

didactic

 

ἐκεῖ

there

95

περιπατέω

I walk, live

95

 

peripatetics

 

φοβέομαι

I fear

95

 

phobia

 

ἐνώπιον (Gen.)

before (Gen.)

94

τόπς, -ου, ὁ

place

94

 

topography

 

ἔτι

still, yet, even

93

 

 

 

Set 21

 

 

οἰκία, -ας, ἡ

house

93

πούς, ποδός, ὁ

foot

93

 

podium, monopod

 

δικαιοσύνη, -ης, ἡ

righteousness, justice

92

εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ

peace

92

θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ

sea

91

κάθημαι

I sit, live

91

ἀκολουθέω

I follow, accompany

90

 

acolyte (follows a priest)

 

ἀπόλλυμι

I destroy, ruin; I die (Mid.)

90

μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν

no one, nobody, nothing

90

πίπτω

I fall

90

 

 

 

Set 22

 

 

ἑπτά

seven

88

 

heptagon (seven sided figure)

 

οὔτε

and not, neither, nor

87

ἄρχω

I rule; begin (usually Mid.)

86

 

archbishop

 

πληρόω

I fill, finish, fulfill

86

προσέρχομαι

I come to, I go to

86

καιρός,-οῦ, ὁ

time (appointed), season

85

προσεύχομαι

I pray

85

κἀγώ

and I, I also

84

μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ

mother

83

ὥστε

therefore, so that, in order that

83

 

 

 

Set 23

 

 

ἀναβαίνω

I go up, ascend

82

ἕκαστος, -η, -ον

each, every

82

ὅπου

where, since

82

ἐκβάλλω

I cast out

81

καταβαίνω

I go down, descend

81

μᾶλλον

more, rather

81

ἀπόστολος, -ου, ὁ

apostle, messenger

80

Μωϋσῆς, -έως, ὁ

Moses

80

δίκαιος, -α, -ον

righteous, just, upright

79

πέμπω

I send

79

 

 

 

Set 24

 

 

ὑπάγω

I go away, go, depart

79

πονηρός, -ά, -όν

evil, bad, sick

78

στόμα, -ατος, τό

mouth

78

 

stomach

 

ἀνοίγω

I open

77

βαπτίζω

I baptize

77

 

baptize

 

σημεῖον, -ου, τό

sign, miracle

77

ἐμός, -ή, -όν

my, mine

76

εὐαγγέλιον, -ου, τό

good news, gospel

76

 

evangelical

 

μαρτυρέω

I testify, bear witness

76

 

martyr

 

πρόσωπον, -ου, τό

face, appearance, person

76

 

 

 

Set 25

 

 

ὕδωρ, -ατος, τό

water

76

δώδεκα

twelve

75

κεφαλή, -ῆς, ἡ

head

75

Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ

Simon

75

ἀποκτείνω

I kill

74

χαίρω

I rejoice

74

Ἀβραάμ, ὁ

Abraham

73

πίνω

I drink

73

φῶς, φωτός, τό

light

73

 

photo-graphy

 

αἰώνιος, -ον

eternal

71

 

aeon

 

 

 

 

Set 26

 

 

ἱερόν, -οῦ, τό

temple

71

 

hierarchy

 

πῦρ, -ός, τό

fire

71

αἰτέω

I ask

70

τηρέω

I keep, guard

70

ἄγω

I lead, bring, arrest

69

τρεῖς, τρία

three

69

 

tri-angle

 

Ἰσραήλ,

Israel

68

ῥῆμα, -ατος, τό

word, saying, thing

68

 

rhetoric

 

σάββατον, -ου, τό

Sabbath

68

ἐντολή, -ῆς, ἡ

commandment, order

67

 

 

 

Set 27

 

 

πιστός, -ή, -όν

faithful, trusting

67

πλοῖον, -ου, τό

boat

67

ἀπολύω

I release, divorce

66

καρπός, -οῦ,

fruit, crop

66

πρεσβύτερος, -α, -ον

elder

66

 

presbyterian

 

φέρω

I bear, carry, endure

66

 

Christo-pher (bearing Christ)

 

φημί

I say

66

εἴτε

if, whether

65

γραμματεύς, -έως, ὁ

scribe

63

 

grammar

 

δαιμόνιον, -ου, τό

demon, evil spirit

63

 

 

 

Set 28

 

 

ἔξω

without (adv.)

63

ἔξω (Gen.)

outside (prep.; Gen.)

63

ἐρωτάω

I ask, request

63

ὄρος, -ους, τό

mountain, hill

63

δοκέω

I think, suppose, seem

62

 

Docetism (Christ merely seemed human)

 

θέλημα, -ατος, τό

will, wish, desire

62

θρόνος,-ου, ὁ

throne

62

 

throne

 

ἀγαπητός, -ή, -ον

beloved

61

Γαλιλαία, -ας, ἡ

Galilee

61

δοξάζω

I praise, glorify

61

 

doxo-logy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Set 29

 

 

ἤδη

now, already

61

κηρύσσω 

I proclaim, preach

61

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ

night

61

ὧδε

here, hither

61

ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό

garment

60

προσκυνέω

I worship

60

ὑπάρχω

I am, exist

60

ἀσπάζομαι

I greet, salute

59

Δαυίδ, ὁ

David

59

διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ

teacher

59

 

 

 

Set 30

 

 

εὐθύς

immediately

59

λίθος, -ου, ὁ

stone

59

συνάγω

I gather together, invite

59

 

synagogue

 

χαρά, -ᾶς, ἡ

joy, delight

59

θεωρέω

I look at, see

58

 

theory

 

μέσος,-η, -ον

middle

58

 

Meso-potamia (middle of the rivers)

 

τοιοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτον

such, such as this

57

δέχομαι

I take, receive

56

ἐπερωτάω

I ask, question

56

μηδέ 

but not, nor, not even

56

 

 

 

Set 31

 

 

συναγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ

synagogue

56

τρίτος, -η, -ον

third

56

ἀρχή, -ῆς, ἡ

beginning, ruler

55

 

archaic

 

κράζω

I cry out

55

λοιπός, -ή, -όν

remaining (adj.); the rest (noun)

55

Πιλᾶτος, -ου, ὁ

Pilate

55

δεξιός, -ά, -όν

right (hand)

54

εὐαγγελίζω

I proclaim, preach good news

54

 

evangelize

 

οὐχί

not, no (question expects yes answer)

54

χρόνος, -ου, ὁ

time

54

 

chrono-logy

 

 

 

 

Set 32

 

 

διό

therefore, for this reason

53

ἐλπίς, -ίδος, ἡ

hope

53

ὅπως

how, that, in order that

53

ἐπαγγελία, -ας, ἡ

promise

52

ἔσχατος, -η, -ον

last, end

52

 

eschato-logy (study of the end times)

 

παιδίον, -ου, τό

child, infant

52

πείθω

I persuade, convince

52

σπείρω

I sow (seed)

52

σοφία, -ας, ἡ

wisdom

51

 

philo-sophy (love of wisdom)

 

 

 

 

γλῶσσα, -ης, ἡ

language, tongue

50

 

glosso-lalia (speaking in tongues)

 

 

 

 

Set 33

 

 

γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ

writing, Scripture

50

 

graphics

 

κακός, -ή, -όν

bad, evil

50

 

caco-phony (bad sound)

 

μακάριος, -α, -ον

blessed, happy, fortunate

50

 

(macarism is a beatitude or blessing)

 

παραβολή, -ῆς, ἡ

parable

50

τυφλός, -ή, -όν

blind person

50

ἄρα

so, then, therefore

49

ἄχρι / ἄχρις (Gen.)

as far as (prep.; Gen.)

49

ἄχρι / ἄχρις

until (conj.)

49

ἔτος, -ους, τό

year

49

παραλαμβάνω

I take, receive, accept

49

 

 

 

Set 34

 

 

φανερόω

I reveal, make known

49

χρεία, -ας, ἡ

a need,

49

ἀποδίδωμι

I give back, pay

48

ἔμπροσθεν (Gen.)

in front of, before (Gen.)

48

ἔρημος, -ον

deserted (adj.); desert (noun)

48

 

hermit

 

ποῦ

where? whither?

48

ἁμαρτωλός, -όν

sinful (adj.); sinner (noun)

47

κρατέω

I grasp, attain

47

κρίσις, -εως, ἡ

judgment, condemnation

47

 

crisis

 

οὐκέτι

no longer

47

 

 

 

Set 35

 

 

πρό  (Gen.)

before (Gen.)

47

 

pro-gress

 

προσφέρω

I bring to, offer

47

φόβος, -ου, ὁ

fear, terror

47

 

phobia

 

φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ

a guard, prison

47

θηρίον,-ου, τό

wild beast

46

καθίζω

I seat, sit

46

 

cathedral

 

μικρός, -ά, -όν

small, little

46

 

micro-biology

 

οὐαί

woe, alas

46

σταυρόω

I crucify

46

σωτηρία, -ας, ἡ

salvation

46

 

soteriology (study of salvation)

 

 

 

 

Set 36

 

 

ἀπαγγέλλω

I announce, report

45

διώκω

I pursue, persecute

45

θλῖψις, -εως, ἡ

trouble, oppression

45

ναός, -οῦ,

temple

45

ὅμοιος, -α, -ον

like, similar

45

 

homonym (sounds the same: their/there)

 

ἐπιγινώσκω

I come to know, recognize

44

Ἰούδας, -α, ὁ

Judas, Judah

44

κατοικέω

I live, dwell, inhabit

44

ἁμαρτάνω

I sin

43

γενεά, -ᾶς, ἡ

generation, family, race

43

 

genea-logy

 

 

 

 

Set 37

 

 

δεύτερος, -α, -ον

second

43

 

Deuteronomy (second law)

 

δέω

I tie, bind

43

 

dia-dem

 

διέρχομαι

I pass through

43

Ἡρῴδης, -ου, ὁ

Herod

43

θαυμάζω

I wonder, marvel

43

θεραπεύω

I heal

43

 

therapeutic

 

Ἰδουδαία, -ας, ἡ

Judea

43

σεαυτοῦ, -ῆς

of yourself

43

σπέρμα, -ατος, τό

seed

43

 

sperm

 

φωνέω

I call

43

 

phono-graph

 

 

 

 

Set 38

 

 

ἀνάστασις, -εως, ἡ

resurrection

42

ἐγγίζω

I come near

42

Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ

James

42

καινός,-ή, -όν

new

42

λύω

I loose, destroy

42

μέρος,-ους, τό

part

42

πάσχω

I suffer, endure

42

ἄξιος, -α, -ον

worthy, comparable

41

 

axiom

 

ἐργάζομαι

I work

41

 

energy

 

εὐλογέω

I bless

41

 

eulogy

 

 

 

 

Set 39

 

 

πάντοτε

always

41

παρίστημι

I am present, approach, stand by

41

σήμερον

today

41

τέσσαρες, -α

four

41

τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ

honor, price

41

 

Timothy (honoring God)

 

χωρίς (Gen.)

without, apart from (prep.; Gen.)

41

χωρίς

separately, by itself (adv.)

 

ἑτοιμάζω

I prepare

40

κλαίω

I weep

40

 

 

 

λογίζομαι

I calculate, account, reckon

40

 

logistics

 

 

 

 

Set 40

 

 

μισέω

I hate

40

 

misogamy (hatred of marriage)

 

μνημεῖον, -ου, τό

tomb, monument

40

οἰκοδομέω

I build, edify, erect

40

ὀλίγος, -η, -ον

small, few

40

 

oligarchy (rule by the few)

 

τέλος,-ους, τό

end, goal

40

 

tele-scope

 

ἅπτω

I touch (Mid.)

39

 

haptic

 

δικαιόω

I justify, pronounce righteous

39

ἐπιτίθημι

I lay upon, inflict upon

39

θύρα, -ας, ἡ

door

39

ἱκανός, -ή, -όν

sufficient, able, considerable

39

 

 

 

Set 41

 

 

περισσεύω

I abound, am rich

39

πλανάω

I lead astray, misguide

39

 

planet (wandering heavenly body)

 

πράσσω

I do, perform

39

 

praxis

 

πρόβατον, -ου, τό

sheep

39

ἐπιθυμία, -ας, ἡ

desire, passion

38

εὐχαριστέω

I give thanks

38

 

Eucharist

 

πειράζω

I test, tempt

38

πέντε 

five

38

 

penta-gon

 

ὑποτάσσω

I subject, subordinate

38

ἄρχων, -οντος, ὁ

ruler

37

 

mon-arch

 

 

 

 

Set 42

 

 

βούλομαι

I wish, want, determine

37

διάβολος, -ον

slanderous (adj.); Devil (noun)

37

 

diabolical

 

διακονέω

I serve, minister, wait upon

37

 

deacon

 

ἐμαυτοῦ, -ῆς

of myself

37

καυχάομαι

I boast

37

μαρτυρία, -ας, ἡ

witness, testimony

37

παραγίνομαι

I come, arrive

37

ἀγρός, -οῦ,

field, country

36

 

agrarian

 

ἄρτι

now, just now, immediately

36

ἐπιστρέφω

I turn to, return

36

 

 

 

Set 43

 

 

εὐθέως

immediately

36

καλῶς

well, beautifully

36

ὀργή, -ῆς, ἡ

anger

36

οὖς, ὠτός, τό

ear

36

περιτομή, -ῆς, ἡ

circumcision

36

προσευχή, -ῆς, ἡ

prayer

36

σατανᾶς, -,

Satan

36

Φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ

Philip

36

ὥσπερ

just as, even as

36

Ἰωσήφ, ὁ

Joseph

35

 

 

 

Set 44

 

 

μάρτυς, -υρος, ὁ

witness

35

ὀπίσω (Gen.)

behind, after (Gen.)

35

ὀφείλω

I owe, ought

35

ὑποστρέφω

I return, turn back

35

ἅπας, -ασα, -αν

all

34

βιβλίον, -ου, τό

book, scroll

34

 

Bible

 

βλασφημέω

I blaspheme, revile

34

διακονία, -ας, ἡ

service, ministry

34

 

deacon

 

μέλος,-ους, τό

member, part

34

μετανοέω

I repent, change my mind

34

 

 

 

Set 45

 

 

μήτε

neither, and not, nor

34

οἶνος, -ου, ὁ

wine

34

πτωχός, -ή, -όν

poor

34

ἀρνέομαι

I deny, refuse

33

ἀσθενέω

I am weak, sick, powerless

33

δείκνυμι

I show, explain

33

διαθήκη, -ης, ἡ

covenant, decree

33

ἐκπορεύομαι

I go out

33

ναί

yes, truly

33

ποῖοις, -α, -ον

of what sort, what? which?

33

 

 

 

Set 46

 

 

ἀκάθαρτος, -ον

unclean, impure

32

ἀναγινώσκω

I read, read aloud

32

δυνατός, -ή, -όν

powerful, able, possible

32

 

dynamite

 

ἐχθρός, -ά, -όν

hostile (adj.); enemy (noun)

32

παραγγέλλω

I command, order, charge

32

ὑπομονή, -ῆς, ἡ

patience, endurance

32

ἥλιος, -ου, ὁ

sun

32

ἄνεμος, -ου, ὁ

wind

31

ἐγγύς

near

31

ἐλπίζω

I hope

31

 

 

 

Set 47

 

 

ἔξεστι

it is lawful

31

ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ

priest

31

καθαρίζω

I cleanse, purify

31

 

catharize

 

παρρησία, -ας, ἡ

boldness, confidence

31

πλῦθος, -ους, τό

multitude

31

πλήν 

but, however (adv.)

31

πλήν  (Gen.)

except (prep.; Gen.)

31

ποτήριον, -ου, τό

cup

31

σκότος, -ους, τό

darkness

31

φαίνω

I shine, appear

31

 

 

 

Set 48

 

 

φυλάσσω

I guard, protect

31

φυλή, -ῆς, ἡ

tribe, nation

31

 

phylum (large class of animals)

 

ἀγοράζω

I buy

30

 

agora (market)

 

ἀρνίον, -ου, τό

lamb

30

διδαχή, -ῆς, ἡ

teaching

30

 

didactic

 

ἐπικαλέω

I call, name; invoke (Mid.)

30

ὁμοίως

likewise, so

30

συνείδησις, -εως, ἡ

conscience

30

συνέρχομαι

I come together

30

γνῶσις, -εως, ἡ

knowledge, wisdom

29

 

gnostics

 

 

 

 

Set 49

 

 

διάκονος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ

servant, deacon

29

ἐλεέω

I have mercy

29

ἐπιτιμάω

I rebuke, warn

29

Ἠλίας, -ου, ὁ

Elijah

29

ἴδε

look! behold!

29

ἰσχυρός, -ά, -όν

strong, mighty

29

Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ

Caesar

29

μάχαιρα, -ης, ἡ

sword

29

μισθός, -οῦ,

wages, reward

29

παράκλησις, -εως, ἡ

exhortation, consolation

29

 

 

 

Set 50

 

 

παρέρχομαι

I pass by, pass away, arrive

29

πάσχα, τό

Passover

29

πόθεν

from where?

29

ποτέ 

at some time, once, ever

29

προσκαλέομαι

I summon, invite, call

29

σκανδαλίζω

I cause to stumble, cause to sin

29

 

scandalize

 

φεύγω

I flee, escape

29

 

fugitive

 

φίλος, -η, -ον

loving, beloved, friend

29

 

biblio-phile (loves books)

 

ἁγιάζω

I consecrate, make holy, sanctify

28

ἀδικέω

I wrong, do wrong

28

 

 

 

Set 51

 

 

ἀληθίνός, -ή, -όν

true

28

Βαρναβᾶς, -,

Barnabas

28

 

 

 

γαμέω

I marry

28

 

mono-gamy

 

ἡγέομαι

I am chief, think, regard

28

θυγάτηρ, -τρός, ἡ

daughter, girl

28

θυσία, -ας, ἡ

sacrifice, offering

28

ἰσχύω

I am strong, able, healthy

28

μυστήριον, -ου, τό

mystery, secret

28

 

mystery

 

νικάω 

I conquer, win

28

 

Nicho-las (conquer people)

 

πλούσιος, -α, -ον

rich

28

 

 

 

Set 52

 

 

προφητεύω

I prophesy, preach

28

τελέω 

I finish, complete, fulfill

28

χώρα,  -ας, ἡ

country, region

28

βαστάζω 

I bear, carry

27

ἐκεῖθεν

from that place

27

ἐκχέω

I pour out, shed

27

ἔλεος, -ους, τό

mercy

27

ἐνδύω

I put on, clothe, dress

27

Ἰακώβ, ὁ

Jacob

27

καθαρός,-ά, -όν

clean, pure

27

 

catharsis

 

 

 

 

Set 53

 

 

καταργέω

I abolish, bring to naught

27

κρίμα, -ατος, τό

judgment, decision

27

κώμη, -ης, ἡ

village

27

Μαρία, -ας, ἡ

Mary

27

Μαριάμ, ἡ

Mariam

27

πόσος, -η, -ον

how great? how much?

27

σός, σή, σόν

your, yours (sg.)

27

σταυρός, -οῦ,

cross

27

ἀδελφή, -ῆς, ἡ

sister

26

ἀληθής,  -ές

true, honest

26

 

 

 

Set 54

 

 

ἀποκαλύπτω

I reveal, uncover

26

 

apocalypse

 

ἀσθενής, -ές

weak, sick, powerless

26

ἕνεκα / ἕνεκεν (Gen.)

on account of (Gen.)

26

ἐπεί

when, because, since, for

26

ἥκω

I have come

26

ἰάομαι

I heal

26

λυπέω

I grieve

26

ὀμνύω / ὄμνυμι

I swear, take an oath

26

ὁμολογέω

I confess, declare

26

οὔπω

not yet

26

 

 

 

Set 55

 

 

πνευματικός, -ή, -όν

spiritual

26

στρατιώτης, -ου, ὁ

soldier

26

συνίημι 

I understand

26

φρονέω 

I think

26

χήρα, -ας, ἡ

widow

26

ἀδικία, -ας, ἡ

unrighteousness, injustice

25

Αἴγυπτος, -ου, ἡ

Egypt

25

ἀναβλέπω

I look up, receive sight

25

γέ

indeed, really, even

25

γνωρίζω 

I make known, reveal

25

 

 

 

Set 56

 

 

δέκα

ten

25

 

deca-polis (ten-city region)

 

δένδρον, -ου, τό

tree

25

 

rhodo-dendron (rose tree)

 

δουλεύω

I serve, obey

25

Ἕλλην, -ηνος, ὁ

Greek, Gentile, heathen

25

ἑορτή, -ῆς, ἡ

feast

25

κελεύω

I order, command

25

λευκός, -ή, -όν

white

25

μανθάνω 

I learn

25

 

mathematics

 

μήποτε 

lest, that . . . not, perhaps

25

νεφέλη, -ης, ἡ

cloud

25

 

 

 

Set 57

 

 

πορνεία, -ας, ἡ

immorality, fornication

25

 

pornography

 

φιλέω

I love, like

25

ἀκοή, -ῆς, ἡ

report, hearing

24

ἀναιρέω

I take up, kill

24

ἀσθένεια, -ας, ἡ

weakness, sickness

24

ἀστήρ, -έρος, ὁ

star

24

 

asteroid

 

ἐπιστολή, -ῆς, ἡ

letter, epistle

24

καταλείπω

I leave, abandon

24

κεῖμαι 

I lie, recline, am laid

24

νοῦς, νοός, ὁ

mind, intellect

24

 

noetic

 

 

 

 

Set 58

 

 

οὗ

where

24

παῖς, παιδός, ,

child, boy, girl

24

πάρειμι 

I have arrived, am present

24

παρουσία, -ας, ἡ

presence, arrival, coming

24

πίμπλημι 

I fill

24

προσέχω

I attend to, pay attention to

24

σωτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ

Savior

24

 

soteriology (study of salvation)

 

Τιμόθεος, -ου, ὁ

Timothy

24

ἀπελών, -ῶνος, ὁ

vineyard

23

ἀνάγω

I lead up; set sail (Mid.)

23

 

 

 

Set 59

 

 

ἄπιστος, -ον

unbelieving, faithless

23

αὐξάνω

I grow, increase

23

διότι

because, therefore, for

23

εἰκών, -όνος, ἡ

image, likeness

23

 

icon

 

ἐλεύθερος, -α, -ον

free

23

ζῷον, -ου, τό

animal, living creature

23

 

zoology

 

θυσιαστήριον, -ου, τό

altar

23

κατηγορέω

I accuse

23

 

categorize

 

κοπιάω 

I labor, work hard

23

κωλύω 

I forbid, hinder

23

 

 

 

Set 60

 

 

μιμνῄσκομαι 

I remember

23

 

mnemonics

 

νέος, -α, -ον

new, young

23

πεινάω

I hunger

23

πέραν  (Gen.)

beyond (Gen.)

23

περιβάλλω

I clothe, put around

23

σκεῦος, -ους, τό

vessel, object; goods (pl.)

23

τελειόω 

I fulfill, make perfect

23

χαρίζομαι 

I forgive, give freely

23

χιλιάς, -άδος, ἡ

a thousand

23

ἀγνοέω

I do not know

22

 

agnostic

 

 

 

 

Set 61

 

 

ἀντί  (Gen.)

instead of, for (Gen.)

22

 

anti-thesis

 

γρηγορέω

I watch, keep awake

22

δέομαι

I ask, beg, pray

22

δοκιμάζω 

I prove by testing, approve

22

ἐκλέγομαι

I pick out, choose

22

 

eclectic

 

ἐκλεκτός, -ή, -όν

chosen, elect, select

22

Ἠσαΐας, -ου, ὁ

Isaiah

22

θεάομαι

I see, look at

22

 

theater

 

καθεύδω

I sleep

22

κἀκεῖνος, -η, -ο

and that one

22

 

 

 

Set 62

 

 

κατεργάζομαι

I work out, achieve

22

κοιλία, -ας, ἡ

belly, womb

22

Μακεδονία, -ας, ἡ

Macedonia

22

μετάνοια, -ας, ἡ

repentance

22

μηκέτι 

no longer

22

πληγή, -ῆς, ἡ

plague, blow, wound

22

πλοῦτος, -ου, ὁ

wealth

22

 

Pluto

 

πωλέω 

I sell

22

συνέδριον, -ου, τό

Sanhedrin, council

22

τεσσεράκοντα

forty

22

 

 

 

Set 63

 

 

βασιλεύω 

I rule, reign

21

διδασκαλία, -ας, ἡ

teaching, instruction

21

ἐνεργέω

I work, produce

21

 

energy

 

εὐδοκέω

I am pleased with

21

ἐφίστημι

I stand over, come upon, attack

21

θερίζω

I reap, harvest

21

καθίστημι 

I set, appoint

21

λατρεύω 

I serve, worship

21

 

ido-latry

 

μνημονεύω 

I remember

21

 

mnemonics

 

πειρασμός, -οῦ, ὁ

temptation, test

21

 

 

 

Set 64

 

 

στρέφω

I turn, change

21

τελώνης, -ου, ὁ

tax collector

21

τιμάω 

I honor

21

 

Timothy (honoring God)

 

ὑπακούω

I obey, follow

21

χιλίαρχος, -ου, ὁ

military tribune over 1000

21

ὡσεί 

as, like, about

21

αἰτία, -ας, ἡ

cause, accusation

20

ἀκροβθστία, -ας, ἡ

uncircumcision, Gentiles

20

ἀργύριον, -ου, τό

silver, money

20

γένος, -ους, τό

race, family

20

 

genus

 

 

 

 

Set 65

 

 

γονεύς, -έως, ὁ

parent

20

ἑκατονἀρχης, -ου, ὁ

centurion, captain

20

ἐπίγνωσις, -εως, ἡ

knowledge

20

ἡγεμών, -όνος, ὁ

governor, leader

20

 

hegemony

 

Ἰσαάκ, ὁ

Isaac

20

ἰχθύς, -ύος, ὁ

fish

20

νηστεύω 

I fast

20

νυνί 

now

20

ξύλον, -ου, τό

wood, tree

20

προάγω 

I lead forth, go before

20

 

 

 

Set 66

 

 

σκηνή, -ῆς, ἡ

tent, tabernacle

20

σοφός, -ή, -όν

wise

20

 

soph-more (wise fool)

 

τοσοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτον

so great, so much

20

τρέχω 

I run

20

ὑπηρέτης, -ου, ὁ

servant, assistant

20

ὑψόω

I lift up, exalt

20

ἀπέχω

I have received, am distant

19

βάπτισμα,-ατος, τό

baptism

19

γεωργός, -οῦ, ὁ

farmer

19

διακρίνω 

I judge, discriminate

19

 

Set 67

 

 

δῶρον, -ου, τό

gift

19

 

Doro-thy (gift of God)

 

ἐπαίρω

I lift up

19

ἐπάνω

above (adv.)

19

ἐπάνω (Gen.)

over (prep.; Gen.)

19

ἐπιλαμβάνομαι

I take hold of, catch, arrest

19

ἐπουράνοις, -ον

heavenly

19

κοινωνία, -ας, ἡ

fellowship

19

κρείσσων  / κρείττων, ον

better

19

κριτής, -οῦ, ὁ

judge

19

 

critic

 

κτίσις, -εως, ἡ

creation, creature

19

 

 

 

Set 68

 

 

μαρτύριον, -ου, τό

testimony, witness, proof

19

μεριμνάω 

I am anxious, distracted

19

παλαιός, -ά, -όν

old

19

 

Paleo-lithic (old stone age)

 

παράπτωμα, -ατος, τό

trespass, sin

19

παρατίθημι 

I set before

19

πότε 

when? (adv.)

19

προφητεία, -ας, ἡ

prophecy

19

τέλειος, -α, -ον

complete, perfect

19

ἀληθῶς

truly

18

Ἀντιόχεια, -ας, ἡ

Antioch

18

 

 

 

Set 69

 

 

ἀποκάλυψις, -εως, ἡ

revelation

18

 

apocalypse

 

ἀπώλεια, -ας, ἡ

destruction

18

ἀριθμός, -οῦ, ὁ

number

18

 

arithmetic

 

Ἀσία, -ας, ἡ

Asia (province in west Turkey)

18

βλασφημία, -ας, ἡ

blasphemy, slander

18

δέησις, -εως, ἡ

entreaty, petition

18

δεσμός, -οῦ,

fetter, bond

18

εἰσπορεύομαι

I enter, go in

18

ἐπιβάλλω

I lay on, put on

18

ἐπιτρέπω

I permit

18

 

 

 

Set 70

 

 

θυμός, -οῦ,

wrath, anger

18

καταγγέλλω

I proclaim

18

κατακρίνω 

I condemn

18

κενός,-ή, -όν

empty, vain

18

κληρονομέω

I inherit

18

κοιμάομαι

I sleep

18

κόπος, -ου, ὁ

labor, trouble

18

κρύπτω 

I conceal, hide

18

 

cryptic

 

μήν, μηνός, ὁ

month

18

οἰκοδομή, -ῆς, ἡ

building, edification

18

 

 

 

Set 71

 

 

παραχρῆμα

immediately

18

ποιμήν, -ενος, ὁ

shepherd

18

πόλεμος, -ου, ὁ

war, conflict

18

 

polemics

 

πολλάκις 

often, frequently

18

προστίθημι

I add to, add

18

πυλών, -ῶνος, ὁ

gateway, entrance, vestibule

18

στέφανος, -ου, ὁ

crown, wreath

18

 

Stephen

 

ταχύ 

quickly, at once, soon

18

τίκτω 

I give birth to, bear

18

φανερός, -ά, -όν

manifest, visible

18

 

 

 

Set 72

 

 

χρύσεος, -α, -ον

golden

18

ἀνάγκη, -ης, ἡ

necessity

17

ἀρέσκω

I please

17

ἄφεσις, -εως, ἡ

pardon, remission

17

βρῶμα, -ατος, τό

food,

17

ἑκατόν 

one hundred

17

ἐλέγχω

I convict, reprove, expose

17

ἐξίστημι

I amaze, am amazed, confuse

17

ἔπαύριον

tomorrow

17

ἕτοιμος, -η, -ον

ready, prepared

17

 

 

 

Set 73

 

 

θησαυρός, -οῦ,

treasure, storehouse

17

 

thesaurus

 

ἵππος, -ου, ὁ

horse

17

 

hippo-potamus (river horse)

 

Καισάρεια, -ας, ἡ

Caesarea

17

κἄν

and if

17

καταλύω 

I destroy, I lodge

17

κατέχω 

I hold back, suppress, hold fast

17

κερδαίνω 

I gain, profit

17

κρυπτός, -ή, -όν

hidden

17

 

cryptic

 

μέχρι / μέχρις

until (conj.)

17

μέχρι / μέχρις (Gen.)

as far as (prep.; Gen.)

17

 

 

 

Set 74

 

 

μήτι 

(used for questions expecting negative answer)

17

νίπτω 

I wash

17

περιτέμνω 

I circumcise

17

πλήρωμα, -ατος, τό

fullness

17

πλησίον

neighbor (noun); near (adv.)

17

ποταμός, -οῦ, ὁ

river

17

 

hippo-potamus

 

ῥίζα, -ης, ἡ

root, source

17

ῥύομαι

I rescue, deliver

17

ταράσσω 

I trouble, disturb

17

ὑποκριτής, -οὐ,

hypocrite

17

 

 

 

Set 75

 

 

ὑπομένω

I remain, endure

17

χάρισμα, -ατος, τό

gift, favor

17

O!

17

ὡσαύτως

likewise, similarly

17

ἀθετέω

I reject, nullify

16

ἀνακρίνω

I examine, question, judge

16

γάμος, -ου, ὁ

marriage, wedding

16

 

mono-gamy

 

δεῖπνον, -ου, τό

supper

16

δέσμιος, -ου, ὁ

prisoner

16

δηνάριον, -ου, τό

denarius (silver coin)

16

 

 

 

Set 76

 

 

διαλογίζομαι

I debate, reason

16

 

dialogue

 

διατάσσω

I command, order

16

διψάω

I thirst

16

ἐκτείνω

I stretch out

16

 

extend

 

ἐμβαίνω

I embark, go in

16

ἔπειτα

then

16

ἐπιθυμέω

I desire

16

ἐπιμένω

I continue, persist

16

ἐργάτης, -ου, ὁ

workman

16

εὐλογία, -ας, ἡ

blessing, praise

16

 

eulogy

 

 

 

 

Set 77

 

 

Ἕφεσος, -ου, ἡ

Ephesus

16

ζῆλος, -ου, ὁ

zeal, jealousy

16

κακῶς 

badly

16

κατέρχομαι 

I come down, go down

16

Καραρναούμ, ἡ

Capernaum

16

κλείω 

I shut, lock

16

κλέπτης, -ου, ὁ

thief

16

λύπη, -ης, ἡ

grief, pain

16

νυμφίος, -ου, ὁ

bridegroom

16

οὐδέποτε

never

16

 

 

 

Set 78

 

 

πάθημα, -ατος, τό

suffering

16

 

pathological, apathy

 

παρέχω 

I offer, afford

16

πλήρης, -ες

full

16

προσδοκάω

I wait for, expect

16

σκοτία, -ας, ἡ

darkness

16

συκῆ, -ῆς,

fig tree

16

συλλαμβάνω 

I seize, conceive, arrest

16

συνίστημι 

I commend (Trans.); stand with (Intrans.)

16

σφραγίς, -ῖδος, ἡ

seal

16

τέρας, ᾱτος, τό

wonder, omen

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

Set 79

 

 

τολμάω 

I dare

16

τροφή, -ῆς, ἡ

food

16

ὑστερέω

I lack, miss

16

χορτάζω

I eat to the full, am satisfied

16

ἀνέχομαι

I endure

15

ἀνομία, -ας, ἡ

lawlessness

15

ἀπάγω

I lead away

15

γεύομαι  

I taste, eat

15

γνωστός, -ή, -όν

known

15

γυμνός, -ή, -όν

naked

15

 

gymnasium

 

 

 

 

Set 80

 

 

Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ

Damascus

15

δέρω 

I beat

15

διαμαρτύρομαι  

I warn, testify solemnly

15

εἶτα 

then, next

15

ἐλαια, -ας, ἡ

olive tree

15

ἐντέλλομαι

I command

15

ἐπαγγέλλομαι

I promise, announce

15

εὐσέβεια, -ας, ἡ

piety, godliness

15

εὐχαριστία, -ας, ἡ

thanksgiving

15

 

Eucharist

 

θρίξ, τριχός, ἡ

hair

15

 

 

 

Set 81

 

 

Ἰορδάνης, -ου, ὁ

Jordan

15

καταλαμβάνω

I overtake, catch, seize

15

κληρονόμος, -ου, ὁ

heir

15

κτίζω 

I create, make

15

Λάζαρος, -ου, ὁ

Lazarus

15

λῃστής, -οῦ,

robber

15

μοιχεύω 

I commit adultery

15

νήπιος, -α, -ον

infant, child

15

νομίζω 

I suppose, think

15

ξηραίνω 

I dry up, wither

15

 

 

 

Set 82

 

 

ὅθεν 

whence, from where

15

οἰκουμένη, -ης, ἡ

world (inhabited), people

15

 

ecumenical

 

ὁμοιόω 

I make like, liken, compare

15

ὄψιος, -α, -ον

late, evening

15

παρθένος, -ου, ἡ

virgin

15

παύω 

I cease, stop

15

πέτρα, -ας, ἡ

rock

15

ποτίζω 

I give to drink, water

15

πώς  

at all, somehow

15

ῥαββί, ὁ

master, rabbi

15

 

 

 

Set 83

 

 

σαλεύω 

I shake

15

Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ

Saul

15

σκάνδαλον, -ου, τό

cause of stumbling, trap, temptation

15

συμφέρω 

I bring together

15

σφραγίζω 

I seal, mark

15

τράρπεζα, -ης, ἡ

table

15

τύπος, -ου, ὁ

mark, image, example

15

 

type

 

ὑπακοή, -ῆς, ἡ

obedience

15

χόρτος, -ου, ὁ

grass, hay

15

ὠφελέω

I profit, benefit

15

 

 

 

Set 84

 

 

ἄκανθα, -ης, ἡ

thorn

14

ἀλλότριος, -α, -ον

another’s, strange

14

ἀμφότεροι, -αι, -α

both

14

ἀναγγέλλω

I announce, report

14

ἀνάκειμαι

I recline (at table)

14

ἀναχωρέω

I depart

14

ἀνθίστημι

I resist, oppose

14

ἅπαξ

once, once for all

14

 

hapax legomena (word used only once)

 

ἀπειθέω

I disbelieve, disobey

14

ἁρπάζω

I seize

14

 

harpoon

 

 

 

 

Set 85

 

 

ἀτενίζω

I look intently, gaze upon

14

αὔριον

tomorrow

14

ἀφίστημι

I withdraw, depart

14

γράμμα, -ατος, τό

letter (of the alphabet), writings

14

διαλογισμός, -οῦ, ὁ

reasoning, questioning

14

 

dialogue

 

ἐλάχιστος, -η, -ον

least, smallest

14

ἐνιαυτός, -οῦ, ὁ

year

14

ἐπίσταμαι

I understand

14

 

epistemology

 

εὐφραίνω

I rejoice

14

θύω 

I sacrifice, kill

14

 

 

 

Set 86

 

 

κατανοέω  

I observe, notice, consider

14

κατεσθίω 

I eat up, devour

14

κλάω 

I break

14

 

icono-clast (breaks icons)

 

κληρονομία, -ας, ἡ

inheritance

14

κοινός, -ή, -όν

common, unclean

14

κοινόω 

I make common, defile

14

κωφός, -ή, -όν

deaf, dumb

14

λύχνος, -ου, ὁ

lamp

14

μακρόθεν

from afar, afar

14

μακροθυμία, -ας, ἡ

patience, steadfastness

14

 

 

 

Set 87

 

 

μερίζω 

I divide, separate

14

 

 

 

μέτρον, -ου, τό

measure, quantity

14

 

meter

 

μύρον, -ου, τό

ointment, perfume

14

νοέω 

I understand

14

 

noetic

 

ξένος, -η, -ον

strange, foreign, alien

14

 

xeno-phobia

 

οἷος, -α, -ον

such as, as

14

ὄφις, -εως ὁ

snake

14

πετεινόν, -οῦ, τό

bird

14

προσδέχομαι

I receive, wait for

14

Σαδδουκαῖος, -ου, ὁ

Sadducee

14

 

 

 

Set 88

 

 

σεισμός, -οῦ, ὁ

earthquake

14

 

seismograph

 

σῖτος, -ου, ὁ

wheat, grain

14

τάλαντον, -ου, τό

talent (Greek large monetary unit)

14

ταπεινόω 

I humble

14

φρόνιμος, -ον

prudent, wise

14

φύσις, -εως, ἡ

nature

14

 

physics

 

χωλός, -ή, -όν

lame, crippled

14

ἀνά

upward, up; each (with numerals)

13

ἀναλαμβάνω

I take up

13

ἀναστροφή, -ῆς, ἡ

conduct, behavior

13

 

 

 

Set 89

 

 

Ἀνδρέας, -ου, ὁ

Andrew

13

ἄνωθεν

from above, again

13

δαιμονίζομαι

I am possessed by a demon

13

 

demonize

 

διαλέγομαι 

I dispute

13

 

dialectics

 

διαφέρω  

I differ, carry through

13

δράκων, -οντος, ὁ

dragon, serpent

13

ἐκπλήσσομαι

I am astonished, amazed

13

ἐλεημοσύνη, -ης, ἡ

alms, kind deed

13

ἐμπαίζω

I mock

13

ἕξ 

six

13

 

hexa-gon

 

 

 

 

Set 90

 

 

ἐξαποστέλλω

I send forth

13

ἔξωθεν

from without

13

ἐπιζητέω

I search for

13

ζύμη, -ης, ἡ

yeast, leaven

13

θερισμός, -οῦ, ὁ θερισμός, -οῦ, ὁ

harvest

13

καθάπερ

even as, as

13

καπνός, -οῦ,

smoke

13

καταισχύνω 

I put to shame

13

καταντάω

I come to, arrive

13

καταρτίζω 

I mend, fit, perfect

13

 

 

 

Set 91

 

 

κλέπτω

I steal

13

 

clepto-mania

 

Μάρθα, -ας, ἡ

Martha

13

Ναζωραῖος, -ου, ὁ

Nazarene, from Nazareth

13

παιδεύω 

I teach, train, educate

13

 

pedagogue

 

παιδίσκη, -ης, ἡ

maidservant

13

παράδοσις, -εως, ἡ

tradition

13

πρίν 

before

13

στηρίζω 

I establish, support

13

συνεργός, -όν

fellow worker, helper

13

τίμιος, -α, -ον

precious, costly

13

 

 

 

Set 92

 

 

Τίτος, -ου, ὁ

Titus

13

τρόπος, -ου, ὁ

manner, way

13

 

trope in rhetoric

 

τύπτω  

I smite, hit

13

ὕψιστος, -η, -ον

highest

13

Φῆστος, -ου, ὁ

Festus

13

χωρίζω 

I separate, depart

13

ἄδικος, -ον

unjust, dishonest

12

ἀλέκτωρ, -ορος, ὁ

rooster, cock

12

ἀναπαύω

I refresh; take rest (Mid.)

12

ἀναπίπτω

I recline

12

 

 

 

Set 93

 

 

ἀσκός, -οῦ,

wineskin, leather bottle

12

αὐλή, -ῆς, ἡ

courtyard, palace

12

Βαβυλών, -ῶνος, ἡ

Babylon

12

βαπτιστής, -οῦ, ὁ

baptist

12

βασανίζω 

I torment

12

Βηθανία, -ας, ἡ

Bethany

12

βῆμα, -ατος, τό

judgment seat

12

βοάω 

I cry aloud

12

βουλή, -ῆς, ἡ

counsel, purpose

12

βροντή, -ῆς, ἡ

thunder

12

 

 

 

Set 94

 

 

γέεννα, -ης, ἡ

Gehenna, hell, Hinnom valley

12

γόνυ, -ατος, τό

knee

12

δεύτε 

come!

12

διάνοια, -ας, ἡ

the mind, understanding

12

δίκτυον, -ου, τό

fish net

12

ἔθος, -ους, τό

custom

12

 

ethos

 

ἐμβλέπω

I look at, consider

12

ἐξάγω

I lead out, bring out

12

ἔσωθεν

from within, within

12

Ζεβεδαῖος, -ου, ὁ

Zebedee

12

 

 

 

Set 95

 

 

θεμέλιος, -ου, ὁ

foundation

12

καίω 

I burn

12

 

caustic

 

κάλαμος, -ου, ὁ

reed, measuring rod

12

κατακαίω 

I burn down, consume

12

κατάκειμαι 

I lie down, dine

12

κολλάομαι  

I unite, join

12

κράτος, -ους, τό

power, might, rule

12

 

demo-cracy

 

λίαν 

greatly, exceedingly, very

12

λιμός, -οῦ, /

hunger, famine

12

λυχνία, -ας, ἡ

lampstand

12

 

 

 

Set 96

 

 

Μαγδαληνή, -ῆς, ἡ

Magdalene

12

μάλιστα

especially, above all

12

μεταβαίνω 

I depart, pass over

12

μωρός, -ά, -όν

foolish, fool

12

 

moron

 

Ναζαρέθ, Ναζαρέτ

Nazareth

12

ὀδούς, ὀδόντος, ὁ

tooth

12

οἰκοδεσπότης, -ου, ὁ

householder, house master

12

ὅραμα, -ατος, τό

vision

12

ὅριον, -ου, τό

boundary, region

12

 

horizon

 

παραιτέομαι 

I make excuse, refuse, reject

12

 

 

 

Set 97

 

 

περισσοτέρως  

more abundantly

12

πιάζω  

I take, seize

12

πληθύνω 

I multiply, increase

12

πλουτέω 

I am rich, generous

12

 

pluto-crat

 

πόρνη, -ης, ἡ

prostitute

12

 

pornography

 

προεῖπον

I foretell

12

πρόθεσις, -εως, ἡ

setting forth, plan, purpose

12

προσλαμβάνω

I receive, accept

12

πρωΐ  

early, in the morning

12

πυνθάνομαι  

I inquire, ask

12

 

 

 

Set 98

 

 

πῶλος, -ου, ὁ

colt

12

ῥάβδος, -ου, ἡ

rod, scepter

12

Ῥωμαῖος, -α, -ον

Roman

12

σαλπίζω

I sound the trumpet

12

Σιλᾶς, -,

Silas

12

Σολομών, -ῶνος, ὁ

Solomon

12

σπλαγχνίζομαι  

I have compassion, pity

12

σπουδή, -ῆς, ἡ

haste, diligence

12

συνέχω

I torment, oppress

12

τρίς  

three times

12

 

thrice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Set 99

 

 

τυγχάνω

I obtain, happen

12

ὑγιαίνω

I am healthy

12

 

hygiene

 

ὕστερος, -α, -ον

later, finally

12

φιάλη, -ης, ἡ

cup, bowl

12

φονεύω  

I kill, murder

12

χοῖρος, -ου, ὁ

pig

12

χρυσίον, -ου, τό

gold

12

ψεύδομαι 

I lie

12

ἀγαλλιάω

I exult, am glad

11

ἀγορά, -ᾶς, ἡ

marketplace

11

 

 

 

Set 100

 

 

Ἀγρίππας, -α, ὁ

Agrippa

11

ἅλθσις, -εως, ἡ

chain

11

Ἁνανίας, -ου, ὁ

Ananias

11

ἀνατολή, -ῆς, ἡ

east, dawn

11

ἀντιλέγω

I speak against, oppose

11

ἀπαρνέομαι

I deny

11

ἀπιστία, -ας,

unbelief

11

ἀρχαῖος, -α, -ον

old, ancient

11

 

archaic

 

ἄφρων, -ον

foolish, ignorant

11

Βαραββᾶς, -,

Barabbas

11

 

 

 

Set 101

 

 

βρῶσις, -εως, ἡ

eating, food, rust

11

Γαλιλαῖος, -α, -ον

Galilean

11

γέμω 

I fill

11

διαμερίζω 

I divide, distribute

11

δόλος, -ου, ὁ

guile, deceit

11

δωρεά,-ᾶς, ἡ

gift

11

ἐάω

I permit, let go

11

εἴδωλον, -ου, τό

image, idol

11

εἴκοσι

twenty

11

εἰάγω

I lead in

11

 

 

 

Set 102

 

 

ἔλαιον, -ου, τό

olive oil

11

ἐλευθερία, -ας, ἡ

liberty, freedom

11

ἐνδείκνυμι

I show forth, demonstrate

11

ἐξουθενέω

I despise

11

ἔπαινος, -ου, ὁ

praise

11

ἐπαισχύνομαι

I am ashamed

11

ἐπιπίτω

I fall upon, come upon

11

ἐπισκέπτομαι

I visit, care for

11

Ζαχαρίας, -ου, ὁ

Zechariah

11

ζηλόω 

I am zealous

11

 

 

 

Set 103

 

 

ζῳοποιέω

I make alive

11

θανατόω 

I put to death, kill

11

 

thanatology

 

θάπτω 

I bury

11

Θωμᾶς, -,

Thomas

11

Ἰσκαριώθ, Ἰσκαριώτης, ὁ

Iscariot

11

κακία, -ας, ἡ

malice, evil

11

καταβολή, -ῆς, ἡ

foundation

11

κατασκευάζω  

I prepare

11

καύχημα,-ατος, τό

boasting, pride

11

καύχησις, -εως, ἡ

boasting, pride

11

 

 

 

Set 104

 

 

κέρας,-ατος, τό

horn

11

κλάδος, -ου, ὁ

branch

11

κλῆρος, -ου, ὁ

lot, portion

11

κλῆσις, -εως, ἡ

call, calling

11

κράβαττος, -ου, ὁ

mattress, bed

11

λίμνη, -ης, ἡ

lake

11

μετρέω 

I measure, apportion

11

νεανίσκος, -ου, ὁ

youth, young person

11

νόσος, -ου, ἡ

disease

11

ὁμοθυμαδόν

with one mind, together

11

 

 

 

Set 105

 

 

πηγή, -ῆς, ἡ

spring, fountain

11

ποιμαίνω 

I shepherd, protect, rule

11

πρᾶγμα, -ατος, τό

deed, matter

11

 

pragmatic

 

πραΰτης, -ητος, ἡ

gentleness, humility

11

πρότερος, -α, -ον

former, before

11

σάλπιγξ,-ιγγος, ἡ

trumpet

11

Σαμάρεια, -ας, ἡ

Samaria

11

σπλάγνον,-ου, τό

bowels, heart, compassion

11

σπουδάζω

I hasten, am eager

11

συγγενής, -ές

kindred (adj.); a relative (noun)

11

 

 

 

Set 106

 

 

σφόδρα 

exceedingly, greatly

11

σχίζω 

I split, divide, tear

11

 

schism

 

τελευτάω 

I die

11

τριάκοντα 

thirty

11

Τύρος, -ου, ἡ

Tyre

11

ὑγιής, -ές

healthy, whole

11

ὑμέτερος, -α, -ον

your

11

ὑποκάτω

under, below

11

ὑψηλός, -ή, -όν

high, exalted, proud

11

φυτεύω  

I plant

11

 

 

 

Set 107

 

 

φωτίζω 

I give light, enlighten

11

χείρων, -ον

worse, more severe

11

χίλιοι, -αι, -α

thousand

11

 

chiliasm (millenarianism)

 

χιτών, -ῶνος, ὁ

tunic, shirt

11

χράομαι 

I use, employ

11

ψευδορποφήτης, -ου, ὁ

false prophet

11

ἁγιασμός, -οῦ,

sanctification, holiness

10

ᾅδης, -ου, ὁ

Hades (hell)

10

ἀδύνατος, -ον

powerless, incapable, impossible

10

ἀκαθαρσία, -ας, ἡ

uncleanness, impurity

10

 

 

 

Set 108

 

 

ἅμα

at the same time, together

10

ἀναφέρω

I bring up, offer

10

ἀπολαμβάνω

I take aside, receive

10

Ἀπολλῶς, -,

Apollos

10

ἀπολογέομαι

I defend myself

10

 

apology

 

ἀπολύτρωσις, -εως, ἡ

redemption, release

10

ἀσέλγεια, -ας, ἡ

sensuality, licentiousness

10

ἀσπασμός, -οῦ, ὁ

greeting

10

ἀφαιρέω

I take away, cut off

10

ἀφορίζω

I separate

10

 

aphorism (proverb)

 

 

 

 

Set 109

 

 

Ἀχαΐα, -ας, ἡ

Achaia

10

βίβλος, -ου, ἡ

book

10

 

Bible

 

βίος, -ου, ὁ

life

10

 

bio-logy

 

δἀλρυον, -ου, τό

tear, weeping

10

δεσπότης, -ου, ὁ

master, lord

10

 

despot

 

δικαίωμα, -ατος, τό

regulation, righteous deed

10

διωγμός, -οῦ,

persecution

10

ἐγκαταλείπω

I leave behind, forsake

10

ἐκκόπτω

I cut out, cut off

10

ἐκπίπτω

I fall away, fail

10

 

 

 

Set 110

 

 

ἐμφανίζω

I manifest, reveal

10

ἔνατος, -η, -ον

ninth

10

ἔνοχος, -ον

involved in, liable, guilty

10

ἐντεῦθεν

from here, from this

10

ἕξ

six

10

 

hexagon

 

ἐξομολογεω 

I confess, promise, admit

10

ἐπειδή

since, because, when

10

ἐπιτάσσω 

I order, command

10

ἐπιτελέω 

I complete, finish, perform

10

θλίβω 

I press, oppress

10

 

 

 

Set 111

 

 

Ἰόππη, -ης, ἡ

Joppa

10

ἰσχύς, -ύος, ἡ

strength, power

10

κάκεῖ  

and there

10

κἀκεῖθεν

and from there, and then

10

κλητός, -ή, -όν

called

10

κοινωνός, -οῦ, ὁ

partner, sharer

10

κομίζω 

I receive

10

κοσμέω 

I adorn, put in order

10

μακροθυμέω 

I am patient

10

μέλει 

it is a care

10

 

 

 

Set 112

 

 

ξενίζω

I entertain, startle

10

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε

this (here)

10

οἰκονόμος, -ου, ὁ

steward, manager

10

ὀνομάζω

I name

10

 

onomasticon (list of names)

 

ὀντώς

really

10

ὅρκος, -ου, ὁ

oath

10

παντοκράτωρ, -ορος, ὁ

ruler of all, Almighty

10

παράγω

I pass by

10

παραλυτικός, -ή, -όν

lame, paralytic

10

παρεμβολή, -ῆς, ἡ

camp, army, fortress

10

 

 

 

Set 113

 

 

πατάσσω

I strike, hit

10

πενθέω

I grieve

10

περιστερά, -ᾶς, ἡ

pigeon, dove

10

πλάνη, -ης, ἡ

wandering, error

10

 

planet

 

πλατεῖα, -ας, ἡ

street

10

πλεονεξία, -ας, ἡ

greediness, covetousness

10

ποικίλος, -η, -ον

varied, diverse

10

πόρνος, -ου, ὁ

fornicator, immoral person

10

προσκαρτερέω 

I continue in/with

10

πύλη, -ης, ἡ

gate, door

10

 

 

 

Set 114

 

 

σέβω 

I worship

10

σιγάω 

I am silent

10

σιωπάω 

I am silent

10

στήκω

I stand, stand fast

10

στρατηγός, -οῦ, ὁ

commander, captain

10

συζητέω 

I discuss, dispute

10

σύνδουλος, -ου, ὁ

fellow slave

10

σφάζω

I slay, murder

10

ταχέως 

quickly

10

τέταρτος, -η, -ον

fourth

10

 

 

 

Set 115

 

 

ὑπαντάω

I meet, go to meet

10

ὑπόδημα, -ατος, τό

sandal

10

φείδομαι 

I spare, refrain

10

χρηστότης, -ητος, ἡ

goodness, kindness

10

χρυσός, -οῦ,

gold

10

χωρέω

I make room, give way

10

χωρίον, -ου, τό

place, field

10

ψεῦδος, -ους, τό 

lie, falsehood

10

 

pseudo-

 

ψεύστης, -ου, ὁ

liar

10

ἄβυσσος, -ου, ἡ

abyss, underworld

10

 

 

 

Set 116

 

 

ἀγαθοποιέω

I do good

10

Ἀδάμ, ὁ

Adam

9

ἄζυμος, -ον

unleavened

9

αἵρεσις, -εως, ἡ

sect, faction

9

ἀκριβῶς 

accurately, carefully

9

ἀλείφω 

I anoint

9

ἄμπελος, -ου, ἡ

vine

9

ἀναγκάζω 

I compel, urge

9

ἀναστρέφω

I overturn, behave

9

ἀνατέλλω 

I rise, spring up

9

 

 

 

Set 117

 

 

ἄνομος, -ον

lawless

9

ἀντιλέγω 

I oppose, contradict

9

ἄνω 

above, upward

9

ἀπαρχή, -ῆς, ἡ

firstfruits, first

9

ἀποδοκιμάζω

I reject

9

ἀποστρέφω

I turn away

9

ἀποτίθημι 

I take off, lay aside

9

ἄρσην, -εν

male

9

ἀρχισυνάγωγος, -ου, ὁ

synagogue leader

9

ἀσεβής, -ἐς

godless, impious

9

 

 

 

Set 118

 

 

ἀστραπή, -ῆς, ἡ

lightning

9

βόσκω

I feed, graze

9

γαστήρ, -τρός, ἡ

belly, womb

9

 

gastric ulcer

 

γνώμη, -ης, ἡ

purpose, opinion

9

γωνία,-ας, ἡ

corner

9

διασκορπίζω

I scatter

9

διατρίβω  

I stay, remain

9

δωρέαν  

as a gift, undeservedly

9

ἕβδομος, -η, -ον

seventh

9

εἰδωλόθυτος, -ον

idol meat

9

 

 

 

Set 119

 

 

ἐκδίκησις, -εως, ἡ

vengeance, punishment

9

Ἐλισάβετ, ἡ

Elizabeth

9

ἐντρέπω 

I make ashamed

9

ἑξήκοντα 

sixty

9

ἐπέρχομαι

I come upon, appear, attack

9

ἐπιδίδωμι 

I hand over, deliver, surrender

9

ἐπιποθέω 

I desire

9

ἔρις, -ιδος, ἡ

strife

9

ἔσω

in, inside

9

εὐάρεστος, -ον

pleasing

9

 

 

 

Set 120

 

 

εὐδοκία, -ας, ἡ

favor, good will

9

εὐώνυμος, -ον

left (as opposed to right)

9

θνῄσκω

I die

9

Ἰσραηλίτης, -ου, ὁ

Israelite

9

Ἰωνᾶς, -,

Jonah

9

καθαιρέω

I tear down, conquer, destroy

9

Καϊάφας, -α, ὁ

Caiaphas

9

κατάγω 

I bring down

9

κατάπαυσις, -εως, ἡ

rest

9

καταφρονέω

I despise, look down on

9

 

 

 

Set 121

 

 

κάτω

below, down

9

κήρυγμα, -ατος, τό

proclamation, preaching

9

 

kerygma

 

Κηφᾶς, -,

Cephas

9

κίνδυνος, -ου, ὁ

danger, risk

9

κλάσμα, -ατος, τό

crumb

9

κλαυθμός, -οῦ, ὁ

crying

9

κλίνη, -ης, ἡ

bed, couch

9

κρούω 

I knock

9

λαμπάς, -άδος, ἡ

lamp

9

λαμπρός, -ά, -όν

bright, shining

9

 

 

 

Set 122

 

 

λεπρός, -ά, -όν

leprous

9

λέων, -οντος,

lion

9

λιθάζω  

I stone

9

μακράν 

far away from

9

μαγαρίτης, -ου, ὁ

pearl

9

μεστός, -ή, -όν

full

9

μεταξύ 

between

9

μεταπέμπω  

I send for

9

μνᾶ, μνᾶς,

mina (Greek monetary unit)

9

μονογενής, -ές

only, unique

9

 

 

 

Set 123

 

 

νῆσος, -ου, ἡ

island

9

νομικός, -ή, -όν

legal, lawyer

9

οἰκέω 

I live

9

οἰκονομία, -ας, ἡ

management, office, plan

9

ὀνειδίζω 

I reproach, insult

9

οὐράνιοις, -ον

heavenly

9

παρρησιάζομαι 

I speak freely

9

περίχωρος, -ον

neighboring

9

πιπράσκω

I sell

9

πλεονάζω 

I grow, increase

9

 

 

 

Set 124

 

 

προέρχομαι

I proceed

9

προπέμπω 

I accompany

9

προσφορά, -ᾶς, ἡ

act of offering

9

Σαμαρίτης, -ου, ὁ

Samaritan

9

Σαούλ, ὁ

Saul

9

σελήνη, -ης, ἡ

moon

9

Σιδών, -ῶνος, ἡ

Sidon

9

Σόδομα, -ων, τά

Sodom

9

στάσις, -εως, ἡ

strife, rebellion

9

στολή, -ῆς, ἡ

robe

9

 

 

 

Set 125

 

 

τάξις,-εως, ἡ

order, position

9

τεῖχος, -ους, τό

wall

9

τρέφω 

I feed, nourish, train

9

ὑστέρημα, -ατος, τό

need

9

Φῆλιξ, -ικος, ὁ

Felix

9

φρείρω 

I ruin, corrupt, destroy

9

φθόνος, -ου, ὁ

envy, jealousy

9

φόνος, -ου, ὁ

murder

9

χάριν 

for the sake of, because of

9

χρηματίζω 

I warn

9

 

 

 

Set 126

 

 

ἁγνός, -ή, -όν

pure, holy

8

ἀγωνίζομαι

I fight, struggle

8

ἀδόκιμος, -ον

unqualified, worthless

8

αἰνέω  

I praise

8

ἅλας, -ατος, τό

salt

8

ἄμωμος, -ον

blameless

8

ἀναγκαῖος, -α, -ον

necessary

8

ἀντίκειμαι 

I am opposed

8

ἀπεκδέχομαι 

I await eagerly

8

ἀπιστεώ 

I disbelieve

8